. List VMA_NARR
Record#  VMA_NARR
      1  0000-000-00-G-V-KKK  General Notes and Comments   
                                                           
         NOTE: THIS DATABASE FILE APPLIES TO THE CAPE K    
         CLASS                                             
               VESSELS.                                    
                                                           
               WHEN UPDATING ANY SPECIFIC PROCEDURE WITH   
         THE            RRF-MARTS, PLEASE CHANGE THE VESSEL
         (CLASS)                                           
               IDENTIFIER (KKK) IN THE MIC CODE OF THE     
               PROCEDURE TO YOUR SPECIFIC VESSELS'         
               IDENTIFIER:                                 
                                                           
               CAPE KENNEDY: KK1                           
               CAPE KNOX:    KK2                           
                                                           
         PREAMBLE:                                         
                                                           
         THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE INTENDED TO PROVIDE CORE   
         MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR THE CAPE "K" CLASS     
         VESSELS IN ROS STATUS.  THEY ARE AN INTEGRAL PART 
         OF THE ROS MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT PLAN.           
                                                           
         UPDATES/REVISIONS ARE REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED    
         ANNUALLY TO THE MARAD COTR.                       
                                                           
         ALL INSPECTIONS, TESTS, AND TASKS AS SPECIFIED BY 
         THESE INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED IN          
         ACCORDANCE WITH GOOD MARINE PRACTICE.  ALL        
         EXERCISING AND TESTING OF EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY 
         SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE         
         INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT/MACHINERY MANUFACTURER'S     
         PROCEDURES, GUIDELINES, SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, AND   
         INSTRUCTIONS.                                     
                                                           
         PRIOR TO TESTING ALL EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY AS   
         SPECIFIED IN THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND GUIDELINES    
         ENSURE PROPER LUBRICATION AND PROPER FLUID LEVELS.
          PRIOR TO TESTING AND EXERCISING EQUIPMENT, ENSURE
         FLUID/LUBRICANT IS CONTAMINATION FREE AND IS      
         WITHIN QUALITY LIMITS AS SPECIFIED BY THE         
         INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT'S MANUFACTURER AND           
         LUBRICANT/FLUID MANUFACTURER.                     
                                                           
         CONSULT TECHNICAL MANUALS FOR ALL PARAMETERS AND  
         PARTICULARS CONCERNING EQUIPMENT, I.E.,           
         LUBRICATION POINTS, FILTERS, INSPECTION PORTS,    
         ETC.  WHEN REPLENISHING FLUIDS USE NEW FLUID AS   
         RECOMMENDED BY THE EQUIPMENT'S MANUFACTURER OR    
         SHIP'S LUBRICATION/ FLUID CHART.                  
                                                           
         WHILE PERFORMING VISUAL INSPECTIONS, VISUALLY     
         INSPECT ALL MACHINERY FASTENERS FOR DAMAGE,       
         DEFECTS, AND DETERIORATION. REPLACE FASTENERS WITH
         NEW FASTENERS EQUAL TO ORIGINAL AS REQUIRED.      
         ENSURE FASTENERS ARE PROPERLY AND SECURELY        
         FASTENED.  COAT NEW FASTENERS WITH PROPER         
         PRESERVATION COMPOUND.                            
                                                           
         THE SHIP MANAGER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT 
         THE READY RESERVE FORCE (RRF) EQUIPMENT           
         CONFIGURATION AND SPARE PARTS MANAGEMENT          
         INFORMATION SYSTEM (ECSMIS) IS PROMPTLY AND       
         ACCURATELY UPDATED WHENEVER PARTS ARE ISSUED OR   
         RECEIVED.  SHIP MANAGER WILL REQUEST THE REGION   
         COTR TO UPDATE ECSMIS WHEN THE                    
         SHIP MANAGER DOES NOT HAVE THIS CAPABILITY.  THIS 
         MAY BE ACCOMPLISHED BY PROVIDING THE REGION COTR  
         WITH A COPY OF FORM MA-973.  UPDATE OF RRF-ECSMIS 
         MUST BE ACCOMPLISHED WITHIN 24 HOURS OF THE       
         TRANSACTION ACTIVITY.                             
                                                           
         MEGGER TEST ALL MOTORS (INCLUDING LAUNDRY AND     
         GALLEY EQUIPMENT) AND GENERATORS, TO ENSURE SAFE  
         AND SATISFACTORY OPERATION PRIOR TO TESTING AND   
         ENERGIZING SAME.  HAND ROTATE ALL MOTORS TO ENSURE
         FREE OPERATION OF SAME. SUBMIT REPORT (SEE GENERAL
         NOTE L) OF ALL INSULATION RESISTANCE READINGS.    
         ENSURE INSULATION                                 
         RESISTANCE IS WITHIN ACCEPTABLE RANGE AS          
         DETERMINED BY EQUIPMENT'S NAMEPLATE DATA. ALL     
         ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TESTED SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM  
         INSULATION RESISTANCE OF ONE (1) MEG-OHM TO ENSURE
         SAFE AND SATISFACTORY OPERATION WHEN ENERGIZED.   
         ANY                                               
         ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT THAT COULD BE HARMED BY      
         INSULATION TESTING (I.E., ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT,   
         TRANSFORMERS, VOLTAGE REGULATORS, ETC.) SHALL NOT 
         BE TESTED.                                        
                                                           
         SHIP MANAGER SHALL ENSURE THAT ADEQUATE FIRE      
         FIGHTING                                          
         CAPABILITY IS AVAILABLE ABOARD OUTPORTED SHIP.    
         ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AS DEEMED NECESSARY AS A  
         RESULT OF THE TESTS AND INSPECTIONS AS SPECIFIED  
         IN THESE INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED. FIRE     
         FIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND REQUIREMENTS SHALL AT LEAST
         MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE REGULATORY BODIES,   
         STATE, AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES OF THE PORT/BERTH    
         WHERE THE VESSEL IS                               
         MOORED.  SHIP MANAGER SHALL DERIVE PLANS FOR      
         FIGHTING FIRES ABOARD THE VESSEL. ADEQUATE        
         TRAINING SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ALL PERSONNEL.  FIRE
         CONTROL PLANS SHALL BE READILY VISIBLE AND POSTED 
         NEAR GANGWAY. SUBMIT COPY OF PLAN TO COTR WITHIN  
         SIX MONTHS OF CONTRACT AWARD.                     
                                                           
         SEA VALVES FOR SEA CHESTS WHICH ARE NOT BLANKED   
         OFF SHALL NOT BE EXERCISED.  SHIP MANAGER SHALL   
         ENSURE SEA VALVES EXPOSED TO THE SEA ARE TAGGED   
         INDICATING THE SAME, DISABLE (IF REQUIRED), AND   
         WIRE CLOSED.  POST CLEARLY VISIBLE SIGN LISTING   
         LOCATION, SERVICE, TYPE, AND QUANTITY OF SEA      
         VALVES.  SIGN SHALL BE POSTED ON INTERIOR NEAR    
         MAIN ACCESS TO SHIP.                              
                                                           
         FUEL OIL, DIESEL OIL, AND LUBE OIL TANK/SUMP      
         ISOLATION VALVES SHALL NOT BE EXERCISED (INCLUDING
         DRAIN VALVES) UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED FOR THE   
         OPERATION OF SPECIFIC MACHINERY (I.E. EMERGENCY   
         GENERATOR, MAIN LUBE OIL SYSTEM, ETC.).  THOSE    
         TANK/SUMP ISOLATION VALVES NOT REQUIRED TO BE     
         EXERCISED BY THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND GUIDELINES    
         SHALL BE TAGGED BY SHIP MANAGER, AND WIRED CLOSED.
          AFTER COMPLETING TESTS AND EXERCISING AS         
         REQUIRED, ENSURE ALL OTHER FUEL OIL, DIESEL OIL,  
         AND LUBE OIL SYSTEMS VALVES ARE CLOSED.           
                                                           
         AFTER COMPLETING ALL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS AS     
         SPECIFIED IN THESE INSTRUCTIONS, RECORD ALL VESSEL
         DEFICIENCIES IN THE RRF MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR    
         TRACKING SYSTEM (RRF MARTS).  SEND A FLOPPY DISK  
         CONTAINING THE RECORDED DEFICIENCIES TO THE       
         APPLICABLE CONTRACTING OFFICER'S TECHNICAL        
         REPRESENTATIVE (COTR) OR HIS DESIGNATED ASSISTANT 
         CONTRACTING OFFICER'S   TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE  
         (ACOTR) FOR THAT PARTICULAR VESSEL. INCLUDE WITH  
         THE FLOPPY DISK, A HARD COPY PRINT-OUT OF THE     
         DEFICIENCIES.                                     
                                                           
         FOR ANY PREVIOUSLY RECORDED DEFICIENCIES THAT WERE
         CORRECTED DURING THE LATEST PHASE IV CYCLE, MARK  
         UP A HARD COPY PRINTOUT OF THE EXISTING DEFICIENCY
         AND FORWARD IT TO THE COTR FOR UPDATE OF THE RRF  
         MARTS SYSTEM.                                     
                                                           
         ALL DEFICIENCIES THAT WERE FOUND AND CORRECTED    
         DURING THE SAME PHASE IV CYCLE SHALL NOT BE       
         INCLUDED IN RRF MARTS, BUT SHALL BE RECORDED IN A 
         STANDARD TYPE WRITTEN FORM AND FORWARDED TO THE   
         COTR FOR HIS INFORMATION.                         
                                                           
         ALSO DEVELOP AND SUBMIT TO THE COTR THE           
         DEHUMIDIFICATION SYSTEM REPORT, INSULATION        
         RESISTANCE READINGS REPORT, GENERAL INSPECTION    
         COMMENTS, DRAFT READINGS, TANK GAUGING REPORT,    
         CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM REPORT, AND ALL OTHER  
         REPORTS AND FORMS REQUIRED BY THESE INSTRUCTIONS. 
                                                           
         A PHASE IV MAINTENANCE CYCLE CERTIFICATION AND    
         CHECK-OFF SHEET SHALL ALSO BE FORWARDED TO THE    
         COTR.  THE COTR WILL SUBMIT A COPY OF THE         
         CHECK-OFF SHEET TO MARAD HEADQUARTERS' DIVISION OF
         SHIP MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR WITH THE QUARTERLY RRF
         MARTS UPDATE.                                     
                                                           
         ANY REPAIRS THAT AFFECT THE STATUS OF THE VESSEL  
         SHALL NOT BE ACCOMPLISHED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL  
         FROM THE COTR.                                    
                                                           
         STRICTLY ADHERE TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE  
         AND LOCAL SAFETY RULES WHEN HANDLING OR DISPOSING 
         OF HAZARDOUS WASTE.                               
                                                           
         AS NOTED HEREIN, SHIP MANAGERS WHO ARE CONTRACTED 
         TO PROVIDE A RETENTION CREW FOR SPECIFIC VESSEL/S 
         SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL MAJOR CARGO HANDLING        
         EQUIPMENT (except OPDS equipment and SEABEE barge 
         elevator) IS TESTED OUT ONCE EVERY THREE MONTHS AS
         OPPOSED TO THE USUAL SEMI-ANNUAL TASKING.         
                                                           
         NOTE: THE CODIFICATION OF THE "MARAD PHASE IV     
          MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR GENERAL CLASS         
               VESSELS" FOR USE IN RRF-MARTS HAS           
         NECESSITATED                                      
               SOME MINOR CHANGES TO SOME OF THE CODE      
         NUMBERS AND                                       
               THEIR SEQUENCING ORDER TO THOSE CONTAINED IN
         THE                                               
               TECHNICAL EXHIBIT (TE-8) OF THE CONTRACT.   
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
      2  0105-001-DY-G-V-KKK  RRF ROS M&R Daily Inspection 
                                                           
         Monitor all operating machinery and systems to    
         insure                                            
         integrity of their operation and safety.  Check   
         the                                               
         machinery spaces and other remote areas on the    
         vessel                                            
         for safety and seaworthiness.  Record the results 
         of                                                
         the inspection in the attached DUTY ENGINEER DAILY
         INSPECTION Watch Log Sheet.                       
                                                           
         Record any alarms, including machinery alarms or  
         ROS                                               
         alarm system alarms, and the time or their        
         occurrences                                       
         during each watch.  List actions taken as         
         appropriate.                                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
      3  0105-002-DY-G-V-KKK  Duty Engineer's Daily        
         Inspection                                        
                                                           
         M/V CAPE __________                               
         DATE_____________________                         
         WATCH LOG SHEET                                   
         TIME_____________________                         
         ENGINEER  _________________                       
                                                           
         GENERATOR # OR SHORE POWER              ________  
         D/G ready for immediate use         #   ________  
         VOLTS             ________    AMPS                
         ________                                          
                                                           
         LO Pressure       ________    LO Level            
         ________                                          
         KW                ________    Rocker Arm Pressure 
         _____                                             
         FO Pressure       ________    FV CW Pressure      
         ________                                          
         LO Temp           ________    JW Temp             
         ________                                          
         24V Battery System _______    Expansion Tank      
         Level________                                     
                                                           
         Aux SW Pump # __________      Suction     ________
         Discharge   _______                               
         SS Reefer CW Pump ______      Suction     ________
         Discharge   _______                               
         AC CW PUMP  # __________      Suction     ________
         Discharge   _______                               
         ME JW Heater Temp ______      Suction     ________
         Discharge   _______                               
         DG 1&2 JW Htr Temp _____      Suction     ________
         Discharge   _______                               
         DG 3&4 JW Htr Temp _____      Suction     ________
                                                           
         Discharge   _______                               
                                                           
         Air Compressor # ______       HP________          
                        LP______       OP______            
         Air Receiver   # 1_____       #2________          
                                                           
                        Control______                      
                                                           
         Marine Sanitation Device Compressor # _____       
         Pump #____        HTH check____                   
                                                           
         Port Fresh Water Tank Tons          _____in       
         Service?        _____                             
         Stbd Fresh Water Tank Tons          _____in       
         Service?        _____                             
         Potable Water Pump #                _____Tank     
         Pressure      _____                               
                                                           
                                                           
         Hot Water Recirc Pump suction       _____Discharge
                  _____                                    
         Hot Water Tank Pressure             _____         
                                                           
         Console A/C             LP    _____       HP      
         _____OP ____                                      
         SS Refrigeration        LP    _____       HP      
         _____OP ____                                      
         Dom. Reefer             Unit _____        Suct    
         _____                                             
                                 Dis.  _____       Oil     
         _____                                             
         Boxes                   Freeze_____       Meat    
         _____Veg____                                      
                                                           
         Air Conditioning        Unit  _____               
         Suct._____                                        
                                 Dis.______                
         Oil_______                                        
                                                           
                                                           
         House A/C               LP    _____       HP      
         _____OP_____                                      
         Fans check        _____                           
                                                           
                                                           
         Cooling Water     _____                           
                                                           
         Machinery Spaces        ________                  
         Stabilizer Rooms        ________                  
         Bow Thruster Rooms      ________                  
         Tank Top Hold           ________                  
         Bilge Level             ________                  
                                                           
         Alarm List Time                                   
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
                                                           
                                                           
         Signature   ________________________________      
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
      4  0105-003-W1-G-V-KKK  RRF ROS M&R Weekly           
         Inspections                                       
                                                           
         Conduct a thorough inspection of all spaces       
         throughout                                        
         the vessel to insure integrity of safety,         
         operation and                                     
         appearance of the vessel.  Record the results of  
         the                                               
         inspection in the attached WEEKLY SHIP INSPECTION 
         REPORT.                                           
                                                           
         1.  Ship's Exterior Hull, Decks, Houses and Cargo 
         Spaces.                                           
         Check drafts and flooding marks.  Inspect the     
         general                                           
         appearance and integrity of the                   
         external hull.                                    
                                                           
         Inspect the accommodation ladders for general     
         safety                                            
         and lighting.  Ascertain that a fire control plan 
         and                                               
         other pertinent emergency information is provided 
         near                                              
         the gangway.                                      
                                                           
         Inspect the mooring lines.  Check arrangement,    
         proper                                            
         slackness, rat guards and general condition of the
         lines.  Inspect mooring fenders.                  
                                                           
         Take chain locker soundings.                      
                                                           
         Inspect the main deck for general appearance and  
         cleanliness.  Insure that all drains and scuppers 
         are                                               
         clear.                                            
                                                           
         Inspect the center ramp way door.                 
                                                           
         Inspect all superstructures and deck houses.      
         Insure                                            
         that the drains and scuppers are clear and that   
         there                                             
         is no standing water.  Inspect storeroom interiors
         for                                               
         general appearance, cleanliness and lighting.     
         Ascertain that storerooms are secured and locked. 
                                                           
         Inspect the holds for general appearance,         
         cleanliness                                       
         and safety  (including lighting).  Ascertain that 
         all                                               
         watertight doors are secured.  Check hold bilge   
         wells                                             
         and insure that upper hold drains are clear.      
         Inspect                                           
         voids.  Check for signs of rats.                  
                                                           
         2.  Cleanliness, Order and Sanitation.            
         Make a thorough inspection of the interior        
         accommodations, including but not limited to the  
         galley, messrooms, refrigeration spaces, living   
         quarters, passageways, heads and washrooms,       
         wheelhouse                                        
         and chart and radio spaces, gyro room and offices.
                                                           
         Inspect for general appearance, cleanliness and   
         safety.                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         3.  Machinery / Electrical Spaces and Equipment.  
         Inspect the general appearance, cleanliness and   
         safety                                            
         of all machinery spaces, machinery and electrical 
         equipment.                                        
                                                           
         Inspect the tank top and bilges.  Insure that the 
         flooding alarms are tested and working            
         satisfactorily.                                   
                                                           
         Inspect the shaft alley and stern tube seal.  When
         applicable, check the integrity of the shaft and  
         rudder                                            
         locks.  Check the turning gear.                   
                                                           
         Ascertain that all doors and skylights are closed 
         and                                               
         that all storerooms are secured and locked.       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
      5  0105-003-W1-G-V-KKK  RRF ROS M&R Weekly           
         Inspections                                       
                                                           
         Conduct a thorough inspection of all spaces       
         throughout                                        
         the vessel to insure integrity of safety,         
         operation and                                     
         appearance of the vessel.  Record the results of  
         the                                               
         inspection in the attached WEEKLY SHIP INSPECTION 
         REPORT.                                           
                                                           
         1.  Ship's Exterior Hull, Decks, Houses and Cargo 
         Spaces.                                           
         Check drafts and flooding marks.  Inspect the     
         general                                           
         appearance and integrity of the                   
         external hull.                                    
                                                           
         Inspect the accommodation ladders for general     
         safety                                            
         and lighting.  Ascertain that a fire control plan 
         and                                               
         other pertinent emergency information is provided 
         near                                              
         the gangway.                                      
                                                           
         Inspect the mooring lines.  Check arrangement,    
         proper                                            
         slackness, rat guards and general condition of the
         lines.  Inspect mooring fenders.                  
                                                           
         Take chain locker soundings.                      
                                                           
         Inspect the main deck for general appearance and  
         cleanliness.  Insure that all drains and scuppers 
         are                                               
         clear.                                            
                                                           
         Inspect the center ramp way door.                 
                                                           
         Inspect all superstructures and deck houses.      
         Insure                                            
         that the drains and scuppers are clear and that   
         there                                             
         is no standing water.  Inspect storeroom interiors
         for                                               
         general appearance, cleanliness and lighting.     
         Ascertain that storerooms are secured and locked. 
                                                           
         Inspect the holds for general appearance,         
         cleanliness                                       
         and safety  (including lighting).  Ascertain that 
         all                                               
         watertight doors are secured.  Check hold bilge   
         wells                                             
         and insure that upper hold drains are clear.      
         Inspect                                           
         voids.  Check for signs of rats.                  
                                                           
         2.  Cleanliness, Order and Sanitation.            
         Make a thorough inspection of the interior        
         accommodations, including but not limited to the  
         galley, messrooms, refrigeration spaces, living   
         quarters, passageways, heads and washrooms,       
         wheelhouse                                        
         and chart and radio spaces, gyro room and offices.
                                                           
         Inspect for general appearance, cleanliness and   
         safety.                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         3.  Machinery / Electrical Spaces and Equipment.  
         Inspect the general appearance, cleanliness and   
         safety                                            
         of all machinery spaces, machinery and electrical 
         equipment.                                        
                                                           
         Inspect the tank top and bilges.  Insure that the 
         flooding alarms are tested and working            
         satisfactorily.                                   
                                                           
         Inspect the shaft alley and stern tube seal.  When
         applicable, check the integrity of the shaft and  
         rudder                                            
         locks.  Check the turning gear.                   
                                                           
         Ascertain that all doors and skylights are closed 
         and                                               
         that all storerooms are secured and locked.       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
      6  0105-003-W1-G-V-KKK  RRF ROS M&R Weekly           
         Inspections                                       
                                                           
         Conduct a thorough inspection of all spaces       
         throughout                                        
         the vessel to insure integrity of safety,         
         operation and                                     
         appearance of the vessel.  Record the results of  
         the                                               
         inspection in the attached WEEKLY SHIP INSPECTION 
         REPORT.                                           
                                                           
         1.  Ship's Exterior Hull, Decks, Houses and Cargo 
         Spaces.                                           
         Check drafts and flooding marks.  Inspect the     
         general                                           
         appearance and integrity of the                   
         external hull.                                    
                                                           
         Inspect the accommodation ladders for general     
         safety                                            
         and lighting.  Ascertain that a fire control plan 
         and                                               
         other pertinent emergency information is provided 
         near                                              
         the gangway.                                      
                                                           
         Inspect the mooring lines.  Check arrangement,    
         proper                                            
         slackness, rat guards and general condition of the
         lines.  Inspect mooring fenders.                  
                                                           
         Take chain locker soundings.                      
                                                           
         Inspect the main deck for general appearance and  
         cleanliness.  Insure that all drains and scuppers 
         are                                               
         clear.                                            
                                                           
         Inspect the center ramp way door.                 
                                                           
         Inspect all superstructures and deck houses.      
         Insure                                            
         that the drains and scuppers are clear and that   
         there                                             
         is no standing water.  Inspect storeroom interiors
         for                                               
         general appearance, cleanliness and lighting.     
         Ascertain that storerooms are secured and locked. 
                                                           
         Inspect the holds for general appearance,         
         cleanliness                                       
         and safety  (including lighting).  Ascertain that 
         all                                               
         watertight doors are secured.  Check hold bilge   
         wells                                             
         and insure that upper hold drains are clear.      
         Inspect                                           
         voids.  Check for signs of rats.                  
                                                           
         2.  Cleanliness, Order and Sanitation.            
         Make a thorough inspection of the interior        
         accommodations, including but not limited to the  
         galley, messrooms, refrigeration spaces, living   
         quarters, passageways, heads and washrooms,       
         wheelhouse                                        
         and chart and radio spaces, gyro room and offices.
                                                           
         Inspect for general appearance, cleanliness and   
         safety.                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         3.  Machinery / Electrical Spaces and Equipment.  
         Inspect the general appearance, cleanliness and   
         safety                                            
         of all machinery spaces, machinery and electrical 
         equipment.                                        
                                                           
         Inspect the tank top and bilges.  Insure that the 
         flooding alarms are tested and working            
         satisfactorily.                                   
                                                           
         Inspect the shaft alley and stern tube seal.  When
         applicable, check the integrity of the shaft and  
         rudder                                            
         locks.  Check the turning gear.                   
                                                           
         Ascertain that all doors and skylights are closed 
         and                                               
         that all storerooms are secured and locked.       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
      7  0105-003-W1-G-V-KKK  RRF ROS M&R Weekly           
         Inspections                                       
                                                           
         Conduct a thorough inspection of all spaces       
         throughout                                        
         the vessel to insure integrity of safety,         
         operation and                                     
         appearance of the vessel.  Record the results of  
         the                                               
         inspection in the attached WEEKLY SHIP INSPECTION 
         REPORT.                                           
                                                           
         1.  Ship's Exterior Hull, Decks, Houses and Cargo 
         Spaces.                                           
         Check drafts and flooding marks.  Inspect the     
         general                                           
         appearance and integrity of the                   
         external hull.                                    
                                                           
         Inspect the accommodation ladders for general     
         safety                                            
         and lighting.  Ascertain that a fire control plan 
         and                                               
         other pertinent emergency information is provided 
         near                                              
         the gangway.                                      
                                                           
         Inspect the mooring lines.  Check arrangement,    
         proper                                            
         slackness, rat guards and general condition of the
         lines.  Inspect mooring fenders.                  
                                                           
         Take chain locker soundings.                      
                                                           
         Inspect the main deck for general appearance and  
         cleanliness.  Insure that all drains and scuppers 
         are                                               
         clear.                                            
                                                           
         Inspect the center ramp way door.                 
                                                           
         Inspect all superstructures and deck houses.      
         Insure                                            
         that the drains and scuppers are clear and that   
         there                                             
         is no standing water.  Inspect storeroom interiors
         for                                               
         general appearance, cleanliness and lighting.     
         Ascertain that storerooms are secured and locked. 
                                                           
         Inspect the holds for general appearance,         
         cleanliness                                       
         and safety  (including lighting).  Ascertain that 
         all                                               
         watertight doors are secured.  Check hold bilge   
         wells                                             
         and insure that upper hold drains are clear.      
         Inspect                                           
         voids.  Check for signs of rats.                  
                                                           
         2.  Cleanliness, Order and Sanitation.            
         Make a thorough inspection of the interior        
         accommodations, including but not limited to the  
         galley, messrooms, refrigeration spaces, living   
         quarters, passageways, heads and washrooms,       
         wheelhouse                                        
         and chart and radio spaces, gyro room and offices.
                                                           
         Inspect for general appearance, cleanliness and   
         safety.                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         3.  Machinery / Electrical Spaces and Equipment.  
         Inspect the general appearance, cleanliness and   
         safety                                            
         of all machinery spaces, machinery and electrical 
         equipment.                                        
                                                           
         Inspect the tank top and bilges.  Insure that the 
         flooding alarms are tested and working            
         satisfactorily.                                   
                                                           
         Inspect the shaft alley and stern tube seal.  When
         applicable, check the integrity of the shaft and  
         rudder                                            
         locks.  Check the turning gear.                   
                                                           
         Ascertain that all doors and skylights are closed 
         and                                               
         that all storerooms are secured and locked.       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
      8  0105-004-W1-G-V-KKK  Weekly Ship Inspection Report
                                                           
         VESSEL:                                           
         LOCATION:                                         
         INSPECTOR(S):                                     
         DATE:                                             
                                                           
         SHIP'S EXTERIOR HULL, DECKS, HOUSES AND CARGO     
         SPACES.                                           
                                                           
         a.  Draft Marks:                    Draft Forward 
                Meters                                     
                                             Draft Aft     
          Meters                                           
                                             Mean Draft    
               Meters                                      
                                                           
         b.  Flooding Mark:.......................Sat      
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         c.  General appearance of external hull.. G   F   
         P                                                 
                                                           
         d.  Accommodation ladder.................Sat      
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         e.  Fire Control Plan and pertinent emergency     
             information provided on ship near gangway..Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         f.  Mooring Lines:                                
                                 Arrangement..........Sat  
          Unsat                                            
                                                           
                                 Proper Slackness......Yes 
             No                                            
                                                           
                                 Rat Guards............Yes 
             No                                            
                                                           
                                 General Condition.....G   
         F   P                                             
                                                           
         g.  Fenders..............................Sat      
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         h.  Chain Locker Soundings                        
                                       Port                
               FT        IN                                
                                       Stbd                
               FT        IN                                
                                                           
         i.  Main Deck......Rust:  Yes   No ......G   F   P
                                                           
                                                           
         j.  Drains and Scuppers.....................Sat   
         Unsat                                             
         k.  Upper Deck Center Rampway Door..........G   F 
          P                                                
                                                           
         l.  Mast House Tops           Standing            
         Water:....Yes      No                             
                                                           
                                                           
         m.  Deck or Mast Houses Secured............ Yes   
           No                                              
         n.  Deck or Mast House Interiors............G   F 
          P                                                
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         o.  General appearance of superstructures / deck  
                                                           
               houses................................. G   
         F   P                                             
                                                           
         p.  Doors/Access Hatches/Manholes Secured and     
                                                           
               Locked...................................   
         Yes   No                                          
                                                           
         q.  Deck Store Rooms Secured?................ Yes 
           No                                              
                                                           
         r.  Holds.........Rust:  Yes  No  ........Sat     
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         s.  Tween Deck Hatch Covers Closes........... Yes 
           No                                              
                                                           
         t.  Hold Bilgewells.......................... G  F
           P                                               
                                                           
         u.  Voids.................................... G  F
           P                                               
                                                           
         v.  Evidence of rats?.........................Yes 
           No                                              
                                                           
         CLEANLINESS, ORDER AND SANITATION                 
                                                           
         a.  Galley.................................. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         b.  Messrooms............................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         c.  Refrigeration Spaces/Boxes.............. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         d.  Living Quarters......................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         e.  Passageways............................. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         f.  Heads and washrooms..................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         g.  Wheelhouse.............................. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         h.  Chartroom............................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         i.  Radio Room....Secured:  Yes   No .... G   F   
         P                                                 
                                                           
         j.  Gyro Room............................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         k.  Offices................................. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         l.  Trash and debris removed from above           
               spaces............................... Yes   
         No                                                
                                                           
                                                           
         m.  Cleaned or left above spaces in clean         
               condition............................ Yes   
         No                                                
                                                           
         MACHINERY / ELECTRICAL SPACES AND EQUIPMENT       
                                                           
         a.  General appearance of machinery spaces.... G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         b.  General appearance of machinery........... G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
                                                           
         c.  General appearance of electrical equipment.G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         d.  General appearance of Tank Top and Bilges..G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         e.  Oil in Bilges / Bilge Wells............... Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         f.  Water in Bilges / Bilge Wells..............Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         g.  Flooding Alarm Tested.................. Sat   
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         h.  General appearance of Shaft Alley......... G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         i.  Seachests................................. G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         j.  Stern tube seal.........................Sat   
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         k.  Main Shaft Locked......................... Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         l.  Jacking Gear Engaged...................... Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         m.  Hatches / manholes closed..................Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         n.  Doors and Skylights closed.................Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         o.  General appearance of steering gear room.. G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         p.  Rudder Locked............................. Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         q.  Engine Room Storerooms secured?............Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         Notes and comments:                               
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
      9  0105-004-W1-G-V-KKK  Weekly Ship Inspection Report
                                                           
         VESSEL:                                           
         LOCATION:                                         
         INSPECTOR(S):                                     
         DATE:                                             
                                                           
         SHIP'S EXTERIOR HULL, DECKS, HOUSES AND CARGO     
         SPACES.                                           
                                                           
         a.  Draft Marks:                    Draft Forward 
                Meters                                     
                                             Draft Aft     
          Meters                                           
                                             Mean Draft    
               Meters                                      
                                                           
         b.  Flooding Mark:.......................Sat      
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         c.  General appearance of external hull.. G   F   
         P                                                 
                                                           
         d.  Accommodation ladder.................Sat      
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         e.  Fire Control Plan and pertinent emergency     
             information provided on ship near gangway..Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         f.  Mooring Lines:                                
                                 Arrangement..........Sat  
          Unsat                                            
                                                           
                                 Proper Slackness......Yes 
             No                                            
                                                           
                                 Rat Guards............Yes 
             No                                            
                                                           
                                 General Condition.....G   
         F   P                                             
                                                           
         g.  Fenders..............................Sat      
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         h.  Chain Locker Soundings                        
                                       Port                
               FT        IN                                
                                       Stbd                
               FT        IN                                
                                                           
         i.  Main Deck......Rust:  Yes   No ......G   F   P
                                                           
                                                           
         j.  Drains and Scuppers.....................Sat   
         Unsat                                             
         k.  Upper Deck Center Rampway Door..........G   F 
          P                                                
                                                           
         l.  Mast House Tops           Standing            
         Water:....Yes      No                             
                                                           
                                                           
         m.  Deck or Mast Houses Secured............ Yes   
           No                                              
         n.  Deck or Mast House Interiors............G   F 
          P                                                
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         o.  General appearance of superstructures / deck  
                                                           
               houses................................. G   
         F   P                                             
                                                           
         p.  Doors/Access Hatches/Manholes Secured and     
                                                           
               Locked...................................   
         Yes   No                                          
                                                           
         q.  Deck Store Rooms Secured?................ Yes 
           No                                              
                                                           
         r.  Holds.........Rust:  Yes  No  ........Sat     
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         s.  Tween Deck Hatch Covers Closes........... Yes 
           No                                              
                                                           
         t.  Hold Bilgewells.......................... G  F
           P                                               
                                                           
         u.  Voids.................................... G  F
           P                                               
                                                           
         v.  Evidence of rats?.........................Yes 
           No                                              
                                                           
         CLEANLINESS, ORDER AND SANITATION                 
                                                           
         a.  Galley.................................. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         b.  Messrooms............................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         c.  Refrigeration Spaces/Boxes.............. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         d.  Living Quarters......................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         e.  Passageways............................. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         f.  Heads and washrooms..................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         g.  Wheelhouse.............................. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         h.  Chartroom............................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         i.  Radio Room....Secured:  Yes   No .... G   F   
         P                                                 
                                                           
         j.  Gyro Room............................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         k.  Offices................................. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         l.  Trash and debris removed from above           
               spaces............................... Yes   
         No                                                
                                                           
                                                           
         m.  Cleaned or left above spaces in clean         
               condition............................ Yes   
         No                                                
                                                           
         MACHINERY / ELECTRICAL SPACES AND EQUIPMENT       
                                                           
         a.  General appearance of machinery spaces.... G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         b.  General appearance of machinery........... G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
                                                           
         c.  General appearance of electrical equipment.G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         d.  General appearance of Tank Top and Bilges..G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         e.  Oil in Bilges / Bilge Wells............... Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         f.  Water in Bilges / Bilge Wells..............Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         g.  Flooding Alarm Tested.................. Sat   
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         h.  General appearance of Shaft Alley......... G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         i.  Seachests................................. G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         j.  Stern tube seal.........................Sat   
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         k.  Main Shaft Locked......................... Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         l.  Jacking Gear Engaged...................... Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         m.  Hatches / manholes closed..................Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         n.  Doors and Skylights closed.................Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         o.  General appearance of steering gear room.. G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         p.  Rudder Locked............................. Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         q.  Engine Room Storerooms secured?............Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         Notes and comments:                               
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     10  0105-004-W1-G-V-KKK  Weekly Ship Inspection Report
                                                           
         VESSEL:                                           
         LOCATION:                                         
         INSPECTOR(S):                                     
         DATE:                                             
                                                           
         SHIP'S EXTERIOR HULL, DECKS, HOUSES AND CARGO     
         SPACES.                                           
                                                           
         a.  Draft Marks:                    Draft Forward 
                Meters                                     
                                             Draft Aft     
          Meters                                           
                                             Mean Draft    
               Meters                                      
                                                           
         b.  Flooding Mark:.......................Sat      
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         c.  General appearance of external hull.. G   F   
         P                                                 
                                                           
         d.  Accommodation ladder.................Sat      
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         e.  Fire Control Plan and pertinent emergency     
             information provided on ship near gangway..Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         f.  Mooring Lines:                                
                                 Arrangement..........Sat  
          Unsat                                            
                                                           
                                 Proper Slackness......Yes 
             No                                            
                                                           
                                 Rat Guards............Yes 
             No                                            
                                                           
                                 General Condition.....G   
         F   P                                             
                                                           
         g.  Fenders..............................Sat      
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         h.  Chain Locker Soundings                        
                                       Port                
               FT        IN                                
                                       Stbd                
               FT        IN                                
                                                           
         i.  Main Deck......Rust:  Yes   No ......G   F   P
                                                           
                                                           
         j.  Drains and Scuppers.....................Sat   
         Unsat                                             
         k.  Upper Deck Center Rampway Door..........G   F 
          P                                                
                                                           
         l.  Mast House Tops           Standing            
         Water:....Yes      No                             
                                                           
                                                           
         m.  Deck or Mast Houses Secured............ Yes   
           No                                              
         n.  Deck or Mast House Interiors............G   F 
          P                                                
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         o.  General appearance of superstructures / deck  
                                                           
               houses................................. G   
         F   P                                             
                                                           
         p.  Doors/Access Hatches/Manholes Secured and     
                                                           
               Locked...................................   
         Yes   No                                          
                                                           
         q.  Deck Store Rooms Secured?................ Yes 
           No                                              
                                                           
         r.  Holds.........Rust:  Yes  No  ........Sat     
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         s.  Tween Deck Hatch Covers Closes........... Yes 
           No                                              
                                                           
         t.  Hold Bilgewells.......................... G  F
           P                                               
                                                           
         u.  Voids.................................... G  F
           P                                               
                                                           
         v.  Evidence of rats?.........................Yes 
           No                                              
                                                           
         CLEANLINESS, ORDER AND SANITATION                 
                                                           
         a.  Galley.................................. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         b.  Messrooms............................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         c.  Refrigeration Spaces/Boxes.............. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         d.  Living Quarters......................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         e.  Passageways............................. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         f.  Heads and washrooms..................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         g.  Wheelhouse.............................. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         h.  Chartroom............................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         i.  Radio Room....Secured:  Yes   No .... G   F   
         P                                                 
                                                           
         j.  Gyro Room............................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         k.  Offices................................. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         l.  Trash and debris removed from above           
               spaces............................... Yes   
         No                                                
                                                           
                                                           
         m.  Cleaned or left above spaces in clean         
               condition............................ Yes   
         No                                                
                                                           
         MACHINERY / ELECTRICAL SPACES AND EQUIPMENT       
                                                           
         a.  General appearance of machinery spaces.... G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         b.  General appearance of machinery........... G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
                                                           
         c.  General appearance of electrical equipment.G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         d.  General appearance of Tank Top and Bilges..G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         e.  Oil in Bilges / Bilge Wells............... Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         f.  Water in Bilges / Bilge Wells..............Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         g.  Flooding Alarm Tested.................. Sat   
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         h.  General appearance of Shaft Alley......... G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         i.  Seachests................................. G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         j.  Stern tube seal.........................Sat   
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         k.  Main Shaft Locked......................... Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         l.  Jacking Gear Engaged...................... Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         m.  Hatches / manholes closed..................Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         n.  Doors and Skylights closed.................Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         o.  General appearance of steering gear room.. G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         p.  Rudder Locked............................. Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         q.  Engine Room Storerooms secured?............Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         Notes and comments:                               
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     11  0105-004-W1-G-V-KKK  Weekly Ship Inspection Report
                                                           
         VESSEL:                                           
         LOCATION:                                         
         INSPECTOR(S):                                     
         DATE:                                             
                                                           
         SHIP'S EXTERIOR HULL, DECKS, HOUSES AND CARGO     
         SPACES.                                           
                                                           
         a.  Draft Marks:                    Draft Forward 
                Meters                                     
                                             Draft Aft     
          Meters                                           
                                             Mean Draft    
               Meters                                      
                                                           
         b.  Flooding Mark:.......................Sat      
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         c.  General appearance of external hull.. G   F   
         P                                                 
                                                           
         d.  Accommodation ladder.................Sat      
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         e.  Fire Control Plan and pertinent emergency     
             information provided on ship near gangway..Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         f.  Mooring Lines:                                
                                 Arrangement..........Sat  
          Unsat                                            
                                                           
                                 Proper Slackness......Yes 
             No                                            
                                                           
                                 Rat Guards............Yes 
             No                                            
                                                           
                                 General Condition.....G   
         F   P                                             
                                                           
         g.  Fenders..............................Sat      
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         h.  Chain Locker Soundings                        
                                       Port                
               FT        IN                                
                                       Stbd                
               FT        IN                                
                                                           
         i.  Main Deck......Rust:  Yes   No ......G   F   P
                                                           
                                                           
         j.  Drains and Scuppers.....................Sat   
         Unsat                                             
         k.  Upper Deck Center Rampway Door..........G   F 
          P                                                
                                                           
         l.  Mast House Tops           Standing            
         Water:....Yes      No                             
                                                           
                                                           
         m.  Deck or Mast Houses Secured............ Yes   
           No                                              
         n.  Deck or Mast House Interiors............G   F 
          P                                                
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         o.  General appearance of superstructures / deck  
                                                           
               houses................................. G   
         F   P                                             
                                                           
         p.  Doors/Access Hatches/Manholes Secured and     
                                                           
               Locked...................................   
         Yes   No                                          
                                                           
         q.  Deck Store Rooms Secured?................ Yes 
           No                                              
                                                           
         r.  Holds.........Rust:  Yes  No  ........Sat     
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         s.  Tween Deck Hatch Covers Closes........... Yes 
           No                                              
                                                           
         t.  Hold Bilgewells.......................... G  F
           P                                               
                                                           
         u.  Voids.................................... G  F
           P                                               
                                                           
         v.  Evidence of rats?.........................Yes 
           No                                              
                                                           
         CLEANLINESS, ORDER AND SANITATION                 
                                                           
         a.  Galley.................................. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         b.  Messrooms............................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         c.  Refrigeration Spaces/Boxes.............. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         d.  Living Quarters......................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         e.  Passageways............................. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         f.  Heads and washrooms..................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         g.  Wheelhouse.............................. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         h.  Chartroom............................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         i.  Radio Room....Secured:  Yes   No .... G   F   
         P                                                 
                                                           
         j.  Gyro Room............................... G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         k.  Offices................................. G   F
           P                                               
                                                           
         l.  Trash and debris removed from above           
               spaces............................... Yes   
         No                                                
                                                           
                                                           
         m.  Cleaned or left above spaces in clean         
               condition............................ Yes   
         No                                                
                                                           
         MACHINERY / ELECTRICAL SPACES AND EQUIPMENT       
                                                           
         a.  General appearance of machinery spaces.... G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         b.  General appearance of machinery........... G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
                                                           
         c.  General appearance of electrical equipment.G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         d.  General appearance of Tank Top and Bilges..G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         e.  Oil in Bilges / Bilge Wells............... Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         f.  Water in Bilges / Bilge Wells..............Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         g.  Flooding Alarm Tested.................. Sat   
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         h.  General appearance of Shaft Alley......... G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         i.  Seachests................................. G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         j.  Stern tube seal.........................Sat   
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         k.  Main Shaft Locked......................... Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         l.  Jacking Gear Engaged...................... Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         m.  Hatches / manholes closed..................Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         n.  Doors and Skylights closed.................Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         o.  General appearance of steering gear room.. G  
         F  P                                              
                                                           
         p.  Rudder Locked............................. Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         q.  Engine Room Storerooms secured?............Yes
           No                                              
                                                           
         Notes and comments:                               
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     12  0105-005-Y1-G-V-KKK  RRF ROS M&R Phase IV         
         Inspection                                        
                                                           
         Conduct a thorough inspection of all spaces       
         throughout                                        
         the vessel to insure integrity of safety,         
         operation and                                     
         appearance of the vessel.  Record the results of  
         the                                               
         inspection in the attached PHASE IV CYCLE SHIP    
         INSPECTION                                        
         REPORT.                                           
                                                           
         1.  Ship's Exterior Hull.  Check drafts and       
         flooding                                          
         marks. Inspect the general appearance and         
         integrity of                                      
         the coating of the freeboard, boot top, underwater
         hull                                              
         (as visible at waterline) and stern ramp.  Look   
         for                                               
         evidence of oil contamination around the stern    
         ramp.                                             
         Check all mooring lines for arrangement, proper   
         slackness, rat guards and general condition.      
         Inspect                                           
         fenders.  Inspect the pilot doors for general     
         safety and                                        
         lighting.  If the pilot door is open to the dock, 
         insure                                            
         that a Fire Control Plan is present at the pilot  
         door.                                             
         Inspect the starboard gangway for general safety  
         and                                               
         lighting.  Insure that a Fire Control Plan and any
         other                                             
         pertinent emergency information is present at the 
         gangway.  Insure that the port gangway is stowed  
         and                                               
         secured properly.                                 
                                                           
         2.  Upper Deck.  Inspect coating and cleanliness  
         of                                                
         decks.  Insure that deck drains and scuppers are  
         clear.                                            
         Inspect general appearance of the center rampway  
         door and                                          
         check for evidence of contamination.  Insure that 
         escape                                            
         hatches are unlocked and adequately illuminated.  
                                                           
         3.  Focsle Deck.  Inspect coating and cleanliness 
         of                                                
         decks. Insure that deck drains and scuppers are   
         clear.                                            
         Insure that the anchor chains and windlasses are  
         secured.                                          
         Inspect general appearance of mooring winches  and
         anchor                                            
         windlasses and check for evidence of oil leakage. 
         Inspect above the deck house.  Insure that deck   
         drains                                            
         and scuppers are clear.                           
         Insure that mast lights are working properly.     
         Inspect                                           
         deck house storerooms for general appearance and  
         insure                                            
         that they are locked.                             
                                                           
         4.  Bosun Storeroom.  Insure adequate lighting    
         throughout                                        
         the space.  Inspect coating and cleanliness of    
         decks.                                            
         Check stowage of gear and supplies.  Inspect port 
         and                                               
         stbd bilge wells.  Take soundings of the chain    
         lockers.                                          
         Inspect the hydraulic pump room for general       
         safety,                                           
         including lighting, and cleanliness.              
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         5.  Cargo Holds & Ladder Wells.  Make a thorough  
         inspection of the upper tween deck  (UTD), lower  
         tween                                             
         deck (LTD), tank top hold and threshold/rampway   
         areas.                                            
         Inspect coating and cleanliness of decks.  Check  
         hold                                              
         bilge wells and insure upper hold drain systems   
         are                                               
         clear.                                            
                                                           
         Inspect holds for general safety, including       
         lighting and                                      
         markings.  Inspect hold escapes for general       
         safety,                                           
         including lighting and markings.  Check stowage of
         gear                                              
         and supplies.  Inspect the general appearance of  
         the                                               
         starboard gastight door to the UTD, port gastight 
         door                                              
         to the LTD, watertight ramp cover to the tank top 
         hold,                                             
         and watertight center rampway door and stern door.
                                                           
         Make a thorough inspection of the forward ladder  
         well                                              
         from the focsle to the bosun storeroom, UTD, LTD  
         and bow                                           
         thruster room; center ladder well from the upper  
         deck to                                           
         the UTD, LTD and tank top; and threshold ladder   
         well from                                         
         the poop deck to the threshold space in way of the
         traffic control room, talley office and batter    
         charger                                           
         space.  Check for general appearance and          
         cleanliness and                                   
         adequate lighting.  Inspect the traffic control   
         room,                                             
         talley office, emergency gear locker and battery  
         room for                                          
         general condition and appearance.                 
                                                           
         6.  Provision Spaces.  Inspect the refrigeration  
         machinery space, reefer handling room, vegetable  
         box,                                              
         meat box, deep freeze box, refrigerated store box,
         dry                                               
         provision store room and bonded store room for    
         general                                           
         cleanliness and lighting. Check safety of the     
         arrangement                                       
         of the deck gratings in the refrigeration boxes.  
                                                           
         7.  Accommodation Spaces.  Make a thorough        
         inspection of                                     
         all of the accommodation spaces, including the    
         poop deck,                                        
         first deck, second deck, third deck and navigation
         deck.                                             
         Inspect all spaces for general appearance,        
         cleanliness                                       
         and lighting. Insure that all storerooms are      
         locked.                                           
                                                           
         Make a thorough inspection of all exterior        
         accommodation                                     
         spaces.  Check for general appearance, cleanliness
         and                                               
         lighting.  Inspect coating of decks.  Insure that 
         all                                               
         deck drains and scuppers are clear.  Inspect      
         general                                           
         appearance of stern ramp winches and after mooring
         winches.  Check for evidence of oil leakage around
         all                                               
         winches.  Inspect the gyro room, battery room,    
         engine                                            
         room supply fan room, emergency generator room and
         all                                               
         deck store rooms for general appearance,          
         cleanliness and                                   
         lighting.                                         
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         8.  Machinery Spaces.  Make a thorough inspection 
         of all                                            
         machinery spaces, including the main engine flat, 
         generator flat, mid flat, lower level, tank top   
         and                                               
         bilges, shaft alley, control room and change room,
         machine shop and electrical shop, mooring winch   
         hydraulic                                         
         pump room, cargo gear hydraulic pump room,        
         steering gear                                     
         room, boiler spaces and fidley and air            
         conditioning room.                                
         Check for general appearance, cleanliness and     
         safety,                                           
         including lighting.  Inspect the bilge wells.     
         Insure                                            
         that the flooding alarms work properly.  Check the
         stern                                             
         tube seal.  When installed, check the shaft lock  
         and                                               
         rudder lock.  Insure that all hatches, manholes,  
         doors                                             
         and skylights are closed and storerooms are       
         locked.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     13  0112-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Dehumidification             
                                                           
         Visually inspect and test all dehumidification    
         system.                                           
         Insure proper and continuous operation of the     
         dehumidification systems including dehumidifiers, 
         air                                               
         distribution systems and automatic control        
         stations.                                         
         Record the results of the inspection, maintenance 
         and                                               
         repairs on the attached DEHUMIDIFICATION          
         INSPECTION                                        
         REPORT.                                           
                                                           
         NOTE:     Ship Manager shall possess a            
         psychrometer and                                  
                   know the  correct methods for           
         determining                                       
                   relative humidity.                      
                                                           
         A.   Maintain relative humidity in all D/H zones  
         within                                            
              the range of thirty-five percent to          
         forty-five                                        
              percent (35% to 45%).  Adjust hygrosensor    
         controls                                          
              and flow dampers as necessary to achieve     
         same.                                             
              Adjust air flow to maintain a uniform        
         relative                                          
              humidity within the desired range throughout 
         all                                               
              entire zones.                                
                                                           
         B.   Measure and record psychrometer and          
         hygrosensor                                       
              readings at each zone.                       
                                                           
         C.   When the relative humidity is found to be    
         outside                                           
              of the desired range, additional readings    
         shall be                                          
              measured and recorded until such time as the 
         values                                            
              stabilize within the desired range.  Identify
         cause                                             
              of improper values, perform tasks necessary  
         to                                                
              correct the deficiency, and adjust the       
         station                                           
              control settings and dry air flow as         
         necessary.                                        
                                                           
         D.   While performing visual inspection, ensure   
         proper                                            
              operation of D/H machine by engaging manual  
         control                                           
              switch (when machine is not running).        
         Routine                                           
              inspection and maintenance of D/H Machine    
         shall be                                          
              performed in accordance with manufacturer's  
              instructions and include:                    
                                                           
                   1.   Visually inspect D/H machine       
         electric                                          
                        heater for evidence of overheating.
                                                           
                        Measure resistance of heating      
         element if                                        
                        it appears to be defective.        
                                                           
                   2.   Visually inspect all drive belts   
         for                                               
                        defects, damage, and deterioration.
                                                           
                        Replace belts as necessary. Check  
         drive                                             
                        belts for proper tension.  Adjust  
         same                                              
                        as necessary.                      
                                                           
                                                           
                   3.   Clean air filters as necessary.    
                                                           
                   4.   Lubricate all components as        
         necessary.                                        
                                                           
                   5.   Inspect all hoses and ducting      
         throughout                                        
                        vessel and ensure all connections  
         are                                               
                        tight.                             
                                                           
         E.   Read and record elapsed running time as      
         indicated                                         
              on elapsed running time meter. Compare       
         reading                                           
         with                                              
              vessel's meter average monthly readings and  
         last                                              
              several monthly readings.  When running time 
              appears to be excessive, refer to Step C.    
         Also                                              
              refer to technical manual.  Excessive running
         time                                              
              indicates a possibility of the following:    
                                                           
              -Faulty D/H Machine                          
              -Air and/or water leaks into D/H Zones       
              -Faulty Hygrosensor Controls                 
                                                           
         F.   Replace chart paper on hygrometer's chart    
         recorder                                          
              as required.  Review marked chart for any    
         unusual                                           
              readings. Properly label and submit the      
              dehumidification reports to the chief        
         engineer for                                      
              review and distribution.                     
                                                           
         G.   Test operate fire detectors located at D/H   
         machines                                          
              (if applicable) to ensure proper operation of
         same.                                             
              Reset same after test, if applicable.        
                                                           
         H.   Seals and sealing material.                  
                                                           
              1.   Visually inspect all sealing material   
         for                                               
                   deterioration, damage, and defects.     
         Repair                                            
                   and replace with new as necessary.      
                                                           
              2.   When high relative humidity readings are
                   measured, a careful search shall be made
         for                                               
                   air and water leaks around and          
         throughout the                                    
                   zones.  Eliminate all leaks.  Utilize   
                   ventilation system in pulling vacuum as 
         needed                                            
                   in checking for leaks.  Reseal          
         ventilation                                       
                   system after usage.                     
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     14  0112-002-M1-H-V-KKK  DH Inspection Report         
                                                           
         DEHUMIDIFICATION SYSTEMS                          
                                                           
         A.   Verified relative humidity in all D/H zones  
         to be                                             
                                                           
              within range of thirty-seven percent to forty
              percent 37% to 40%)................... Yes   
         No                                                
                                                           
         B.   Relative Humidity Readings:                  
                                                           
              a.  Pilot House                              
              b.  Engine Control Room                      
              c.  Main Engine                              
              d.  Boiler Furnace                           
              e.                                           
              f.                                           
              g.                                           
                                                           
         C.   D/H machines, air distribution systems and   
              automatic controls functioning               
              properly........................ Yes   No    
                                                           
         D.   Elapsed Running Time:                        
          Hours        Minutes                             
                        Previous Reading                   
               Hours        Minutes                        
                        Difference in Readings             
               Hours        Minutes                        
                                                           
              Within Acceptable Range................ Yes  
         No                                                
                                                           
         E.   Renew chart paper and submit original to     
         Chief,                                            
              Division of Ship Management; submit copy to  
         Ship                                              
              Operations Officer; and file a copy in the   
         Chief                                             
              Engineer's Office...................... Yes  
         No                                                
                                                           
         F.   Inspected D/H zone seals and sealing         
              materials........................   Sat      
         Unsat                                             
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     15  0114-001-AR-H-V-KKK  Vessel Mooring               
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         necessary for adding, removing, moving or         
         adjusting the                                     
         vessel's mooring lines and wires as required due  
         to                                                
         river                                             
         stage or tidal changes, stern ramp operations,    
         shifting                                          
         of vessel, dock and/or sea trials, etc.           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     16  0115-001-W1-G-V-KKK  Fire/Flood/Entry Protection  
                                                           
         The ROS alarm system consists of four (4) zones,  
         namely                                            
         fire, flood, intrusion and CSI.  It also alarms   
         when                                              
         there is a power failure.  Power failure is       
         independent                                       
         of the four main zones.  The alarm panel is       
         located in                                        
         the starboard side passageway leading down from   
         the                                               
         upper                                             
         deck to the lower tween deck.  The panel contains 
         a                                                 
         voice/pager dialer capable of dialing out to three
         (3)                                               
         phone numbers and one (1) pager.  The panel also  
         contains                                          
         a control box with relays, terminal blocks,       
         transformers                                      
         and indicator lights.  The control box was        
         installed                                         
         because of the limited ampere capability of the   
         alarm                                             
         panel due to the added lights and siren on the    
         flying                                            
         bridge.  On the flying bridge there is a panel    
         with                                              
         four                                              
         (4) weather proof lights (red for fire; green for 
         flood;                                            
         yellow for intrusion; and white to indicate power 
         available to the system) and one (1) weather proof
         siren.                                            
         The light/siren panel is provided with sufficient 
         cable                                             
         so it can be moved to the port or stbd side.  It  
         is                                                
         also                                              
         fitted with a junction box so it can be           
         disconnected                                      
         when                                              
         the vessel is activated.                          
                                                           
         The NDRF fire alarm circuit consists of four (4)  
         zones                                             
         with ionization detectors strategically located   
         where                                             
         dehumidification machines may be present.  The    
         four (4)                                          
         locations are engine control room (ECR), engine   
         lower                                             
         level port side near the aft end of the main      
         engine,                                           
         engine room lower level stbd side above the       
         purifiers,                                        
         and in the wheelhouse.  Junction boxes are also   
         located                                           
         in the engine room and third deck passageway for  
         possible                                          
         future addition of additional detectors.          
                                                           
         During ROS, the NDRF fire alarm circuit is        
         disconnected                                      
         at the main alarm panel.  The vessel=s main fire  
         detection system is connected to the ROS alarm    
         system                                            
         instead of the NDRF fire alarm system.  Any fire  
         alarm                                             
         from the ship's fire detection system will also   
         activate                                          
         the ROS alarm system.                             
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         The ROS flood alarm circuit consists of six (6)   
         zones                                             
         with Gems float switches strategically located    
         where                                             
         flooding is most likely.  The float switches are  
         located                                           
         in the forward engine room bilges, aft engine room
         bilges                                            
         (shaft alley), bow thruster room, port and stbd   
         stabilizer rooms and lower (tank top) cargo hold. 
                                                           
         The intrusion alarm was installed for use when the
         vessel                                            
         is not manned and all access to the vessel is     
         secured                                           
         and                                               
         locked.  The intrusion alarm circuit consists of  
         three                                             
         (3) limit switches, one each at the stbd Upper    
         Deck                                              
         door                                              
         and port and stbd forward Poop Deck doors.        
                                                           
         Each location also contains a keypad to allow     
         programming                                       
         of the entire ROS alarm system from either        
         location.                                         
         The                                               
         entire ROS alarm system is capable of being       
         acknowledged                                      
         or armed from either keypad.  The system can only 
         be                                                
         alarmed if there are no alarm inputs.  Independent
         zones                                             
         can be bypassed.  During ROS, the intrusion alarm 
         zone                                              
         and CSI zone are normally bypassed.               
                                                           
         The engine room control console CSI annunciation  
         panel                                             
         has been connected to the ROS alarm system as Zone
         4.                                                
         When the CSI panel is up and running and Zone 4 is
         energized, any CSI alarm will also activate the   
         ROS                                               
         alarm                                             
         system.                                           
                                                           
         On a weekly basis, a random sample of flood floats
         and                                               
         fire detectors shall be activated to test the     
         integrity                                         
         of the floats and detectors as well as to test the
         voice/pager dialer.  Each week, a different random
         sample                                            
         of flood floats and fire detectors shall be       
         tested.  In                                       
         addition, the power failure alarm shall also be   
         tested                                            
         on                                                
         a weekly basis.  The message shall be received    
         from any                                          
         telephones called and the code shall be received  
         from                                              
         the                                               
         duty engineer=s pager to verify each test.        
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         During testing of the ROS alarm system, verify    
         that the                                          
         independent keypads at the three (3) doors        
         function                                          
         properly.  Also, verify that the appropriate      
         lights on                                         
         the flying bridge illuminate.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     17  0115-001-W1-G-V-KKK  Fire/Flood/Entry Protection  
                                                           
         The ROS alarm system consists of four (4) zones,  
         namely                                            
         fire, flood, intrusion and CSI.  It also alarms   
         when                                              
         there is a power failure.  Power failure is       
         independent                                       
         of the four main zones.  The alarm panel is       
         located in                                        
         the starboard side passageway leading down from   
         the                                               
         upper                                             
         deck to the lower tween deck.  The panel contains 
         a                                                 
         voice/pager dialer capable of dialing out to three
         (3)                                               
         phone numbers and one (1) pager.  The panel also  
         contains                                          
         a control box with relays, terminal blocks,       
         transformers                                      
         and indicator lights.  The control box was        
         installed                                         
         because of the limited ampere capability of the   
         alarm                                             
         panel due to the added lights and siren on the    
         flying                                            
         bridge.  On the flying bridge there is a panel    
         with                                              
         four                                              
         (4) weather proof lights (red for fire; green for 
         flood;                                            
         yellow for intrusion; and white to indicate power 
         available to the system) and one (1) weather proof
         siren.                                            
         The light/siren panel is provided with sufficient 
         cable                                             
         so it can be moved to the port or stbd side.  It  
         is                                                
         also                                              
         fitted with a junction box so it can be           
         disconnected                                      
         when                                              
         the vessel is activated.                          
                                                           
         The NDRF fire alarm circuit consists of four (4)  
         zones                                             
         with ionization detectors strategically located   
         where                                             
         dehumidification machines may be present.  The    
         four (4)                                          
         locations are engine control room (ECR), engine   
         lower                                             
         level port side near the aft end of the main      
         engine,                                           
         engine room lower level stbd side above the       
         purifiers,                                        
         and in the wheelhouse.  Junction boxes are also   
         located                                           
         in the engine room and third deck passageway for  
         possible                                          
         future addition of additional detectors.          
                                                           
         During ROS, the NDRF fire alarm circuit is        
         disconnected                                      
         at the main alarm panel.  The vessel=s main fire  
         detection system is connected to the ROS alarm    
         system                                            
         instead of the NDRF fire alarm system.  Any fire  
         alarm                                             
         from the ship's fire detection system will also   
         activate                                          
         the ROS alarm system.                             
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         The ROS flood alarm circuit consists of six (6)   
         zones                                             
         with Gems float switches strategically located    
         where                                             
         flooding is most likely.  The float switches are  
         located                                           
         in the forward engine room bilges, aft engine room
         bilges                                            
         (shaft alley), bow thruster room, port and stbd   
         stabilizer rooms and lower (tank top) cargo hold. 
                                                           
         The intrusion alarm was installed for use when the
         vessel                                            
         is not manned and all access to the vessel is     
         secured                                           
         and                                               
         locked.  The intrusion alarm circuit consists of  
         three                                             
         (3) limit switches, one each at the stbd Upper    
         Deck                                              
         door                                              
         and port and stbd forward Poop Deck doors.        
                                                           
         Each location also contains a keypad to allow     
         programming                                       
         of the entire ROS alarm system from either        
         location.                                         
         The                                               
         entire ROS alarm system is capable of being       
         acknowledged                                      
         or armed from either keypad.  The system can only 
         be                                                
         alarmed if there are no alarm inputs.  Independent
         zones                                             
         can be bypassed.  During ROS, the intrusion alarm 
         zone                                              
         and CSI zone are normally bypassed.               
                                                           
         The engine room control console CSI annunciation  
         panel                                             
         has been connected to the ROS alarm system as Zone
         4.                                                
         When the CSI panel is up and running and Zone 4 is
         energized, any CSI alarm will also activate the   
         ROS                                               
         alarm                                             
         system.                                           
                                                           
         On a weekly basis, a random sample of flood floats
         and                                               
         fire detectors shall be activated to test the     
         integrity                                         
         of the floats and detectors as well as to test the
         voice/pager dialer.  Each week, a different random
         sample                                            
         of flood floats and fire detectors shall be       
         tested.  In                                       
         addition, the power failure alarm shall also be   
         tested                                            
         on                                                
         a weekly basis.  The message shall be received    
         from any                                          
         telephones called and the code shall be received  
         from                                              
         the                                               
         duty engineer=s pager to verify each test.        
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         During testing of the ROS alarm system, verify    
         that the                                          
         independent keypads at the three (3) doors        
         function                                          
         properly.  Also, verify that the appropriate      
         lights on                                         
         the flying bridge illuminate.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     18  0115-001-W1-G-V-KKK  Fire/Flood/Entry Protection  
                                                           
         The ROS alarm system consists of four (4) zones,  
         namely                                            
         fire, flood, intrusion and CSI.  It also alarms   
         when                                              
         there is a power failure.  Power failure is       
         independent                                       
         of the four main zones.  The alarm panel is       
         located in                                        
         the starboard side passageway leading down from   
         the                                               
         upper                                             
         deck to the lower tween deck.  The panel contains 
         a                                                 
         voice/pager dialer capable of dialing out to three
         (3)                                               
         phone numbers and one (1) pager.  The panel also  
         contains                                          
         a control box with relays, terminal blocks,       
         transformers                                      
         and indicator lights.  The control box was        
         installed                                         
         because of the limited ampere capability of the   
         alarm                                             
         panel due to the added lights and siren on the    
         flying                                            
         bridge.  On the flying bridge there is a panel    
         with                                              
         four                                              
         (4) weather proof lights (red for fire; green for 
         flood;                                            
         yellow for intrusion; and white to indicate power 
         available to the system) and one (1) weather proof
         siren.                                            
         The light/siren panel is provided with sufficient 
         cable                                             
         so it can be moved to the port or stbd side.  It  
         is                                                
         also                                              
         fitted with a junction box so it can be           
         disconnected                                      
         when                                              
         the vessel is activated.                          
                                                           
         The NDRF fire alarm circuit consists of four (4)  
         zones                                             
         with ionization detectors strategically located   
         where                                             
         dehumidification machines may be present.  The    
         four (4)                                          
         locations are engine control room (ECR), engine   
         lower                                             
         level port side near the aft end of the main      
         engine,                                           
         engine room lower level stbd side above the       
         purifiers,                                        
         and in the wheelhouse.  Junction boxes are also   
         located                                           
         in the engine room and third deck passageway for  
         possible                                          
         future addition of additional detectors.          
                                                           
         During ROS, the NDRF fire alarm circuit is        
         disconnected                                      
         at the main alarm panel.  The vessel=s main fire  
         detection system is connected to the ROS alarm    
         system                                            
         instead of the NDRF fire alarm system.  Any fire  
         alarm                                             
         from the ship's fire detection system will also   
         activate                                          
         the ROS alarm system.                             
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         The ROS flood alarm circuit consists of six (6)   
         zones                                             
         with Gems float switches strategically located    
         where                                             
         flooding is most likely.  The float switches are  
         located                                           
         in the forward engine room bilges, aft engine room
         bilges                                            
         (shaft alley), bow thruster room, port and stbd   
         stabilizer rooms and lower (tank top) cargo hold. 
                                                           
         The intrusion alarm was installed for use when the
         vessel                                            
         is not manned and all access to the vessel is     
         secured                                           
         and                                               
         locked.  The intrusion alarm circuit consists of  
         three                                             
         (3) limit switches, one each at the stbd Upper    
         Deck                                              
         door                                              
         and port and stbd forward Poop Deck doors.        
                                                           
         Each location also contains a keypad to allow     
         programming                                       
         of the entire ROS alarm system from either        
         location.                                         
         The                                               
         entire ROS alarm system is capable of being       
         acknowledged                                      
         or armed from either keypad.  The system can only 
         be                                                
         alarmed if there are no alarm inputs.  Independent
         zones                                             
         can be bypassed.  During ROS, the intrusion alarm 
         zone                                              
         and CSI zone are normally bypassed.               
                                                           
         The engine room control console CSI annunciation  
         panel                                             
         has been connected to the ROS alarm system as Zone
         4.                                                
         When the CSI panel is up and running and Zone 4 is
         energized, any CSI alarm will also activate the   
         ROS                                               
         alarm                                             
         system.                                           
                                                           
         On a weekly basis, a random sample of flood floats
         and                                               
         fire detectors shall be activated to test the     
         integrity                                         
         of the floats and detectors as well as to test the
         voice/pager dialer.  Each week, a different random
         sample                                            
         of flood floats and fire detectors shall be       
         tested.  In                                       
         addition, the power failure alarm shall also be   
         tested                                            
         on                                                
         a weekly basis.  The message shall be received    
         from any                                          
         telephones called and the code shall be received  
         from                                              
         the                                               
         duty engineer=s pager to verify each test.        
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         During testing of the ROS alarm system, verify    
         that the                                          
         independent keypads at the three (3) doors        
         function                                          
         properly.  Also, verify that the appropriate      
         lights on                                         
         the flying bridge illuminate.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     19  0115-001-W1-G-V-KKK  Fire/Flood/Entry Protection  
                                                           
         The ROS alarm system consists of four (4) zones,  
         namely                                            
         fire, flood, intrusion and CSI.  It also alarms   
         when                                              
         there is a power failure.  Power failure is       
         independent                                       
         of the four main zones.  The alarm panel is       
         located in                                        
         the starboard side passageway leading down from   
         the                                               
         upper                                             
         deck to the lower tween deck.  The panel contains 
         a                                                 
         voice/pager dialer capable of dialing out to three
         (3)                                               
         phone numbers and one (1) pager.  The panel also  
         contains                                          
         a control box with relays, terminal blocks,       
         transformers                                      
         and indicator lights.  The control box was        
         installed                                         
         because of the limited ampere capability of the   
         alarm                                             
         panel due to the added lights and siren on the    
         flying                                            
         bridge.  On the flying bridge there is a panel    
         with                                              
         four                                              
         (4) weather proof lights (red for fire; green for 
         flood;                                            
         yellow for intrusion; and white to indicate power 
         available to the system) and one (1) weather proof
         siren.                                            
         The light/siren panel is provided with sufficient 
         cable                                             
         so it can be moved to the port or stbd side.  It  
         is                                                
         also                                              
         fitted with a junction box so it can be           
         disconnected                                      
         when                                              
         the vessel is activated.                          
                                                           
         The NDRF fire alarm circuit consists of four (4)  
         zones                                             
         with ionization detectors strategically located   
         where                                             
         dehumidification machines may be present.  The    
         four (4)                                          
         locations are engine control room (ECR), engine   
         lower                                             
         level port side near the aft end of the main      
         engine,                                           
         engine room lower level stbd side above the       
         purifiers,                                        
         and in the wheelhouse.  Junction boxes are also   
         located                                           
         in the engine room and third deck passageway for  
         possible                                          
         future addition of additional detectors.          
                                                           
         During ROS, the NDRF fire alarm circuit is        
         disconnected                                      
         at the main alarm panel.  The vessel=s main fire  
         detection system is connected to the ROS alarm    
         system                                            
         instead of the NDRF fire alarm system.  Any fire  
         alarm                                             
         from the ship's fire detection system will also   
         activate                                          
         the ROS alarm system.                             
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         The ROS flood alarm circuit consists of six (6)   
         zones                                             
         with Gems float switches strategically located    
         where                                             
         flooding is most likely.  The float switches are  
         located                                           
         in the forward engine room bilges, aft engine room
         bilges                                            
         (shaft alley), bow thruster room, port and stbd   
         stabilizer rooms and lower (tank top) cargo hold. 
                                                           
         The intrusion alarm was installed for use when the
         vessel                                            
         is not manned and all access to the vessel is     
         secured                                           
         and                                               
         locked.  The intrusion alarm circuit consists of  
         three                                             
         (3) limit switches, one each at the stbd Upper    
         Deck                                              
         door                                              
         and port and stbd forward Poop Deck doors.        
                                                           
         Each location also contains a keypad to allow     
         programming                                       
         of the entire ROS alarm system from either        
         location.                                         
         The                                               
         entire ROS alarm system is capable of being       
         acknowledged                                      
         or armed from either keypad.  The system can only 
         be                                                
         alarmed if there are no alarm inputs.  Independent
         zones                                             
         can be bypassed.  During ROS, the intrusion alarm 
         zone                                              
         and CSI zone are normally bypassed.               
                                                           
         The engine room control console CSI annunciation  
         panel                                             
         has been connected to the ROS alarm system as Zone
         4.                                                
         When the CSI panel is up and running and Zone 4 is
         energized, any CSI alarm will also activate the   
         ROS                                               
         alarm                                             
         system.                                           
                                                           
         On a weekly basis, a random sample of flood floats
         and                                               
         fire detectors shall be activated to test the     
         integrity                                         
         of the floats and detectors as well as to test the
         voice/pager dialer.  Each week, a different random
         sample                                            
         of flood floats and fire detectors shall be       
         tested.  In                                       
         addition, the power failure alarm shall also be   
         tested                                            
         on                                                
         a weekly basis.  The message shall be received    
         from any                                          
         telephones called and the code shall be received  
         from                                              
         the                                               
         duty engineer=s pager to verify each test.        
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         During testing of the ROS alarm system, verify    
         that the                                          
         independent keypads at the three (3) doors        
         function                                          
         properly.  Also, verify that the appropriate      
         lights on                                         
         the flying bridge illuminate.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     20  0118-001-AR-G-V-KKK  Trash/Waste Disposal         
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements necessary for routine trash and waste
         disposal.                                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     21  0128-001-AR-G-V-KKK  Crane/Material Handling      
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         necessary for routine crane and forklift handling 
         and                                               
         other material handling for stores deliveries and 
         contractor support.                               
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     22  0143-001-AR-M-V-KKK  Operational Tests (Non-Reg)  
                              Plant Start Up/Operate       
                                                           
         Following are procedures for plant start up and   
         other                                             
         operations under various conditions. It should be 
         understood that these are only intended to be     
         guidelines                                        
         for operations. Common sense and good marine      
         engineering                                       
         practice should take precedence over these        
         guidelines.                                       
                                                           
         How to Start up the Engine Room Installation,     
         without                                           
         Shore Power                                       
                                                           
         Ship in a total A black out situation:            
                                                           
         -    Check emergency generator cooling water, lube
         oil                                               
              and fuel oil.                                
         -    Pump up the hydraulic starter, 75 strokes by 
         hand.                                             
         -    Start emergency generator and put on ear     
              protection.                                  
         -    Close the main circuit breaker from emergency
              generator on ESB.                            
                                                           
         Situation:                                        
         Emergency generator is feeding the emergency      
         switchboard                                       
         (ESB).                                            
                                                           
         -    Close the main circuit breaker from MSB on   
         ESB.                                              
         -    Check whether the 24 volt batteries are      
         connected                                         
              and charger panel in Gyro Room (3rd Deck) is 
              switched on.                                 
         -    Go to the main switchboard (MSB) and reset   
         the                                               
         ABus                                              
              Tie Breaker@ on the bus tie breaker panel (to
         Aoff@                                             
              position)                                    
         -    Switch on the bus tie breaker by switch      
         ACOS-52@                                          
              and selector switch AESB / Thrusters@ on ESB.
                                                           
         Situation:                                        
         Emergency generator is feeding the ESB and the MSB
                                                           
         -    Reset the breakers on the MSB with a ANon    
              Preferential function.                       
         -    Start the Engine Room Ventilation.           
         -    Replace all drain plugs and close all air    
         vents on                                          
              all coolers.                                 
         -    Start and auxiliary cooling water pump and an
         air                                               
              compressor.                                  
         -    Pump up one (1) main air vessel until        
         approximately 18 bar.                             
                                                           
                                                           
         -    Open air valve on main air vessel to         
         auxiliaries.                                      
         -    Start hydraulic power unit for valves.       
         -    Switch on Engine Room monitoring system on   
         220                                               
         volt                                              
              feeder panel and accept all incoming alarms. 
         -    Now an auxiliary engine can be started.      
                                                           
         When shore power is available:                    
                                                           
         -    Start an auxiliary cooling water pump and an 
         air                                               
              compressor.                                  
         -    Pump up one main air vessel until            
         approximately 18                                  
              bar.                                         
         -    Open air valves on main air vessel to        
         auxiliaries.                                      
         -    Check 24 volt system                         
         -    Switch off as many systems as possible:      
         pumps, AC                                         
              accommodation, etc.                          
         -    Go to the emergency generator room, check the
              emergency generator and start it.  Starting  
         air                                               
         and                                               
              24 volt are available. Selector switch on    
         manual,                                           
              push start and generator will start.  Put on 
         ear                                               
              protection because the generator is noisy.   
         -    Switch off the shore power, Ablack out       
         situation@.                                       
         -    Close the main circuit breaker from emergency
              generator on ESB.                            
                                                           
         The following procedure is as above in a total    
         black                                             
         out                                               
         situation.                                        
                                                           
         To start an auxiliary engine                      
                                                           
         -    Turn the engine at least one turn by hand.   
         -    Close the indicator cocks.                   
         -    Check the expansion tank and replenish.      
         -    Check lube oil level in sump tank.           
         -    Start pre-lube oil pump.  When the pump      
         selector                                          
              switch is on automatic, the pump will start  
         when                                              
              the Astop@ button from the engine on the MSB 
         is                                                
              pressed.                                     
         -    Open diesel oil valve to auxiliary engines on
         tank.                                             
                                                           
         -    Open diesel oil valve before and after diesel
         oil                                               
              meter.                                       
         -    Open diesel oil valve inlet and return on    
         each                                              
              engine.  Make sure the blended oil valves are
              closed.                                      
         -    Open diesel oil valve to fuel valve cooling  
         oil                                               
              system.  (Near diesel oil meter.)            
         -    Make sure the turning gear is disengage and  
         the                                               
              turning handle bar is in its holder.         
                                                           
                                                           
         -    Open starting air to the engine and start    
         engine.                                           
                                                           
         There are three locations to start and auxiliary  
         engine.                                           
                                                           
         On the engine:                                    
                                                           
         Remove the protection cap on top of the air       
         starting                                          
         air                                               
         solenoid and operate solenoid by hand.            
                                                           
         On the local control panel near the engines:      
                                                           
              Check if the blue Aready@ lamp is on.        
                                                           
         If not:  Check if the turning handle bar is in its
         holder.                                           
                                                           
              Check if the fuel lever is in Astarting      
         position@                                         
                                                           
              Check if the blue Aready@ light on MSB is on.
                                                           
         Press the start button on the engine control panel
         on                                                
         MSB.                                              
                                                           
         Situation:                                        
                                                           
         The auxiliary engine is running idle.             
         The emergency generator is feeding the ESB and the
         MSB.                                              
                                                           
         Synchronize the main generator with the MSC       
         (emergency                                        
         generator)                                        
                                                           
         Hold the selector switch of the synchroscope to   
         automatic                                         
         and the generator will switch on the main bus bar.
                                                           
         The design of the installation is such that the   
         main                                              
         generator can run synchronously with the emergency
         generator for a few seconds, after that the       
         circuit                                           
         breaker  from the emergency generator on the ESB  
         will                                              
         open automatically.                               
                                                           
         Go to the emergency generator room and stop the   
         emergency                                         
         generator.                                        
                                                           
         Put the selector switch on the engine control     
         panel to                                          
         automatic.                                        
                                                           
         Reset the main circuit breaker from the emergency 
         generator on  the ESB. (should be in Aoff@        
         position)                                         
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         Situation:                                        
                                                           
         The main generator is feeding the MSB and the ESB.
                                                           
         Switch all motor controllers on MC1 and MC2 to    
         remote                                            
         and                                               
         start up the machinery as required.               
                                                           
         Cylinder Cooling Water System Main Engine         
         Drawing M-22132                                   
                                                           
         Valves normally open:                             
                                                           
         8    cylinder inlet butterfly valves. (Marked on  
              cylinder 8)                                  
         8    cylinder outlet butterfly valves.            
         8    deaeration hoses with self closing quick     
         coupling                                          
         3    inlet butterfly valves turbo chargers.(Marked
         on                                                
              turbo 3)                                     
         3    outlet butterfly valves turbo chargers.      
         1    valve from cooling water expansion tank to   
         system,                                           
              near cylinder cooling water cooler.          
         1    general air vent main engine, near turbo 2   
         2    suction valves cylinder cooling water pumps. 
         2    discharge valves cylinder cooling water      
         pumps.                                            
                                                           
         Valves normally closed:                           
                                                           
         16 drain valves cylinder cooling water, two each  
              cylinder.                                    
         3 drain valves cooling water turbo chargers       
                                                           
         Before starting up one of the pumps, check level  
         in the                                            
         cylinder cooling water expansion tank on first    
         deck                                              
         near                                              
         boiler, should be approximately half full.  Do not
         over                                              
         fill otherwise the tank will overflow when the    
         engine                                            
         is                                                
         warming up.                                       
                                                           
         Then start a cylinder cooling water pump and      
         switch on                                         
         the heating.                                      
                                                           
         ATTN:     Do not close the cooling water valves   
         from                                              
                   turbo charge 2, because this will       
         interfere                                         
         in                                                
                   the cooling water flow through the main 
                   engine.                                 
                                                           
         ATTN:     When starting up the evaporator, open   
         the                                               
                   cylinder cooling water valves,          
         especially the                                    
                   inlet butterfly valve, slowly .  To     
         prevent                                           
                   possible Atrip @ main engine.           
                                                           
                                                           
         Piston Cooling Water System Main Engine           
         Drawing M-22132                                   
                                                           
         Valves normally open:                             
                                                           
         2         Discharge valves piston cooling water   
         pumps.                                            
         1         Drain valve from piston cooling water   
         chest                                             
         to                                                
                   separating tank.                        
         1         Overflow valve from separating to drain 
         tank.                                             
         4         valves near boiler water circulating    
         pumps                                             
         (on                                               
                   1st deck) to/from gland cooling, to cool
         these                                             
                   glands with piston cooling water.       
         1         inlet valve cooling spiral in fuel valve
                   cooling water tank.                     
         1         outlet valve cooling spiral in fuel     
         valve                                             
                   cooling water tank                      
                                                           
         Before starting the piston cooling water pumps    
         check                                             
         level in piston cooling water drain tank.         
                                                           
         After starting the pump check the flow in sight   
         glasses                                           
         on port aide of the main engine.                  
                                                           
         ATTN:     When the piston cooling water           
         temperature                                       
                   exceeds 70 degrees C a Ano flow@ alarm  
         will                                              
         be                                                
                   triggered.                              
                                                           
                   The sensor for this alarm is a heating  
         element                                           
                   cooled by the cooling water flow.  When 
         the                                               
                   flow stops the element will arm up and  
         an                                                
                   alarm will sound when this element      
         reaches a                                         
                   temperature of 70 degrees C.            
                                                           
                   So when the piston cooling water outlet 
                   temperature is too high this will result
         in a                                              
                   false Ano flow@ alarm.                  
                                                           
                   If this occurs, check flow through      
         sight-                                            
                   glasses immediately and lower piston    
         cooling                                           
                   water temperature.                      
                                                           
         Fuel Valve Cooling Water System Main Engine       
         Drawing M-22132                                   
                                                           
         Valves normally open:                             
                                                           
         8         inlet valves on cylinder head main      
         engine                                            
         8         outlet valves on cylinder head main     
         engine                                            
                                                           
                                                           
         2         suction valves on fuel valve cooling    
         water                                             
                   pumps                                   
         2         discharge valves on fuel valve cooling  
         water                                             
                   pumps                                   
                                                           
         Before starting one of the pumps check level in   
         expansion                                         
         tank.  This tank is divided in two (2)            
         compartment, the                                  
         pump suction is from the compartment with gauge   
         glass                                             
         (at                                               
         port side).                                       
                                                           
         After starting the pump open steam to steam coil  
         in the                                            
         tank.  On SB side of the tank is a drain pan with 
         valve,                                            
         this valve is normally closed.                    
                                                           
         Auxiliary Engine Cooling Water System             
         Drawing M-22132                                   
                                                           
         Valves normally open:                             
                                                           
         4         Supply valves from expansion tank to    
         engines,                                          
                   under the floor plating of the generator
         deck.                                             
         4         Deaeration valves on the top of the     
         engines.                                          
         4         Preheating valves, port front side of   
                   generator                               
                                                           
         Before starting the auxiliary engine, check level 
         in                                                
         expansion tank, situated in spiral stair case.    
         This                                              
         tank                                              
         has two compartments, port side compartment for   
         engine                                            
         1                                                 
         and 2, SB side compartment for engine 3 and 4.    
         These                                             
         two                                               
         compartments will overflow into each other.       
                                                           
         Fresh Cooling Water System Air Compressors        
         Drawing M-22132                                   
                                                           
         Valves normally open:                             
                                                           
         3         Supply valves from expansion tank to    
                                                           
                   compressors                             
         3         Deaeration Valves                       
         3         Cooler inlet valves                     
         3         Cooler outlet valves                    
                                                           
         Before starting an air compressor check level in  
         expansion tank, situated on generator deck at SB  
         side                                              
         of                                                
         auxiliary engine #3.                              
                                                           
                                                           
         Main Sea Cooling Water System                     
         Drawing M-21133                                   
                                                           
         Valves normally open:                             
                                                           
                   1    Main suction Valve from Sea Chest  
                   2    Pump suction Valves                
                   2    Pump Discharge Valves              
                   2    Inlet Valves Air Coolers           
                   2    Outlet Valves Air Coolers (Keep    
         these                                             
                        valves throttles to regulate       
         scavenging                                        
                        air temperature                    
                   1    Outlet valve lube oil cooler       
                   1    Outlet valve piston cooling water  
         cooler                                            
                   1    Overboard valve main circulating   
         water                                             
                   1    Inlet valve shaft bearing cooling  
         water                                             
                   1    Overboard valve shaft bearing      
         cooling                                           
                        water.                             
                                                           
         Valve normally closed:                            
                                                           
                   Emergency bilge suction valve           
                                                           
         ATTN:     Before starting a main sea cooling water
         pump,                                             
                   after a dry dock period, it is wise to  
         put                                               
         the                                               
                   temperature regulating 3-way valve in   
         such a                                            
                   position that the recirculating line is 
         closed                                            
                   and all sea water is pumped directly    
                   overboard.                              
                                                           
                   Then deaerate pumps thoroughly and start
         one                                               
                   of the pumps.  Probably some water will 
         come                                              
                   out of the air vent from the suction    
         filters                                           
                   situated in top of the engine room.  Let
         the                                               
                   pump run for a few minutes until all the
         air                                               
                   is pushed out of the system, then put   
         the                                               
                   recirculating 3-way valve in normal     
         position.                                         
                                                           
                   If the pumps are started without closing
         the                                               
                   recirculating line, a lot of water will 
         spray                                             
                   into the engine room top out of the     
         suction                                           
                   filter air vent.,                       
                                                           
                   Once this is done, the pumps can be     
         stopped                                           
                   and started without any problems.       
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         Air Conditioning Cooling Water System             
         Drawing M-22133                                   
                                                           
         Valves normally open;                             
                                                           
         1 Suction valve from sea chest                    
         2 Suction valves from pumps                       
         2 Discharge valves from pumps                     
         2 Inlet valves from condensers on 2nd deck in AC  
         Room                                              
         2 Outlet valves from condensers on 2nd deck in AC 
         Room.                                             
         1 Overboard valve in Engine Room                  
                                                           
         Valves normally closed:                           
                                                           
         1 Suction cross-over valve from main sea inlet    
         1 Discharge cross-over valve to domestic reefer   
                                                           
         installation                                      
         1 Discharge valve from fire line to AC Condensers 
         on                                                
         2nd                                               
           Deck in AC Room                                 
                                                           
         Air Conditioning Cooling Water System             
         Drawing M-22133                                   
                                                           
         Valves normally open:                             
                                                           
         1 Suction valve from sea chest                    
         2 Suction Valves from pumps                       
         2 Discharge valves from pumps                     
         2 Inlet valves from condensers on 2nd Deck in AC  
         Room                                              
         2 Outlet valves from condensers in 2nd Deck in AC 
         Room                                              
         1 Overboard valve in Engine Room                  
                                                           
         Valves normally closed:                           
         1 Suction cross-over valve from main sea inlet    
         1 Discharge cross-over valve to domestic reefer   
           installation                                    
         1 Discharge valve from fire line to AC condensers 
         on                                                
         2nd                                               
           Deck in AC Room.                                
                                                           
         Domestic Cooling Water System                     
         Drawing M-22132                                   
                                                           
         Valves normally open:                             
                                                           
         1    Suction Valve form Sea Chest                 
         2    Suction Valves from Cooling Water Pumps      
         2    Discharge Valves from Cooling Water Pumps    
         2    Inlet Valves from condensers in domestic     
         reefer                                            
              room                                         
         2    Outlet valves from condensers in domestic    
         reefer                                            
              room                                         
                                                           
                                                           
         1    Overboard valve in Engine Room               
                                                           
         Valves normally closed:                           
                                                           
         1    Discharge Cross-over Valve from AC Cooling   
         Water                                             
              System                                       
                                                           
         Auxiliary Sea Cooling Water System                
         Drawing M-22133                                   
                                                           
         Valves normally open:                             
                                                           
              2    Suction Valves from sea chest           
              3    Suction Valves from pumps               
              3    Discharge valves from pumps             
              4    Inlet valves auxiliary engines          
              4    Outlet valves auxiliary engines         
              1    Overboard valve                         
              3    Inlet Valves air compressor coolers     
              3    Outlet Valves air compressor coolers    
              1    General inlet valve air compressor      
         coolers                                           
              1    General outlet valve air compressor     
         coolers                                           
              1    Inlet valve atmospheric condenser       
              1    Outlet valve atmospheric condenser      
              1    Inlet valve drain cooler                
              1    Outlet valve drain cooler               
              2    Inlet valves AC unit engine control room
              2    Inlet valves AC Unit engine control room
                                                           
         ATTN:     Before starting an auxiliary sea cooling
         water                                             
                   pump, after a dry docking period,       
         deaerate                                          
                   pumps first then close the recirculating
                   (temperature control) valve by closing  
         the                                               
                   control air.  Then start the pumps and  
         let                                               
                   them run for approximately half and hour
         to                                                
                   get rid of all the air out of the       
         system.                                           
                   Then open the control air to temp       
         control                                           
                   valve and keep an eye on the circulating
         water                                             
                   temperature for an hour or so.          
                                                           
         ATTN:     The coolers from auxiliary engines, air 
                   compressor and AC ECR, always collect a 
         lot                                               
         of                                                
                   sea shells.  The best remedy is to back 
         flush                                             
                   these coolers as soon as there is an    
                   indication that the temperature are     
         starting                                          
                   to rise.                                
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         To discharge sludge to shore facilities with the  
         fuel                                              
         oil                                               
                   transfer pump,                          
                                                           
         First make sure that all the valves in the fuel   
         oil                                               
         transfer system are closed.                       
                                                           
         NOTE:     The hand operated suction and discharge 
         valves                                            
                   (marked 405 and 407 on trim desk ) are  
                   normally kept open.                     
                                                           
         Valves to be opened:                              
                                                           
                   1    Direct Suction from DWT SB (hand   
                        operated).  This valve is situated 
         in                                                
                        from of the fuel oil trim pump     
         under the                                         
                        floor plating and is clearly       
         marked.                                           
                                                           
                   1    Hydraulic pump discharge valve     
         (313) on                                          
                        trim desk                          
                                                           
                   1    Hydraulic valve (309) to bunker    
         line                                              
                                                           
                   1    Hand operated valve (401 or 402) at
                        bunker station                     
                                                           
         Connect a proper fuel oil bunker hose to bunker   
         connection.  Preferably discharge sludge into a   
         barge                                             
         which can hold a least 30 tons.                   
                                                           
         The transfer pump is pumping the sludge out real  
         quick.                                            
         (25 to 30 tons per hour) be aware of this.  Pump  
         pressure                                          
         approximately 6 bar.                              
                                                           
         ATTN:     There is an emergency stop button near  
         the                                               
                   bunker stations on deck.  This emergency
         stop                                              
                   can either be used for the transfer pump
         or                                                
                   the sludge pump.  There is a selector   
         switch                                            
                   on the sludge pump motor controller in  
         the                                               
                   engine room.  Make sure this witch is in
         the                                               
                   right position.                         
                                                           
                   Always test the emergency stop at the   
                   beginning of the sludge discharge.      
                                                           
         When the DWT is empty, stop the transfer pump and 
         close                                             
         the hand operated direct suction valve from DWT   
         SB.                                               
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         Open hydraulic pump suction valve (312) and a     
         valve                                             
         from                                              
         one of the oil storage tanks and pump some clean  
         oil                                               
         through the bunker lines until all lines are free 
         of                                                
         sludge.                                           
                                                           
         Stop the pump and close all valves and clean the  
         suction                                           
         filter from the transfer pump.                    
         To pump bilge water from bilge to dirty water tank
         port:                                             
                                                           
         Open the suction valves as required               
                                                           
         Discharge valves to be opened:                    
                                                           
              1    Discharge valve of the pump (BS121V)    
              1    By-Pass Valve from oily water separator 
                   BS122V)                                 
              1    Discharge valve to dirty water tank port
                                                           
                   BS130V)                                 
                                                           
         Make sure the following discharge valves are      
         closed:                                           
                                                           
              1    Inlet valve oily water separator        
         (BS124V)                                          
              1    Outlet valve 3rd Stage oily water       
         separator                                         
              2    Overboard valves (BS129V and B161V)     
                                                           
         To pump down the bilges with the main             
         bilge/ballast                                     
         pumps                                             
         directly overboard.                               
                                                           
         This is normally only done with the bilges in the 
         cargo                                             
         hold.  All valves are hydraulically operated from 
         the                                               
         ballast console in the TCR, just follow the lines 
         on                                                
         the                                               
         desk.                                             
                                                           
         ATTN:     To prevent the bilge/ballast pump from  
         running                                           
                   dry it is wise to open the sea inlet and
                   throttle the discharge from the pump    
         that is                                           
                   not in use and open the suction valve so
         the                                               
                   running pump has a little bit sea       
         suction via                                       
                   the other pump.                         
                                                           
         NOTE:     It is also possible to pump down the    
         cargo                                             
                   hold bilges, or for instance, the duct  
         keel                                              
                   with the ballast stripping educator.    
         See                                               
         also                                              
                   Drawing M-22134.                        
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         To do this, open the following hand-operated      
         valves in                                         
         the Engine Room (valves all marked):              
                                                           
         1         Educator suction valve from port ballast
         line                                              
                   (WB212V)                                
         1         Educator suction valve from SB ballast  
         line                                              
                   (WB213V)                                
         1         Suction valve educator (WB214V)         
         1         Overboard valve educator (W115V)        
         1         Feedwater valve on manifold from fire   
         main                                              
                   pump 1 or 2 to educator. (WB301V or     
         WB302V)                                           
                                                           
         Start the fire pump and open the required         
         hydraulic                                         
         valves in the TCR.                                
                                                           
         Sludge Transfer System in Engine Room             
         Drawing M-22135                                   
                                                           
         Dirty water tank Port (DWT Port ) is only as a    
         bilge                                             
         water collecting tank and coastal waters.         
                                                           
         Dirty water tank SB (DWT SB) is used as a sludge  
         collecting tank; from this tank the sludge can be 
         discharged to shore facilities.                   
                                                           
         The oil from the fuel oil sludge tank, the lube   
         oil                                               
         sludge tank and the piston gland residue tank is  
         pumped                                            
         to the DWT SB.                                    
                                                           
         The oil from the oily water separator drains into 
         DWT                                               
         SB                                                
         as well.                                          
                                                           
         The oil from the oil drain tank is pumped to the  
         FO                                                
         Settling Tank.                                    
                                                           
         Water from the above mentioned tanks can be pumped
         overboard via the oily water separator with the   
         engine                                            
         room bilge pump.                                  
                                                           
         There is a suction valve from the sludge tank next
         to                                                
         the                                               
         suction manifold of the engine room bilge pump.   
                                                           
         To pump oil from sludge tanks to DWT SB, use the  
         sludge                                            
         pump.  First make sure all valves in the system   
         are                                               
         closed, then;                                     
                                                           
         Valves to open:                                   
                                                           
         1         Suction valve from required tank (all   
         marked)                                           
         1         Discharge valve to DWT SB (marked)      
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         To pump oil from the oil drain tank to settling   
         tank,                                             
         use                                               
         sludge pump                                       
                                                           
         First make sure all valves in the system are      
         closed,                                           
         then;                                             
                                                           
         Valves to open:                                   
                                                           
         1         Suction valve from oil drain tank       
         1         Discharge to deck and settling tank near
         sludge                                            
                   pump                                    
         1         Discharge valve to settling tank marked 
         (37),                                             
                   behind the ECR on SB side.              
                                                           
         ATTN:     Make sure the sludge discharge valves on
         deck                                              
                   near bunker stations are closed.        
                                                           
         How to pump down the bilges overboard with the    
         Engine                                            
                   Room Bilge Pump via Main Bilge Line     
                                                           
         First make sure that all valves in the system are 
         closed,                                           
         also the hydraulic valves, operated in the TCR.   
                                                           
         Suction valves to open:                           
                                                           
                   1    Suction valve from port or         
         Starboard                                         
                        forward bilge, locally operated by 
         hand.                                             
                                                           
                        OR the suction valve from the aft  
         bilge                                             
                        (hydraulic valve)                  
                        This valve, however is only used in
         case                                              
                        of emergency, to prevent oil       
                        contamination of the main bilge    
         line.                                             
                                                           
                   1    Suction valve (BS120V) on pump     
         manifold                                          
                        form main bilge line.              
                                                           
         Discharge valves to open:                         
                                                           
                   1    Discharge valve on pump  (BS124V)  
                   1    Inlet valve oily water separator   
         (BS124V)                                          
                   1    Outlet valve 3rd stage oily water  
                        separator (BS127V)                 
                   2    Overboard valves (BS129V and B160V)
                   2    Small valves to 15ppm monitor      
                                                           
         Open control air to automatic oil discharge valve 
         and                                               
         switch on the electric control box to Aautomatic@.
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         First fill up the oily water separator with sea   
         water,                                            
         open the suction from the sea chest on the pump   
         manifold                                          
         and start the pump.                               
                                                           
         NOTE:     There is a sea suction valve on the sea 
         chest                                             
                   next to aux. sea cooling water pump 1,  
         which                                             
                   is normally open.                       
                                                           
         When the oily water separator is filled up with   
         sea                                               
         water, slowly close the sea suction valve on the  
         pump                                              
         manifold.                                         
                                                           
         To pump down the aft bilge open the following     
         suction                                           
         valves:                                           
                                                           
              1    Suction valve from aft bilge (BS108V)   
         locally                                           
                   hand operated                           
              1    Suction valve on pump manifold from aft 
         bilge                                             
                   (B119V)                                 
                                                           
         The discharge valves to be opened as required.    
                                                           
         NOTE:     Make sure the suction valves from both  
         the                                               
                   dirty water tanks are closed because    
         they are                                          
                   on the same suction line as the after   
         bilge.                                            
                                                           
         To pump water from the dirty water tank Port or   
         Stbd                                              
         overboard, close the suction valve from the after 
         bilge                                             
         and open the suction (under the floor plating)    
         from the                                          
         dirty water tank required.                        
                                                           
         Bilge Pumping System in Machinery Space           
         Drawing M-22135                                   
                                                           
         There are three (3) bilges in the Engine Room,    
         each                                              
         bilge                                             
         has a level alarm (Mobrey float switch)           
                                                           
         There is one AEngine Room Flooding@ alarm, the    
         float                                             
         for                                               
         this alarm is situated just in from of the aft    
         bilge.                                            
                                                           
         All these three (3) bilges can be pumped down     
         through                                           
         the                                               
         oily water separator and the 15 ppm equipment     
         overboard,                                        
         with the engine room bilge via the Amain bilge    
         line@.                                            
                                                           
         Normally this main bilge line is only used to pump
         down                                              
         the two forward bilges.  (The bilge suction lines 
         from                                              
         the cargo holds are also connected to the same    
         Amain                                             
         bilge line@).                                     
                                                           
                                                           
         The aft bilge has a separate suction line which is
         also                                              
         used to pump down the dirty water tanks with the  
         engine                                            
         room bilge pump.                                  
                                                           
         NOTE:     A Wilden pump is installed , parallel to
         the                                               
                   electrical bilge pump, to obtain a      
         better                                            
                   suction when there is a lot of air in   
         the                                               
                   system.                                 
                                                           
         The main bilge and ballast pumps or the ballast   
         educator                                          
         can be used to pump down the bilge via the Amain  
         bilge                                             
         line.                                             
                                                           
         In this case, the water is not pumped via the oily
         water                                             
         separator, but directly overboard.                
                                                           
         So this system is only to be used in case of an   
         emergency, or when only clean water is pumped out.
                                                           
         There is also a direct suction on the main bilge  
         and                                               
         ballast pumps from Port and Starboard forward     
         bilge.                                            
                                                           
         There is a large emergency suction on the main sea
         cooling water pump forward; this suction valve can
         be                                                
         manually opened just on forward side of the main  
         sea                                               
         cooling water pumps against the bulkhead.         
                                                           
         Fuel Oil Purifier System                          
         Drawing 22144-20                                  
                                                           
         How to run FO Sep 1 or 2 on heavy fuel oil.  When 
         separator 1 has been separating diesel oil, make  
         sure                                              
         the                                               
         parameter settings are set for fuel oil.          
                                                           
         NOTE:     The temperature in the fuel oil settling
         tank                                              
                   has to be kept as constant as possible, 
                   because the ALCAP separator with it     
                   electronic devices is sensitive to      
                   temperature fluctuations.               
                                                           
                   Therefore it is wise to pump only small 
                   amounts of oil into this tank.  When the
         ship                                              
                   is at sea, running at full speed, pump  
         at                                                
                   least three times a day.  The separator 
                   suction from the settling tank is very  
         close                                             
                   tot he transfer pump discharge into this
                   tank, so a too large quantity of        
         relatively                                        
                   cold oil pumped into the settling tank  
         will                                              
                   effect the operation of the separator   
                   immediately.                            
                                                           
                                                           
         NOTE:     A sludge conditioning set is mounted on 
         these                                             
                   separators.  After each discharge cycle,
         a                                                 
                   small amount of water is injected in the
         bowl                                              
                   to keep the sludge, formed in the bowl, 
         soft.                                             
                                                           
                   This way the sludge will be discharged  
         easier                                            
                   and a partial discharge is prevented.   
         The                                               
                   separator can destroy itself and a      
         dangerous                                         
                   situation occurs, when a hard lump of   
         sludge                                            
                   breaks off and is left in the bowl after
         a                                                 
                   sludge discharge causing imbalance of   
         the                                               
                   bowl.                                   
                                                           
         Valves to open:                                   
                                                           
              1    Suction Valve from the settling tank on 
         the                                               
                   tank.                                   
              1    Suction from FO System near separator   
              1    Discharge to clean FO Tank near         
         separator                                         
                                                           
         Valves to close:                                  
                                                           
              1    Suction valve from the Anon running@    
         separator                                         
              1    Discharge valve from the Anon running@  
                                                           
                   separator                               
                   When separator 1 is separating fuel oil,
         make                                              
                   sure that the valves to and from the DO 
         tanks                                             
                   are closed.                             
                                                           
         Note:     It is possible to separate diesel oil   
         from                                              
                   tank 2SB directly to the clean diesel   
         oil                                               
                   tank.                                   
         Valve to close:                                   
                                                           
              1    Hydraulic valve (318 or 319) on diesel  
         oil                                               
                   settling tank port or stbd (operated on 
         trim                                              
                   desk in ECR)                            
                                                           
         Valve to open:                                    
                                                           
              1    Hydraulic valve (302) from tank 2SB     
              1    Valve (2) near drinking water pumps.    
                                                           
         All other valves stay in the same position as in  
         the                                               
         first situation.                                  
                                                           
         NOTE:     It is possible to recirculate clean oil 
         from                                              
                   clean DO tank to the separator by       
         opening the                                       
                   drain valve to DO transfer system.      
         (Close                                            
                   valves on settling tanks and/or tank 2  
         SB                                                
                   first, otherwise clean oil will flow    
         back to                                           
                   these tanks.                            
                                                           
                                                           
         Valves in fuel oil system normally closed:        
                                                           
              1    By-pass valve FO Meter                  
              1    By-pass valve Feeder Unit               
              1    By-pass valve Automatic B&K filter      
                   All valves on mixing pipe (no longer in 
         use)                                              
              1    Return valve to clean oil tank from     
         mixing                                            
                   pipe                                    
              1    FO Inlet valve steam heater 1           
              1    FO outlet valve steam heater 1          
              1    By-pass valve electric heater           
              1    By-pass valve viscorator                
              1    Former inlet valve automatic B&K filter 
              1    Former outlet valve automatic B&K filter
              1    Recirculating valve main engine         
                                                           
         Diesel Oil Purifier System                        
         Drawing 22144-20                                  
                                                           
         NOTE:  The original two MAPX-210 fuel oil         
         purifiers                                         
         have                                              
                been replaced by two FOPX (ALCAP)          
         separators.                                       
                                                           
                FO Sep #1:                                 
                Separates diesel oil or fuel oil.          
         (Parameter                                        
                settings on MARST control box have to be   
         changed                                           
                for fuel or diesel operation, see          
         instruction                                       
                book)                                      
                                                           
                FO Sep #2:                                 
                Separates fuel oil only                    
                                                           
         NOTE:  Parameter settings on MARST control box FO 
         Sep                                               
                #1 have to be changed for fuel or diesel   
                operation as follows:                      
                                                           
                For fuel oil operation           For diesel
         oil                                               
                P-14:   24                       P-14:     
         15                                                
                P-15:   120                      P-15:     
         0                                                 
                P-17:   34                       P-17:     
         50                                                
                                                           
                All other parameter values stay unchanged. 
                                                           
         NOTE:  Fuel oil tank 2 SB has been altered from   
         fuel                                              
         oil                                               
                tank to diesel tank.                       
                                                           
                                                           
         How to run FO Sep. 1 on diesel oil, from DO       
         settling                                          
         tank                                              
         to clean oil tank:                                
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         Valves to open:                                   
                                                           
                1  Hydraulic valve (318 or 319) on diesel  
         oil                                               
                   settling tank Port or Stbd.  (Operated  
         on                                                
                   trim desk in ECR)                       
                1  Suction valve from DO System, near      
         separator                                         
                1  Discharge valve to clean DO tank, near  
                   separator                               
                1  Discharge valve to clean DO tank (311), 
         near                                              
                   tank                                    
                                                           
         Valves to close:                                  
                                                           
                All valves in DO Transfer System           
                1  Suction valve separator from FO System  
                1  Discharge valve separator to clean FO   
         tank                                              
                1  Suction valve DO filter pump (313)      
                1  Discharge valve DO filter pump (315)    
                                                           
         Start separator as a separator is normally        
         started.                                          
         Start feeder pump from separator.  The capacity,  
         from                                              
         this pump, can be regulated by the thyristor      
         regulating                                        
         unit on the tween deck above the separators.      
                                                           
                   -    For diesel oil approximately 25Hz  
                   -    For fuel oil approximately 40 hz   
         with                                              
                        main engine running at full speed  
                                                           
         Fuel Oil System Main Engine                       
                                                           
         This system has been modified a few times, so the 
         diagram M-22143 is not accurate any  more, see for
         the                                               
         present situation the diagram on the reverse of   
         the                                               
         plastified diagram in ECR.                        
                                                           
         The fuel oil feeder unit was installed in 1985,   
         this                                              
         feeder unit replaced the mixing pipe.             
                                                           
         The automatic fuel oil filter B&K was originally  
         situated after the fuel oil heaters.  The high oil
         temperature caused a lot of problems with these   
         filters.                                          
                                                           
         Now this filter is placed in the Alow temperature@
         area                                              
         in the feeder unit circulating system.            
                                                           
         What used to be the by-pass filter from the       
         automatic                                         
         filter is now in sue as a last filter before the  
         HP                                                
         fuel pumps.                                       
                                                           
         The electrical heater was installed in 1994,      
         electrical                                        
         switch and control box of this heater is situated 
         in                                                
         engine control room.                              
                                                           
                                                           
         Valves in fuel oil system normally open:          
                                                           
              1  Valve on clean diesel oil tank (S.O.S.    
         Valve)                                            
              1  Valve on clean fuel oil tank (S.O.S.      
         Valve)                                            
              3  Way Valve to be kept in FO or DO position 
              1  Valve before fuel oil meter               
              1  Valve after fuel oil meter                
              1  Feeder unit inlet valve                   
              2  Suction valves feeder unit pumps          
              2  Discharge valves feeder unit pumps        
              1  Inlet valve FO B&K filter (automatic fuel 
         oil                                               
                 filter)                                   
              1  Outlet valve FO B&K filter                
              1  Deaeration valve on deaeration tank feeder
         unit                                              
              1  Outlet valve deaeration tank feeder unit  
              1  Return valve from Main Engine to          
         deaeration                                        
                 tank                                      
              1  Outlet valve feeder unit                  
              2  Suction valves FO circulating pumps       
              2  Discharge valves FO circulating pumps     
              2  valves in recirc. line from the FO        
         circulating                                       
                 pumps                                     
              1  FO inlet steam heater #1                  
              1  Series cross-over valve (Heaters normally 
         in                                                
                 series)                                   
              1  FO outlet valve steam heater #2           
              1  Inlet valve electrical heater             
              1  Outlet valve electrical heater            
              1  Inlet valve viscorator                    
              1  Outlet valve viscorator                   
              1  Inlet valve Aby-pass@ filter              
              1  Outlet valve Aby-pass@ filter             
                                                           
         Lube Oil System Auxiliary Engines                 
         Drawing M-22141                                   
                                                           
         The electrically driven pre-lube oil pump (one for
         each                                              
         engine) has to be started before a diesel         
         generator is                                      
         started, by pressing the Astop@ button from the   
         engine                                            
         in the ECR.  Check lube oil pressure on monitor in
         control room                                      
                                                           
         The  main lube oil pump from the diesel generators
         is                                                
         driven by the engine.                             
                                                           
         There is a separate lube oil system for the rocker
         arms, with a separate tank on SB side of each     
         engine.                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         ATTN:   The duplex lube oil filters from a running
                 engine have to be cleaned weekly.  It is  
         wise                                              
                 to start another engine and only change   
         over                                              
                 these filters when the engine is idling or
                 stopped.  The safety devices are very     
         sensitive                                         
                 and could stop the engine when filters are
                 changed over with a running engine.       
                                                           
         ATTN:   The large CJC filters are no  linger in   
         use                                               
                 since 1983.                               
                                                           
         Description Main Engine Lube Oil Purifier System  
         Drawing M-22142                                   
                                                           
         Suction valves to open:                           
                                                           
              1    Purifier manifold (middle valve from    
         Main                                              
                   Engine Sump Tank.                       
              1    On the Purifier                         
                                                           
         Discharge valves to open:                         
                                                           
              1    On purifier manifold (middle valve) to  
         Main                                              
                   Engine Sump Tank                        
              1    On purifier, throttled as required, back
                   pressure just above the alarm set point.
                                                           
         On the Cape Knox:                                 
                                                           
              The capacity of the purifier is regulated by 
              throttling the suction valve of the built -  
         on                                                
              pump.                                        
                                                           
         On the Cape Kennedy:                              
                                                           
              The purifier has a recirculating line to     
         regulate                                          
              the capacity.                                
                                                           
         ATTN:     The lube oil renovating tank is kept    
         empty                                             
                                                           
         ATTN:     The lube oil separator is started a few 
         hours                                             
                   before the main lube oil pump is started
         and                                               
                   is not stopped until the main engine is 
         shut                                              
                   off for a linger period.                
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         Lubricating Oil System Main Engine                
         Drawing M-22141                                   
                                                           
         Valves normally open:                             
                                                           
              2  Suction valves main lube oil pumps        
              2  Discharge valves main lube oil pumps      
              2  Suction valves cross head lube oil pumps  
              2  Discharge valves cross head lube oil pumps
              1  N.R. valve from main lube oil system to   
         cross                                             
                 head bearings                             
              1  Regulating valve from main lube oil system
         to                                                
                 bearings.                                 
                                                           
         ATTN:  Always start main lube oil pump first,     
         before                                            
                starting cross head bearing lube oil pump. 
                                                           
         ATTN:  The N.R. valve from main engine system to  
         cross                                             
                heads is to be kept open at all times, to  
         ensure                                            
                minimum amount of oil flow to cross heads  
         in                                                
         case                                              
                of cross head lube oil pump failure.  This 
         valve                                             
                is now secured in Aopen@ position.         
                                                           
         ATTN:  With the manually operated pressure        
         regulating                                        
                valve the bearing oil pressure is reduced  
         from                                              
                approximately 6 bar in main lube oil system
         to                                                
                3.5 bar (on local manometer).              
                This valve is situated on SB Fore side of  
         the                                               
                main engine.                               
                                                           
         The Cylinder Oil Day Tank                         
         Drawing M-22142                                   
                                                           
         With the engine running at full speed this tank   
         had to                                            
         be filled up at least twice a day.                
                                                           
         On the Cape Kennedy this system has been altered, 
         see                                               
         drawing M-22142.  The tank in front of the old    
         measuring                                         
         tank is in use now.  This tank has three floats.  
                                                           
                   Pump Stop                               
                   Pump Start                              
                   Low Level Alarm                         
                                                           
         So once the valves on the tank are open and the   
         selector switch on the pump controller is set to  
         automatic, the measuring tank will be kept full.  
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         ATTN: Make sure there is sufficient oil in the    
         storage                                           
               tank in use, otherwise fill up the measuring
         tank                                              
               manually or switch over to the other storage
               tank, to prevent the pump from running dry. 
                                                           
         Valves to open:                                   
                                                           
               1   Suction valve from storage tank 1 or 2  
               1   Suction valve on pump                   
               1   Discharge valve on pump                 
               1   Supply valve to Main engine lubricators 
         under                                             
                   measuring tank                          
               5   Supply valves on Main Engine lubricators
                                                           
         ATTN: Valves to cylinder oil lubricators are kept 
         open                                              
               at all times, to prevent air coming into the
               system.                                     
                                                           
               This air will accumulate in the lubricators 
         and                                               
               they will run dry, resulting in possible    
         engine                                            
               damage.                                     
                                                           
               There is a ANo Flow: alarm on every         
         lubricator.                                       
                                                           
         Various Lube Oil Systems                          
         Drawing M-22142                                   
                                                           
         How to load the lube oil storage tanks            
                                                           
         Lube Oil Storage Tanks - Main Engine              
                                                           
               Connect the filling hose to marked flange at
               filling station upper deck Port or Stbd.    
                                                           
         Valves to open:                                   
               Valve marked A1@ to storage tank 1          
               Valve marked A2@ to storage tank 2          
               Block valve to storage tank marked A3@      
                                                           
         Cylinder Lube Oil Storage Tanks                   
                                                           
               Connect the filling hose to marked flange at
               filling station upper deck Port or Stbd.    
                                                           
         Valves to open:                                   
               Filling valve to cylinder oil tank 1        
               Filling valve to cylinder oil tank 2        
                                                           
         Lube Oil Tank Auxiliary Engine                    
                                                           
               Connect the filling hose to marked flange at
               filling station upper deck Port or Stbd.    
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         Valves to open:                                   
               Filling valve to lube oil storage tank aux. 
         engine                                            
                                                           
         Hydraulic Oil Storage Tanks for Ramp Power Pack   
         Unit                                              
                                                           
         These two tanks are situated above the traffic    
         control                                           
               room.                                       
                                                           
               Connect the filling hose to marked flange at
               filling station upper deck Port or Stbd.    
                                                           
         Valves to open:                                   
               Filling valve at filling station            
               Filling valve on tanks, one each tank       
                                                           
         Make sure other valves on tanks are closed.       
                                                           
         Lube Oil Day Tanks for Air Compressors etc. on Mid
         Flat                                              
         Port                                              
                                                           
         There is a filling connection on the rampway to   
         deck 3                                            
         half way down.                                    
                                                           
         Various Lube Oil Systems                          
         Drawing M-22142                                   
                                                           
         How to fill up:                                   
                                                           
         The Sump Tank of the Main Engine:                 
                                                           
         Valves to open:                                   
                                                           
           Valve on lube oil storage tank 1 or 2 to main   
         engine.                                           
                                                           
           Marked vale to sump tank under floor plating on 
         port                                              
           side of main engine.                            
                                                           
           Make sure that the valves to stern tube and     
         stern                                             
           tube drain tank are closed.                     
                                                           
         The Sump Tank of the Auxiliary Engines:           
                                                           
         These tanks are filled up by means of the lube oil
         transfer pump, E.R. floor SB near sludge pump,    
         only                                              
         when                                              
         large quantities of oil have to be supplied.      
                                                           
         Valves to open:                                   
                                                           
         Various on lube oil storage tank aux. engine to   
         transfer pump                                     
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         Suction valve on manifold transfer pump           
         Discharge valve to auxiliary engines on manifold  
         transfer pump                                     
         Marked valve to sump tank aux. engine under floor 
         plating                                           
         generator deck.                                   
                                                           
         Make sure the valves to the other auxiliary       
         engines are                                       
         closed and that the valve to the measuring tank is
         closed.                                           
                                                           
         To replenish the sump tanks with smaller          
         quantities of                                     
         oil, it is wise to use the measuring tank.        
                                                           
         Fill up this measuring tank with the transfer pump
         (approximately 450 liters), then fill up the sump 
         from                                              
         this tank.                                        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     23  0171-001-AR-G-V-KKK  Equipment Validation Surveys 
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to carry out equipment validation surveys
         in                                                
         support of the Ready Reserve Force (RRF) Equipment
         Configuration & Spare Parts Management Information
         System                                            
         (ECSMIS).                                         
                                                           
         Reference the Ready Reserve Force (RRF) Logistics 
         Management Manual, with particular attention to   
         Section                                           
         II:  Shipboard Supply Management Program, and     
         Section                                           
         III:  Configuration Management Program.           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     24  0172-001-AR-G-V-KKK  Spare Parts Inventories      
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         necessary to maintain the Personal Computer       
         Shipboard                                         
         Allowance List (PC-SAL).  It shall be a goal to   
         maintain                                          
         all stock inventories and stock records with an   
         accuracy                                          
         rate of 98% or better.                            
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes     
         below as                                          
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
               0173     Shipboard Spare Parts              
                                                           
         Reference the Ready Reserve Force (RRF) Logistics 
         Management Manual, with particular attention to   
         Section                                           
         II:  Shipboard Supply Management Program.         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     25  0172-002-M6-G-V-KKK  Controlled Equipage Inventory
                                                           
         All controlled equipage and high dollar value     
         items shall                                       
         be inventoried to verify accuracy of the current  
         controlled material inventory.  The crew shall    
         ascertain                                         
         that the appropriate MA-Forms are submitted when  
         controlled equipage and high dollar value items   
         are                                               
         placed aboard and/or removed from the vessel.     
                                                           
         Reference the Ready Reserve Force (RRF) Logistics 
         Management Manual, with particular attention to   
         Section                                           
         II:  Shipboard Supply Management Program.         
                                                           
         An updated controlled material inventory shall be 
         submitted annually.                               
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     26  0184-001-Y1-G-V-KKK  Fuel / Lube / Waste / Hazmat 
         Analysis                                          
                                                           
         NOTE:  Read and be familiar with test procedures  
         as                                                
         indicated in the MarAd provided test kit.  Refer  
         to the                                            
         RRF Fleetwide Oil Monitoring and Analysis Program 
         schedule.                                         
                                                           
         HFO and MDO:  Test  fuels on board for the        
         following.                                        
                                                           
             1. Density                                    
             2. Viscosity                                  
             3. Water content                              
             4. Stability                                  
             5. Presence of salt water in oil.             
                                                           
         DIESEL LUBES:  Test main and aux. diesel engine   
         lubes on                                          
         board for the following.                          
                                                           
             1. Density                                    
             2. Viscosity                                  
             3. Water content                              
             4. Insolubles                                 
             5. TBN                                        
                                                           
         OTHER LUBES:  Test stern tube  lube oil system for
         the                                               
         following.                                        
                                                           
             1. Density                                    
             2. Viscosity                                  
             3. Water content                              
             4. TAN                                        
             5. Presence of salt water in oil              
                                                           
         HYDRAULICS:  Test all hydraulic systems oil on    
         board for                                         
         the following.                                    
                                                           
             1. Density                                    
             2. Viscosity                                  
             3. Water content                              
             4. TAN                                        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     27  0185-001-M1-G-V-KKK  Water Treatment Analysis     
                                                           
         Draw samples from the below listed systems at     
         designated                                        
         sampling points.  Visually inspect samples noting 
         debris,                                           
         sediment, oil or any other abnormal               
         characteristic.                                   
                                                           
         Using RRF Fleetwide Water Chemistry and Treatment 
         Program                                           
         Technical Manual Vols. I and II as guidance, test 
         samples.  Record results in water chemistry log.  
         Dose                                              
         any deficient systems with Drew Liquid Dewt or AGK
         100 as                                            
         applicable.                                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     28  0189-001-Y1-E-V-KKK  Megger / Electrical          
         Resistance                                        
                                                           
         During the course of each Phase IV cycle,         
         insulation                                        
         resistance readings shall be taken of all motors, 
         lighting circuits, power distribution feeders and 
         motor                                             
         feeders.  Insure that insulation resistance       
         readings are                                      
         within equipment=s nameplate data.  All electrical
         equipment tested shall have a minimum insulation  
         resistance of one (1) megohm to ensure safe and   
         satisfactory operation when energized.  Any       
         electrical                                        
         equipment that could be harmed by insulation      
         testing                                           
         (i.e. electronic equipment, transformers, voltage 
         regulators, etc.) shall not be megger tested.     
                                                           
         If insulation resistance readings are below the   
         minimum                                           
         acceptable range, action shall be taken to attempt
         to                                                
         bring up the resistance by energizing the motor   
         winding                                           
         heaters or space heaters fitted or by installation
         of                                                
         temporary infrared heat lamps or strip heaters.   
                                                           
         Motors can be megger tested from the feeders at   
         their                                             
         respective controllers; however, if megger        
         readings are                                      
         below the minimum acceptable range, they shall be 
         tested                                            
         at the potheads to determine if the fault is in   
         the motor                                         
         or between the controller and motor.              
                                                           
         Record all insulation resistance readings and the 
         date                                              
         each reading was taken and the ambient            
         temperatures in                                   
         the attached Insulation Resistance Report.        
                                                           
         At the completion of each Phase IV cycle, the     
         Insulation                                        
         Resistance Report shall be submitted to the Port  
         Engineer                                          
         for distribution to the COTR and applicable       
         regulatory                                        
         bodies for the record and file.                   
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     29  0190-001-AR-G-V-KKK  Documentation Support        
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         necessary for the preparation of routine and      
         unanticipated (accident, casualty, oil spill,     
         etc.)                                             
         reports and documents as required by MarAd and    
         company                                           
         policies and directives.                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     30  0194-001-AR-H-V-KKK  Navigation Publications      
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         necessary for taking inventory of and updating    
         Navigation                                        
         publications.                                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     31  0195-001-AR-G-V-KKK  Safety Publications / Notices
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         necessary for posting and updating safety         
         publications,                                     
         instructions and notices.                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     32  0196-001-AR-G-V-KKK  Training Publications /      
         Materials                                         
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         necessary for posting and/or distribution of      
         training                                          
         publications and for showing of training videos   
         and/or                                            
         demonstration of other training materials during  
         safety                                            
         meetings.                                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     33  0197-001-AR-G-V-KKK  Log Books (Maintain Daily)   
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         necessary for maintaining daily log books,        
         including                                         
         MARTS MSN and RSN modules, and for preparation of 
         daily,                                            
         weekly, monthly, quarterly, semi-annual and annual
         reports.                                          
                                                           
         1.  Vessel log books shall be maintained and      
         updated                                           
         daily and available for review upon request.  Log 
         books                                             
         shall include, but not be limited to draft        
         readings and                                      
         any change in vessel=s position, record           
         description of                                    
         all work to be performed, number of contractors on
         board,                                            
         record of regulatory inspections and tests,       
         incidents                                         
         concerning safety, security and environmental     
         issues, all                                       
         parameters of operating machinery, running hours  
         of                                                
         pertinent machinery operated each day, and record 
         of                                                
         condition of water around the ship.               
                                                           
         2.  A personnel log shall be kept at the gangway. 
         All                                               
         personnel and visitors shall log themselves on and
         off                                               
         the ship.                                         
                                                           
         3.  A Maintenance Action Report shall be submitted
         weekly.                                           
                                                           
         4.  A crew list shall be maintained, updated and  
         submitted on a monthly basis.                     
                                                           
         5.  A hazmat inventory shall be maintained,       
         updated and                                       
         submitted on a monthly basis.                     
                                                           
         6.  A seal log shall be maintained, updated and   
         submitted                                         
         on a monthly basis.                               
                                                           
         7.  Soundings shall be taken, recorded and        
         submitted on                                      
         a monthly basis.                                  
                                                           
         8.  A record or spare parts usage shall be        
         maintained,                                       
         updated and submitted on a monthly basis.         
                                                           
         9.  A vessel inspection shall be conducted on a   
         weekly                                            
         basis and followed up with the appropriate vessel 
         inspection reports.                               
                                                           
         10.  Worklists shall be maintained, updated and   
         submitted                                         
         as required.                                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     34  0714-001-AR-H-V-KKK  Fuel / Ballast Tanks         
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of fuel, diesel, lube oil, ballast,   
         fresh                                             
         water, feed water and other miscellaneous tanks   
         and                                               
         voids.                                            
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     35  0715-001-AR-H-V-KKK  Stern Tube                   
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of the stern tube and related         
         components and                                    
         systems, including stern tube seals and stern tube
         lube                                              
         oil system.                                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     36  0716-001-AR-H-V-KKK  Rudder                       
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of the rudder, including taking of    
         clearance                                         
         readings to satisfy regulatory requirements.      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     37  0720-001-AR-M-V-KKK  Machinery                    
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of miscellaneous machinery not        
         otherwise                                         
         covered by 0722-001-AR-M-V (AUXILIARIES) or other 
         specific items in the 0700 (REGULATORY SURVEYS AND
         INSPECTIONS) series of items.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     38  0721-001-AR-M-V-KKK  Propulsion                   
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of the main engine and other          
         propulsion                                        
         related machinery.                                
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     39  0722-001-AR-M-V-KKK  Auxiliaries                  
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of auxiliary machinery.               
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     40  0723-001-AR-M-V-KKK  Refrigeration                
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections or operational tests of the domestic  
         refrigeration and accommodation air conditioning  
         systems.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     41  0730-001-AR-E-V-KKK  Electrical                   
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of miscellaneous electrical systems   
         and                                               
         components.                                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     42  0731-001-AR-E-V-KKK  Automation                   
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of the vessel=s automation systems as 
         described in the Periodic Safety Test Procedure.  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     43  0732-001-AR-E-V-KKK  Controls                     
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of miscellaneous controls and control 
         systems.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     44  0740-001-AR-H-V-KKK  Cargo Gear                   
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of machinery and systems that support 
         the                                               
         stern ramp and cargo doors.                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     45  0743-001-AR-H-V-KKK  Cranes                       
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of the provision crane (i.e.          
         quadrennial                                       
         testing), and other cranes, hoists and lift       
         machinery.                                        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     46  0745-001-AR-H-V-KKK  Ramps - Stern / Interior     
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of the stern ramp (i.e. structural    
         inspection, operational testing, quadrennial,     
         etc.), and                                        
         stern door, port and starboard gastight doors,    
         watertight                                        
         center rampway door and watertight rampway cover  
         (i.e.                                             
         operational testing, hose tests, etc.).           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     47  0750-001-AR-E-V-KKK  Navigation Communications    
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of all navigation and communication   
         equipment                                         
         and systems.                                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     48  0755-001-AR-M-V-KKK  Steering Gear                
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of the steering gear.                 
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     49  0760-001-AR-H-V-KKK  Vessel / Personnel Safety    
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of miscellaneous vessel and personnel 
         safety                                            
         equipment and features.                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     50  0761-001-AR-H-V-KKK  Safety Equipment             
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of miscellaneous safety equipment.    
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     51  0762-001-AR-H-V-KKK  Fixed Firefighting Systems   
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of the main CO2 system and the        
         independent                                       
         CO2 systems for the paint locker and emergency    
         generator                                         
         room, as well as the firemain.                    
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     52  0763-001-AR-H-V-KKK  Portable Firefighting        
         Equipment                                         
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of portable and semi-portable         
         firefighting                                      
         equipment (i.e. fire extinguishers, fire station  
         equipment, firemen=s outfits, emergency gear      
         lockers,                                          
         etc.).                                            
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     53  0765-001-AR-H-V-KKK  Lifeboats Davits and Winches 
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of lifeboats, davits and gear.        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     54  0766-001-AR-H-V-KKK  Portable Lifesaving Gear     
                                                           
         This item is reserved to charge ROS manpower      
         requirements                                      
         required to support and carry out regulatory      
         surveys and                                       
         inspections of portable lifesaving gear (i.e.     
         liferafts,                                        
         ring buoys, SCBA and OBA apparatus, etc.).        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     55  1202-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Mooring Bits and Foundations 
                                                           
         Visually inspect mooring bits and their           
         foundations for                                   
         defects, damage, wear and deterioration.  Pay     
         special                                           
         attention to chaffing wear and foundation welds.  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     56  1203-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Hawse Pipes                  
                                                           
         Visually inspect the hawse pipes for defects,     
         damage,                                           
         wear and deterioration.  Pay special attention to 
         chaffing wear.                                    
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     57  1204-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Chain Pipes                  
                                                           
         Visually inspect the chain pipes for defects,     
         damage,                                           
         wear and deterioration.  Pay special attention to 
         chaffing wear.  Insure that the chain pipe covers 
         are                                               
         present and installed in good order when anchor   
         tackle                                            
         is idle.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     58  1205-001-M6-H-V-KKK  Pawls                        
                                                           
         Visually inspect the anchor chain pawls for       
         defects,                                          
         damage and deterioration.  Lubricate mechanical   
         parts as                                          
         required.                                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     59  1206-001-M6-H-V-KKK  Chain Stoppers               
                                                           
         Visually inspect the anchor chain stoppers for    
         defects,                                          
         damage and deterioration.  Lubricate mechanical   
         parts as                                          
         required.                                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     60  1223-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Windows                      
                                                           
         Visually inspect all accommodation space windows  
         for                                               
         damage and defects.                               
                                                           
         Insure that all escape windows aren=t missing any 
         securing dogs.                                    
                                                           
         Lubricate the dogs and hinges on all escape       
         windows.                                          
                                                           
         Test all escape windows by opening and closing to 
         insure                                            
         freedom of movement.                              
                                                           
         Insure that all escape windows are fitted with    
         instruction placards.                             
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     61  1224-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Windows - Wheelhouse         
                                                           
         Visually inspect the wheelhouse windows windows   
         for                                               
         damage and defects.                               
                                                           
         Test the window wipers (3) to prove satisfactory  
         operation.                                        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     62  1260-001-M6-H-V-KKK  Fire Station Boxes (Inspect) 
                                                           
         1.  Conduct a complete inspection and inventory of
         each                                              
         fire station throughout the vessel.  Refer to the 
         attached FIRE STATION INVENTORY for guidance.     
                                                           
         2.  Where fitted, check the condition of the hose 
         box or                                            
         fire station box.  Check the condition of the hose
         box or                                            
         fire station box door hinges where doors are      
         fitted.                                           
                                                           
         3.  Insure that the fire station is properly      
         numbered in                                       
         accordance with the attached FIRE STATION         
         INVENTORY,                                        
         which is complete in accordance with the vessel=s 
         fire                                              
         control plan.                                     
                                                           
         4.  Exercise the valves by fully opening and      
         closing the                                       
         valves.  Lubricate the valve stems with anti-seize
         compound.  Tighten any loose or leaking packing   
         glands.                                           
                                                           
         5.  Insure that all valves and gated wyes are     
         fitted with                                       
         caps attached with keeper chains.                 
                                                           
         6.  Check the first aid fresh water valves in each
         fire                                              
         station within the accommodations.                
                                                           
         7.  Insure that all spanners and nozzles are in   
         place.                                            
                                                           
         8.  Visually inspect the hoses for damage,        
         deterioration                                     
         or defects.                                       
                                                           
         9.  Insure that applicators are in place in       
         accordance                                        
         with the fire control plan.                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     63  1317-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Packing Gland                
                                                           
         Visually inspect the rudder packing gland for     
         signs of                                          
         leakage.  Adjust gland when required.             
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     64  1330-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Tools - Rudder Handling Tools
                                                           
         Visually examine the following tools for          
         unshipping and                                    
         replacing rudder.  Confirm that tools are present,
         secured and protected from corrosion.  Check      
         tightness                                         
         of securing fasteners and as necessary maintain   
         same.                                             
         Touch up any deficiencies in corrosion protection 
         using                                             
         approved protectant.   Report any uncorrected     
         deficiencies.                                     
                                                           
         1 ea.  Lifting Rod for after part         120 mm  
         OD x 1,220 mm                                     
                                                   long,   
         threaded ends                                     
         1 ea.  Lifting Rod for fwd part           120 mm  
         OD x 1,140 mm                                     
                                                   long,   
         threaded ends                                     
         4 ea.  Eye Nut for Lifting Rod            200 mm  
         ID eye x 400                                      
                                                   mm      
         2 ea.  Adjusting Ring after part          Tapered 
         Ring 130 mm                                       
                                                   ID x 320
         mm OD x 47                                        
                                                   mm thick
         2 ea.  Adjusting Ring fwd part            Tapered 
         Ring 130 mm                                       
                                                   ID x 320
         mm OD x 62                                        
                                                   mm thick
         4 ea.  Eye Bolt for Lifting Rods          72 mm OD
         x 40 mm ID                                        
                                                   eye bolt
         with 35 mm                                        
                                                   thread  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     65  1400-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Deck Covering                
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes     
         below as                                          
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
                   1401   Accommodation spaces             
                   1402   Working spaces                   
                   1403   Commissary spaces                
                   1404   Toilet/shower areas              
                   1410   Reefer spaces                    
                   1415   Weather decks                    
                   1421   Portable gratings                
                   1430   Deck treads                      
                   1431   Ladder treads                    
                                                           
         Visually inspect all deck coverings throughout the
         vessel                                            
         for damage, deterioration and wear.  Note all     
         deficiencies found during the inspection and      
         suggested                                         
         remedies for repair.                              
                                                           
         Insure that all vinyl composite tile (VCT) decks  
         and                                               
         decks with other tile or deck covering are intact.
          Check                                            
         for loose tiles or signs of moisture under the    
         deck                                              
         covering.                                         
                                                           
         Insure that all decks in working spaces are clean 
         and                                               
         safe, particularly in passageways, commissary     
         spaces,                                           
         toilet and shower areas and reefer spaces.        
                                                           
         Inspect coating of weather decks and other steel  
         decks                                             
         for signs of coating breakdown and steel          
         deterioration.                                    
                                                           
         Insure that all portable gratings are safely      
         secured.                                          
                                                           
         Check deck treads and ladder treads for wear.     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     66  1601-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Watertight Doors             
                                                           
         Make a thorough inspection of all watertight and  
         weathertight doors, hatches and scuttles          
         throughout the                                    
         vessel.                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes     
         below as                                          
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
               1603  Watertight scuttles                   
               1604  Watertight hatches - non cargo hand   
               1606  Watertight door operators             
               1626  Suez Canal light access door          
                                                           
         For each watertight door, hatch and scuttle, check
         the                                               
         following as applicable:                          
                                                           
         1.  Visually inspect for defects, damage and      
         deterioration.                                    
                                                           
         2.  Clean all gasket seating and sealing surfaces 
         free                                              
         of rust, scale, paint and hardened/dry grease.    
         Lubricate                                         
         sealing and seating surfaces as required.         
                                                           
         3.  Check hinge adjustments.                      
                                                           
         4.  Check tightness of securing dogs and tighten  
         as                                                
         required.                                         
                                                           
         5.  Replace grease nipples on dogs and hinges,    
         when                                              
         fitted and as required and lubricate hinges and   
         dogs.                                             
                                                           
         6.  Check for presence of dog pipes on either side
         of                                                
         each door.  Check for presence of the strongbacks 
         for the                                           
         port and stbd pilot doors and the port entrance   
         from the                                          
         upper deck to the refrigeration spaces and stbd   
         entrance                                          
         from the upper deck to the upper deck             
         accommodation                                     
         spaces.                                           
                                                           
         7.  For the watertight guillotine door between the
         bow                                               
         thruster room and lower tween deck, operate the   
         hand                                              
         wheel from fully closed to fully open and back to 
         fully                                             
         closed.  Apply anti-seize compound to the threads 
         of the                                            
         shaft.                                            
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         8.  Chalk test each door, hatch and scuttle.  The 
         impression of the knife edge shall be continuous  
         around                                            
         the closure and should be centered on the gasket. 
         Note:                                             
         Neither hammers, mauls, materials of like intent  
         nor                                               
         cheater pipes more than one foot in length shall  
         be used                                           
         to operate the dogs for securing the closure for  
         testing.                                          
         Use of force greater than that normally expected  
         from one                                          
         man utilizing a one foot cheater pipe shall be    
         grounds                                           
         for rejecting the test.                           
                                                           
         9.  Watertight doors located on weather decks or  
         exterior                                          
         bulkheads shall be hose tested.  A 1-1/2 inch hose
         with                                              
         approximately 70 psi water pressure shall be      
         directed all                                      
         around the door from a distance of not more than  
         ten                                               
         feet.  The water shall be applied from the weather
         deck                                              
         side of the door.  The stream of water shall be   
         moved                                             
         slowly to insure that the entire sealing surface, 
         particularly the butt joint, is subjected to the  
         full                                              
         force of the water.  No leakage shall be allowed. 
                                                           
         10.  Watertight doors located within the vessel=s 
         interior shall be soap and air tested in lieu of  
         being                                             
         hose tested.  Compressed air of approximately 90  
         psi                                               
         shall be directed all around the door from a      
         distance of                                       
         not more than one foot.  From the opposite side of
         the                                               
         door, a soapy water solution or a commercially    
         available                                         
         leak indicating solution shall be liberally       
         applied to                                        
         the gasket to indicate leaks.  the stream of air  
         shall be                                          
         moved slowly to insure that the entire sealing    
         surface,                                          
         particularly the butt joint, is subjected to the  
         full                                              
         force of air.  No leakage shall be allowed.       
                                                           
         The following doors, hatches and scuttles shall be
         dealt                                             
         with:                                             
                                                           
         1.    Watertight bow door for Suez Canal light,   
         approx                                            
               1100 mm x 1400 mm (6).                      
         2.    FR 259 on centerline of foc=sle deck;       
         weathertight                                      
               hatch down to bos=n storeroom; approx 1100  
         mm x                                              
               1100 mm (H1).                               
         3.    FR 247 port side of foc=sle deck;           
         weathertight                                      
               scuttle down to rope locker; approx 600 mm  
         diameter                                          
               (H2).                                       
         4.    FR 247 starboard side of foc=sle deck;      
               weathertight scuttle down to rope locker;   
         approx                                            
               600 mm                                      
               diameter (H2).                              
         5.    FR 242 port side of foc=sle deck;           
         weathertight                                      
               entrance to NO. 3 DECK STORE; approx 650 mm 
         wide                                              
                x 1650 mm high (D9).                       
         6.    FR 242 on centerline of foc=sle deck;       
         watertight                                        
               ENTRANCE to bow thruster room; approx 750 mm
                                                           
                wide x 1600 mm high (D1).                  
                                                           
                                                           
         7.    FR 242 starboard side of foc=sle deck;      
               weathertight entrance to NO. 4 DECK STORE;  
         approx                                            
               650 mm                                      
               wide x 1650 mm high (D9).                   
         8.    FR 229 port upper deck; watertight entrance 
         to                                                
               BOS=N STORE ROOM; approx 750 mm wide x 1600 
               high (D1).                                  
         9.    FR 229 starboard upper deck; watertight     
         entrance                                          
               to BOS=N STORE ROOM; approx 750 mm wide x   
                1600 mm high (D1).                         
         10.   FR 189 port side upper deck; watertight     
         ENTRANCE                                          
               from weather deck down to upper tween deck; 
                approx 650 mm wide x 1650 mm high (D9).    
         11.   FR 189 starboard side upper deck; watertight
               ENTRANCE from weather deck down to upper    
         tween                                             
                deck; approx 650 mm wide x 1650 mm high    
         (D9).                                             
         12.   FR 107 port side upper deck; watertight     
         ENTRANCE                                          
               from weather deck down to upper tween deck, 
               port fin stabilizer room and port pilot     
         access;                                           
               approx 625 mm wide x 1650 mm high (D14).    
         13.   FR 107 starboard side upper deck; watertight
               ENTRANCE from weather deck down to upper    
         tween                                             
               deck, stbd fin stabilizer room and stbd     
         pilot                                             
               access; approx 625 mm wide x 1650 mm high   
         (D14).                                            
         14.   FR 67  to starboard off centerline on upper 
         deck;                                             
               small watertight door on center rampway door
         to                                                
               upper deck; approx 400 mm wide x 600 mm high
               (D18).                                      
         15.   FR 51 port upper deck; weathertight ENTRANCE
         from                                              
               weather deck to port side upper deck        
               accommodations; approx 900 mm wide x 1650 mm
         high                                              
               (D13).                                      
         16.   FR 51 starboard upper deck; weathertight    
         ENTRANCE                                          
               from weather deck to starboard side upper   
               deck accommodations; approx 750 mm wide x   
         1650 mm                                           
               high (D3).                                  
         17.   FR 57-60 fwd of first deck over center      
         rampway,                                          
               approx nine feet x eleven feet (9= X 11=)   
               weathertight hatch to center rampway.       
         18.   FR 18, aft, to starboard of centerline;     
         approx                                            
               three feet x four feet (3= x 4=)            
         weathertight hatch                                
               down to lazarette.                          
         19.   FR 107-109 port side upper tween deck,      
         watertight                                        
               pilot door, approx 625 mm x 1700 mm (D6).   
         20.   FR 106 port side upper tween deck;          
         weathertight                                      
               hatch from upper tween deck down to port FIN
                                                           
               STABILIZER ROOM; approx 600 mm x 600 mm     
         (H5).                                             
         21.   FR 106-108 port side UTD, weathertight door 
         to                                                
               pilot vestibule and stabilizer room; approx 
         600 mm                                            
               x 1600 mm (D5).                             
         22.   FR 107-109 stbd side upper tween deck,      
         watertight                                        
               pilot door, approx 625 mm x 1700 mm (D6).   
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         23.   FR 106 starboard side upper tween deck;     
               weathertight hatch from upper tween deck    
         down to                                           
               starboard FIN STABILIZER ROOM; approx 600 mm
         x 600                                             
               mm (H5).                                    
         24.   FR 106-108 stbd side UTD, weathertight door 
         to                                                
               pilot vestibule and stabilizer room; approx 
         600 mm                                            
               x 1600 mm (D5).                             
         25.   FR 241 on centerline on lower tween deck;   
               watertight guillotine door from hold to BOW 
               THRUSTER ROOM; approx 600 mm wide x 1550 mm 
         high                                              
               (5).                                        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     67  1615-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Non-Watertight Doors         
                                                           
         Make a thorough inspection of all non watertight  
         doors                                             
         throughout the vessel.                            
                                                           
         For each door, check the following as applicable: 
                                                           
             1.      Visually inspect for defects, damage  
         and                                               
                     deterioration.                        
                                                           
             2.      Clean all gasket seating and sealing  
         surfaces                                          
                     free of rust, scale, paint and        
         hardened/dry                                      
                     grease.  Lubricate sealing and seating
                     surfaces as required.                 
                                                           
             3.      Check hinge adjustments.              
                                                           
             4.      Check tightness of securing dogs and  
         tighten                                           
                     as required.                          
                                                           
             5.      Replace grease nipples on dogs and    
         hinges,                                           
                     when fitted and as required and       
         lubricate                                         
                     hinges and dogs.                      
                                                           
             6.      Check for presence of dog cheater     
         pipes where                                       
                     required.                             
                                                           
             7.      Test door self-closing devices, when  
         fitted.                                           
                     Adjust and lubricate self-closing     
         devices as                                        
                     necessary for proper operation.       
                                                           
             8.      Chalk test each door, when applicable.
          The                                              
                     impression of the knife edge shall be 
                     continuous around the closure and     
         should be                                         
                     centered on the gasket.  Note:        
         Neither                                           
                     hammers, mauls, materials of like     
         intent nor                                        
                     cheater pipes more than one foot in   
         length                                            
                     shall be used to operate the dogs for 
         securing                                          
                     the closure for testing.  Use of force
         greater                                           
                     than that normally expected from one  
         man                                               
                     utilizing a one foot cheater pipe     
         shall be                                          
                     grounds for rejecting the test.       
                                                           
             The following doors shall be dealt with:      
                                                           
             1.      FR AP+ cage door in foc=sle space     
         bos=n                                             
                     storeroom to Suez Canal light.        
             2.      FR 243 door from fwd hydraulic pump   
         room to                                           
                     foc=sle stairtower down to bow        
         thruster room.                                    
             3.      FR 242-243, port door from foc=sle    
         space bos=n                                       
                     storeroom to fwd hydraulic pump room. 
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
             4.      FR 242-243, stbd door from foc=sle    
         space bos=n                                       
                     storeroom to fwd hydraulic pump room. 
             5.      FR 20 aft starboard, poop deck;       
         entrance to                                       
                     SHORE CONNECTION BOX.                 
             6.      FR 20 aft starboard, poop deck;       
         entrance to                                       
                     NO. 2 DECK STORE.                     
             7.      FR 13 aft port, poop deck; entrance to
         PAINT                                             
                     STORE ROOM.                           
             8.      FR AP, port side poop deck; oval      
         ENTRANCE to                                       
                     threshold space.                      
             9.      FR 13 aft port, 1st deck; entrance to 
                     EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR room.      
             10.     FR 19 aft off centerline on 2nd deck; 
         entrance                                          
                     to A/C ROOM.                          
             11.     FR 33 port side 3rd deck; entrance to 
         GYRO &                                            
                     CONVERTER ROOM.                       
             12.     FR 28 port side 3rd deck; entrance to 
         BATTERY                                           
                     ROOM.                                 
             13.     FR 26 port side 3rd deck; entrance to 
         engine                                            
                     room supply FAN ROOM.                 
             14.     FR 27 port side 3rd deck; entrance    
         from engine                                       
                     room supply fan room to fidley spaces.
             15.     FR 33 starboard side 3rd deck;        
         entrance to NO.                                   
                     1 DECK STORE ROOM.                    
             16.     FR 31 port side of stack on navigation
         bridge                                            
                     deck; entrance to stack funnel/fidley 
         spaces.                                           
             17.     FR 243 door from UTD to foc=sle       
         stairtower                                        
                     down to bow thruster room (D4).       
             18.     FR 201 centerline gastight door in    
         escape                                            
                     pillar from lower holds.              
             19.     FR 181 centerline gastight door in    
         escape                                            
                     pillar from lower holds.              
             20.     FR 121 centerline gastight door in    
         escape                                            
                     pillar from lower holds.              
             21.     FR 67 stbd off centerline, gastight   
         door from                                         
                     UTD to machinery space.               
             22.     FR 64 stbd, 750 mm x 1600 mm door from
                     corridor between upper deck and hold  
                     stairtower (D19).                     
             23.     FR 67 stbd off centerline, 750 mm x   
         1600 mm                                           
                     gastight door from UTD to hold        
         stairtower                                        
                     (D12).                                
             24.     FR 69 stbd off centerline, 750 mm x   
         1600 mm                                           
                     gastight door from LTD to hold        
         stairtower.                                       
             25.     FR 69 stbd off centerline, 750 mm x   
         1600 mm                                           
                     gastight door from tank top hold to   
         hold                                              
                     stairtower.                           
             26.     FR 42 door from center rampway to     
         elevator.                                         
             27.     FR 57-60 gastight 3000 x 2040 hatch   
         from                                              
                     center rampway to engine room main    
         engine flat                                       
                     (H7).                                 
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
             28.     FR 24-27 gastight 1500 mm x 2040 mm   
         hatch from                                        
                     center rampway to engine room         
         generator flat                                    
                           (H8).                           
             29.     FR 67  starboard side on upper tween  
         deck;                                             
                     small door on stbd gastight door to   
         upper                                             
                     tween deck;                           
                     approx 400 mm wide x 600 mm high      
         (D17).                                            
             30.     FR 27 port side at upper tween deck   
         level;                                            
                     small door on port gastight door to   
         lower                                             
                     tween deck;                           
                     approx 400 mm wide x 600 mm high      
         (D17).                                            
             31.     FR 65 escape hatch from engine control
         room to                                           
                     UTD.                                  
             32.     FR 67 centerline gastight hatch in    
         machinery                                         
                     space from pipe tunnel.               
             33.     FR 20 door to engine store room.      
             34.     FR 20 door to aft hydraulic pump      
         rooms.                                            
             35.     FR 10 door to aft lazarette from aft  
         hydraulic                                         
                     pump room.                            
             36.     Machine shop door.                    
             37.     Electrical shop door.                 
             38.     Bow/stern thruster transformer room   
         doors (                                           
                     qty 2).                               
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     68  1616-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Joiner Doors                 
                                                           
         Visually inspect all joiner doors throughout the  
         accommodations for damage or defects.             
                                                           
         Ascertain that all joiners on Class A divisions   
         have                                              
         self-closing devices and that all self-closing    
         devices                                           
         are in proper working order.                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     69  1617-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Exterior Doors               
                                                           
         Visually inspect all exterior doors throughout the
         accommodations for damage or defects.             
                                                           
         Check door sills and jambs for signs of           
         deterioration.                                    
                                                           
         Inspect all door gaskets and sealing surfaces.    
         Chalk                                             
         test the exterior doors to prove their            
         weathertight                                      
         integrity.                                        
                                                           
         Ascertain that all self-closing devices are in    
         proper                                            
         working order.                                    
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     70  1618-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Wheelhouse Doors             
                                                           
         Visually inspect the port and starboard bridge    
         wing doors                                        
         for damage or defects.                            
                                                           
         Check door sills and jambs for signs of           
         deterioration.                                    
                                                           
         Inspect all door gaskets and sealing surfaces.    
         Chalk                                             
         test the exterior doors to prove their            
         weathertight                                      
         integrity.                                        
                                                           
         Clean and lubricate guides and rollers as         
         required.                                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     71  1621-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Cargo Doors (Maintain)       
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note the following related 
         MEI                                               
         codes as applicable:                              
                                                           
               1622     Casing Doors                       
               1672     Ramp Covers                        
                                                           
         Accomplish the following monthly maintenance to   
         the                                               
         starboard gastight door between the threshold and 
         the                                               
         upper tween deck, port gastight door between the  
         threshold and the lower tween deck, center rampway
         watertight casing door to the upper deck, and     
         watertight                                        
         ramp cover for access from the lower tween deck to
         the                                               
         tank top hold.                                    
                                                           
         Visually inspect each door or cover for defects.  
         Check                                             
         the hydraulic cylinders for signs of leaks.  Check
         hydraulic hoses for signs of damage or            
         deterioration.                                    
         Check the door and cover gaskets for damage or    
         defects.                                          
         Where fitted, check the door lock gangbars.       
         Inspect the                                       
         dogs for signs of damage.  Inspect all limit      
         switches for                                      
         signs of damage or defects to the switch or       
         electrical                                        
         cables.                                           
                                                           
         Grease all grease points as required.  Remember   
         grease                                            
         points on the sheaves for the port and starboard  
         gastight                                          
         doors and on all pivoting points on the door      
         locking                                           
         gangbar assemblies.  Also, some pivoting cylinders
         are                                               
         fitted with grease points on their swivel pins.   
                                                           
         Lubricate the guides and rollers for the tank top 
         rampway                                           
         cover as required.                                
                                                           
         Inspect each control station for defects.  Lamp up
         indicator lights as required.                     
                                                           
         Conduct an operational test of each door and ramp 
         cover                                             
         in both the automatic and manual modes.  NOTE:    
         The                                               
         operator shall be familiar with the sequence of   
         events                                            
         when a casing door or ramp cover is opened or     
         closed                                            
         before attempting to operating the doors or covers
         manually.  Note:  The following guidelines are    
         assuming                                          
         that the hydraulic system is up and running.      
                                                           
         For opening in automatic mode:                    
                                                           
         1.  Turn on the power to the control station with 
         the                                               
         power on/off switch on the station.  Note:  Only  
         one                                               
         control station can be powered up at any one time.
          If                                               
         another station is powered, that station being    
         used will                                         
         get the Anot in use@ flashing indicator light.    
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         2.  Switch the auto/manual switch to auto.        
                                                           
         3.  Depress the Aopening start@ button to start   
         the                                               
         opening sequence.                                 
                                                           
         For closing in automatic mode:                    
                                                           
         1.  Turn on the power to the control station with 
         the                                               
         power on/off switch on the station.  Note:  Only  
         one                                               
         control station can be powered up at any one time.
          If                                               
         another station is powered, that station being    
         used will                                         
         get the Anot in use@ flashing indicator light.    
                                                           
         2.  Switch the auto/manual switch to auto.        
                                                           
         3.  Depress the Aclosing start@ button to start   
         the                                               
         closing sequence.                                 
                                                           
         For opening in manual mode:                       
                                                           
         1.  Turn on the power to the control station with 
         the                                               
         power on/off switch on the station.  Note:  Only  
         one                                               
         control station can be powered up at any one time.
          If                                               
         another station is powered, that station being    
         used will                                         
         get the Anot in use@ flashing indicator light.    
                                                           
         2.  Switch the auto/manual switch to manual.      
                                                           
         3.  For each individual sequence of operation in  
         the                                               
         manual mode, the buttons must be depressed        
         continuously                                      
         until the sequences are completed.                
                                                           
         4.  Unlock cleats (doors) or locks (ramp cover) by
         depressing the Acleat unlock@ button.  Check that 
         the                                               
         Alock@ light extinguishes when the cleats or locks
         begin                                             
         to unlock and that the Aunlock@ light illuminates 
         after                                             
         the cleats or locks are completely unlocked.      
         Visually                                          
         check all cleats or locks in any case of          
         uncertainty.                                      
                                                           
         5.  Open the door or ramp cover by depressing the 
         Aopen@                                            
         button.  The Aclose@ light shall extinguish when  
         the door                                          
         starts to open and the Aopen@ light shall         
         illuminate when                                   
         the door or cover is completely open.             
                                                           
         6.  For the casing doors, after the doors are     
         completely                                        
         open, lock the stoppers by depressing the Astopper
         lock@                                             
         button.  The Aunlock@ light shall extinguish when 
         the                                               
         stoppers start to lock in the door and the Alock@ 
         light                                             
         shall illuminate after the stoppers are completely
         extended or locked in.                            
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         For closing in manual mode:                       
                                                           
         1.  Turn on the power to the control station with 
         the                                               
         power on/off switch on the station.  Note:  Only  
         one                                               
         control station can be powered up at any one time.
          If                                               
         another station is powered, that station being    
         used will                                         
         get the Anot in use@ flashing indicator light.    
                                                           
         2.  Switch the auto/manual switch to manual.      
                                                           
         3.  For each individual sequence of operation in  
         the                                               
         manual mode, the buttons must be depressed        
         continuously                                      
         until the sequences are completed.                
                                                           
         4.  For the casing doors, depress the Aopen@      
         button                                            
         momentarily to lift the weight of the doors off   
         their                                             
         stoppers.                                         
                                                           
         5.  For the casing doors, unlock the stoppers by  
         depressing the Astopper unlock@ button.  The      
         Alock@ light                                      
         shall extinguish when the stoppers start to unlock
         and                                               
         the Aunlock@ light shall illuminate after the     
         stoppers                                          
         are completely unlocked.                          
                                                           
         6.  Close the door or ramp cover by depressing the
         Aclose@ button.  The Aopen@ light shall extinguish
         after                                             
         the door starts closing and the Aclose@ light     
         shall                                             
         illuminate after the door is completely closed.   
                                                           
         7.  Lock the cleats or locks by depressing the    
         Acleat                                            
         lock@ button.  The Aunlock@ light shall extinguish
         after                                             
         the cleats or locks start locking and the Alock@  
         light                                             
         shall illuminate when the cleats or locks are     
         locked.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     72  1621-002-Y1-H-V-KKK  Cargo Doors (Chalk/Hose Test)
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note the following related 
         MEI                                               
         codes as applicable:                              
                                                           
               1622     Casing Doors                       
               1672     Ramp Covers                        
                                                           
         Conduct a chalk test of the starboard gastight    
         door                                              
         between the threshold and the upper tween deck and
         the                                               
         port gastight door between the threshold and the  
         lower                                             
         tween deck.                                       
                                                           
         Conduct a hose test of the watertight center      
         rampway door                                      
         to the upper deck and the watertight rampway cover
         over                                              
         the tank top hold.                                
                                                           
         If any areas around the gastight doors fail to    
         make                                              
         contact during the chalk testing or any areas     
         around the                                        
         watertight door and cover leak, mark the areas    
         sufficiently and submit a report detailing        
         deficient                                         
         areas where repairs must be made.                 
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     73  1630-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Refrigeration Doors          
                                                           
         NOTE:  If the refrigeration system is shut down,  
         ascertain that all refrigerated space doors are   
         left open                                         
         to prevent mildew from forming in the boxes.  The 
         doors                                             
         shall be blocked up so they don=t warp on their   
         hinges                                            
         while left open.                                  
                                                           
         Inspect all refrigerated space doors for damage   
         and                                               
         defects.                                          
                                                           
         Insure the doors to the handling room, vegetable  
         room,                                             
         meat room, deep freeze room and refrigerated      
         stores room                                       
         (ex. beer locker).                                
                                                           
         Check the condition of the gaskets on the doors   
         and the                                           
         sealing surface of the door sills.                
                                                           
         Test the door latches to insure that they latch   
         the doors                                         
         tight.  Ascertain that the doors can be opened    
         properly                                          
         from inside the refrigerated spaces.              
                                                           
         Test the  Alocked in@ alarm for each refrigerated 
         space.                                            
         Insure that the Alocked in@ alarms work properly. 
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     74  1631-001-M6-H-V-KKK  Pilot Ladders                
                                                           
         Visually inspect the port and starboard pilot     
         ladders as                                        
         well as similar embarkation ladders for the       
         lifeboats and                                     
         liferafts for damage, deterioration or defects.   
                                                           
         Note:  Replacement steps are available for Comar  
         Mark I                                            
         type ladders.                                     
                                                           
         Note:  Ladders should be kept under cover while   
         not in                                            
         use to prevent deterioration from the sunlight and
         weather.                                          
                                                           
         Inspect the pneumatic reels for the pilot ladders.
          Check                                            
         air motor gear oil quantity and quality and       
         replenish or                                      
         replace oil as required.  Check condition of      
         securements                                       
         for the tops of the ladders.  Check the securing  
         pins for                                          
         the reels.  Grease all points as required.  Hand  
         turn the                                          
         stowage reel to insure movement.                  
                                                           
         Test the pneumatic reels to insure proper         
         operation by                                      
         lowering and raising each ladder completely.      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     75  1635-001-M6-H-V-KKK  Accommodation Ladders        
                                                           
         Visually inspect the port and starboard           
         accommodation                                     
         ladders for damage and defects.  Check for cracks 
         in the                                            
         ladders.  Check condition of handrails and insure 
         that                                              
         all pins are in satisfactory condition.  Replace  
         all                                               
         damaged, defective or missing fasteners, pins,    
         etc. with                                         
         equal replacements.  Inspect condition of stowage 
         tie                                               
         rods.                                             
                                                           
         Lubricate all components as necessary.  Inspect   
         gear case                                         
         oil; replace as necessary.  Grease all grease     
         points on                                         
         all sheaves and turntable platforms.  Slush wires 
         as                                                
         necessary.  Apply anti-seize compound to the      
         threads on                                        
         all stowage tie rods.                             
                                                           
         Inspect limit switches for damage and defects.    
         Inspect                                           
         limit switch cables for signs of damage or        
         deterioration.                                    
         Hand test all limit switches to prove satisfactory
         operation.                                        
                                                           
         Megger test the motors and controllers.           
                                                           
         Test each accommodation ladder to insure proper   
         operation.  Lower ladders to the water=s edge or  
         dock.                                             
         Watch for freedom of movement of all sheaves and  
         drums.                                            
         Prove satisfactory operation of the winch brakes. 
          While                                            
         lowering the ladders, visually inspect the wire   
         ropes for                                         
         wear and defects.  Slush wires as required.  Raise
         ladders after testing and stow and secure ladders 
         in good                                           
         order.                                            
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     76  1637-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Fixed Vertical Ladders       
                                                           
         Visually inspect all fixed ladders for damage and 
         deterioration.                                    
                                                           
         Ascertain that handrails are not wasted to where  
         they                                              
         have sharp knife edges that could cut the hands.  
                                                           
         Check the tightness and condition of all          
         fasteners.                                        
         Replace wasted or missing fasteners as necessary. 
                                                           
         Insure that the top and bottom step of all fixed  
         vertical                                          
         ladders in the weather have non-slip steps in     
         accordance                                        
         with MarAd Logistics safety and personal          
         protection                                        
         equipment (PPE) policies.                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     77  1638-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Fixed Inclined Ladders       
                                                           
         Visually inspect all fixed inclined ladders for   
         damage                                            
         and deterioration.                                
                                                           
         Ascertain that handrails are not wasted to where  
         they                                              
         have sharp knife edges that could cut the hands.  
                                                           
         Check the tightness and condition of all          
         fasteners.                                        
         Replace wasted or missing fasteners as necessary. 
                                                           
         Insure that the top and bottom of each ladder is  
         painted                                           
         yellow for safety.  Insure that the top and bottom
         step                                              
         of each ladder  in the weather has an non-slip    
         treads in                                         
         accordance with MarAd Logistics safety and        
         personal                                          
         protection equipment (PPE) policies.              
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     78  1650-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Gratings and Supports        
                                                           
         Visually inspect all gratings and supports for    
         damage and                                        
         deterioration.  In the engine room, check gratings
         around                                            
         machinery (ie. purifiers, steering gear, etc.).   
         Outside, check the operator platform gratings on  
         the                                               
         mooring winches and anchor windlasses in way of   
         the                                               
         controls and brakes.  In the refrigerated spaces, 
         check                                             
         the floor gratings in each refrigerated box.      
                                                           
         Where fitted, check the condition of all fasteners
         and                                               
         clips.  Tighten all loose fasteners and clips.    
         Replace                                           
         missing fasteners and clips.                      
                                                           
         Where loose gratings are fitted together, such as 
         in the                                            
         refrigerated boxes, insure that the gratings fit  
         together                                          
         tight to prevent tripping hazards.                
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     79  1651-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Floor Plates and Supports    
                                                           
         Visually inspect all floor plates and supports in 
         the                                               
         engine room and all other machinery spaces for    
         damage and                                        
         defects.                                          
                                                           
         Where fitted, check the condition of all fasteners
         and/or                                            
         clips.  Tighten all loose fasteners and clips.    
         Replace                                           
         missing fasteners and clips.                      
                                                           
         Insure that non-slip strips are installed in areas
         designated by the MarAd Logistics  safety and     
         personal                                          
         protection equipment (PPE) policies.  Areas       
         include                                           
         around the emergency diesel generator and inside  
         the                                               
         entrance to the space; in the electrical shop; in 
         the                                               
         operator area of all boom and windlass operating  
         stations; inside and outside of all entrances to  
         the                                               
         steering gear room; and at the top and bottom of  
         all                                               
         ladders with the engine casing where the decking  
         is                                                
         neither diamond tread nor grating.                
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     80  1660-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Safety Gates                 
                                                           
         Visually inspect all safety gates.  Areas include 
         openings in the bulwarks on the upper deck;       
         openings in                                       
         the handrails around the accommodations for       
         liferaft and                                      
         lifeboat embarkation; tops of stern ramp          
         kingposts; etc.                                   
                                                           
         Check the condition of u-staples for safety       
         chains.                                           
         Insure that all safety gates have their required  
         safety                                            
         chains.  Safety chains should be secured at one   
         end with                                          
         a shackle and fitted with a snap hook at the other
         end                                               
         for easy connect/disconnect.                      
                                                           
         Replace all missing or deteriorated safety chains.
          As                                               
         a guideline, safety chains should be of 3/16@     
         galvanized                                        
         or stainless steel chain.  Shackles and snap hooks
         should                                            
         also be of galvanized or stainless steel.         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     81  1670-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Stern Door (Maintain)        
                                                           
         Visually inspect the stern door for defects.      
         Check the                                         
         hydraulic cylinders for signs of leaks.  Check    
         hydraulic                                         
         hoses for signs of damage or deterioration.  Check
         the                                               
         door and cover gaskets for damage or defects.     
         Check the                                         
         door lock gangbars.  Inspect the dogs for signs of
         damage.  Inspect all limit switches for signs of  
         damage                                            
         or defects to the switches or electrical cables.  
                                                           
         Grease all grease points as required, including   
         all                                               
         pivoting points on the door locking gangbar       
         assemblies.                                       
                                                           
         Inspect the control station for defects.  Lamp up 
         indicator lights as required.                     
                                                           
         If possible (when the ramp is down) conduct an    
         operational test of the stern door in both the    
         automatic                                         
         and manual modes.  NOTE:  The operator shall be   
         familiar                                          
         with the sequence of events when the stern door is
         opening or closing before attempting to operate   
         the door.                                         
         Note:  The following guidelines are assuming that 
         the                                               
         hydraulic system is up and running and control    
         power is                                          
         on at the first deck stern ramp control station.  
                                                           
         For opening in automatic mode:                    
                                                           
         1.  Switch the auto/manual switch to auto.        
                                                           
         2.  Depress the Aopen@ button to start the opening
         sequence.                                         
                                                           
         For closing in automatic mode:                    
                                                           
         1.  Switch the auto/manual switch to auto.        
                                                           
         2.  Depress the Aclose@ button to start the       
         closing                                           
         sequence.                                         
                                                           
         For opening in manual mode:                       
                                                           
         1.  Switch the auto/manual switch to manual.      
                                                           
         2.  For each individual sequence of operation in  
         the                                               
         manual mode, the buttons must be depressed        
         continuously                                      
         until the sequences are completed.                
                                                           
         3.  Unlock the cleats by depressing the Acleat    
         unlock@                                           
         button.  Check that the Alock@ light extinguishes 
         when                                              
         the cleats begin to unlock and that the Aunlock@  
         light                                             
         illuminates after the cleats are completely       
         unlocked.                                         
         Visually check all cleats in any case of          
         uncertainty.                                      
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         4.  Open the door by depressing the Aopen@ button.
          The                                              
         Aclose@ light shall extinguish when the door      
         starts to                                         
         open and the Aopen@ light shall illuminate when   
         the door                                          
         is completely open.                               
                                                           
         5.  After the door is completely open, lock the   
         stoppers                                          
         by depressing the Astopper lock@ button.  The     
         Aunlock@                                          
         light shall extinguish when the stoppers start to 
         lock in                                           
         the door and the Alock@ light shall illuminate    
         after the                                         
         stoppers are completely extended or locked in.    
                                                           
         For closing in manual mode:                       
                                                           
         1.  Switch the auto/manual switch to manual.      
                                                           
         2.  For each individual sequence of operation in  
         the                                               
         manual mode, the buttons must be depressed        
         continuously                                      
         until the sequences are completed.                
                                                           
         3.  Depress the Aopen@ button momentarily to lift 
         the                                               
         weight of the door off its stoppers.              
                                                           
         4.  Unlock the stoppers by depressing the Astopper
         unlock@ button.  The Alock@ light shall extinguish
         when                                              
         the stoppers start to unlock and the Aunlock@     
         light shall                                       
         illuminate after the stoppers are completely      
         unlocked.                                         
                                                           
         5.  Close the door by depressing the Aclose@      
         button.  The                                      
         Aopen@ light shall extinguish after the door      
         starts                                            
         closing and the Aclose@ light shall illuminate    
         after the                                         
         door is completely closed.                        
                                                           
         6.  Lock the cleats by depressing the Acleat lock@
         button.  The Aunlock@ light shall extinguish after
         the                                               
         cleats or locks start locking and the Alock@ light
         shall                                             
         illuminate when the cleats are locked.            
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     82  1670-002-Y1-H-V-KKK  Stern Door (Hose Test)       
                                                           
         Conduct a hose test of the watertight stern door. 
                                                           
         If any areas around the watertight door leak, mark
         the                                               
         areas sufficiently and submit a report detailing  
         deficient areas where repairs must be made.       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     83  1671-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Stern Ramp (Maintain/Test)   
                                                           
         Accomplish the following monthly maintenance to   
         the stern                                         
         ramp.                                             
                                                           
         Visually inspect the stern ramp and all           
         components,                                       
         including but not limited to hydraulic pumps,     
         valves and                                        
         piping in the hydraulic pump room; hydraulic      
         motors and                                        
         winches on the first deck; and stern ramp control 
         station                                           
         on the first deck.                                
                                                           
         Check the hydraulic cylinders for signs of leaks. 
         Check                                             
         hydraulic hoses for signs of damage or            
         deterioration.                                    
                                                           
         Inspect all limit switches for signs of damage or 
         defects                                           
         to the switch or electrical cables.               
                                                           
         Inspect the port and starboard W1 and W2 winches  
         for                                               
         excessive scale on the brake drums and wear on the
         brake                                             
         linings.                                          
                                                           
         Grease all grease points on the winches, sheaves, 
         etc.                                              
         as required.                                      
                                                           
         Lubricate all guides and rollers for the wires.   
                                                           
         Inspect the control station for defects.  Lamp up 
         indicator lights as required.                     
                                                           
         Check the hydraulic oil level in the sump.        
         Replenish oil                                     
         as necessary.                                     
                                                           
         Put a generator on line and transfer the electric 
         load                                              
         from shore to ships power.  Turn on the control   
         power at                                          
         the stern ramp control station.  Start the No. 1  
         and No.                                           
         2 hydraulic pumps and allow them to run for       
         approximately                                     
         one hour to warm up the hydraulic system.  After  
         hydraulic system has been allowed to warm up,     
         start the                                         
         remaining four pumps.                             
                                                           
         Excercise the port/stbd W1 and W2 winches in      
         manual mode                                       
         to ascertain proper operation and freedom of the  
         brakes.                                           
         Test the main W1 winches individually (uncoupled) 
         and                                               
         together (coupled) to insure proper operation of  
         the                                               
         clutch.                                           
                                                           
         Unlock and relock the securing locks.  Verify that
         both                                              
         section 1 locks and both section 2 to section 1   
         locks                                             
         work properly.  Check indicator lights.           
                                                           
         Extend and retract the buttress cylinders to      
         insure                                            
         proper operation.  Check indicator lights.        
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         Lock and unlock the buttress cylinder locks to    
         insure                                            
         proper operation.  Check indicator lights.        
                                                           
         For the inboard vessel, assuming tidal/river stage
         conditions are normal and safe, conduct an        
         operational                                       
         test of the stern ramp in automatic mode.  Refer  
         to                                                
         manufacturers operating instructions as necessary.
                                                           
         Remember the following guidelines and precautions:
                                                           
         1.  Partially lift the accommodation ladder to    
         prevent                                           
         damage to same.                                   
         2.  Provide adequate oil spill pollution          
         prevention gear                                   
         in case of emergency.                             
         3.  Transfer water in the heeling tanks for proper
         as                                                
         necessary.  Place the heeling system in automatic.
         4.  Mate and bosn shall monitor mooring lines     
         during ramp                                       
         operation.                                        
         5.  Land plywood dunnage ashore to place under the
         section 3 flaps.                                  
                                                           
         During raising and lowering of the stern ramp,    
         inspect                                           
         the wires for defects.  Slush the wires as        
         necessary.                                        
         Also, apply lubricant to the winch gears as       
         necessary.                                        
                                                           
         Verify properation of all sequences of operation  
         during                                            
         lowering and raising of the stern ramp.  Insure   
         proper                                            
         operation of the ramp operating sirens and beacons
         and                                               
         alarm buzzer.  Insure proper operation of the quay
         sensor                                            
         and rotating beacon at the end of the stbd side of
         section 1.  When possible, test the ramp          
         auto-tension                                      
         mode.  Insure proper operation of the touch quay  
         (auto-                                            
         tension) sensor and rotating beacon and siren.    
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     84  1845-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Fenders                      
                                                           
         Visually inspect the three (3) Yokohama fenders   
         between                                           
         the two vessels.  Check condition of the fenders  
         and                                               
         integrity of the wire rope rigging and tightness  
         of cable                                          
         clamps.  Check for signs of chaffing of the       
         bulwarks by                                       
         the wire ropes.                                   
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     85  1850-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Lanyards and Halyards        
                                                           
         Visually inspect the halyards on the jack staff,  
         forward                                           
         mast, after mast and ensign staff.  Replace       
         halyards as                                       
         necessary.  Check condition of blocks, cleats,    
         etc. for                                          
         damage or deterioration.  Replace as necessary.   
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     86  2002-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Stern Ramp Winches           
                                                           
         Refer to the following procedure for maintenance  
         to the                                            
         stern ramp winches:                               
                                                           
         1671-001-M1-M-V-KKK     Stern Ramp                
                                                           
                                                           
                Monthly Maintenance and Operational Test   
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     87  2030-001-M6-H-V-KKK  Accommodation/Pilot Ladder   
         Winches                                           
                                                           
         For pilot ladder winches, please refer to the     
         following                                         
         procedure:                                        
                                                           
         1631-001-M6-G-V-KKK               Pilot Ladders.  
                                                           
         For accommodation ladders, please refer to the    
         following                                         
         procedure:                                        
                                                           
         1635-001-M6-G-V-KKK      Accommodation Ladders.   
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     88  2201-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Steering Gear (Test)         
                                                           
         Manufacturer                        John Hastie & 
         Co., Ltd.                                         
                                             Greenock,     
         Scotland                                          
         Type                                Four Ram      
         Electric                                          
                                             Hydraulic     
         Ram Diameter                        13@           
         Radius of Action                    3=6@          
         Design Torque                       270 MT        
         Specified                                         
         Shock Valve Pressure                1910 psi (133 
         kg/sq cm_                                         
         Motor BHP                           75 (55.93 KW) 
         Motor RPM                           576           
         Motor Enclosure                     E.V.D.P.      
         Motor Bearings                      Pre-loaded    
         ball bearing                                      
         Motor Insulation                    Class B       
         Starters                            N/Q           
         Electrical Supply                   440/3/60      
         Gear Working Angle                  70 degrees    
         Gear Time (2 pumps operating)       65 degrees in 
         28 seconds                                        
         Tiller Type                         Solid Boss /  
         Trunnion Type                                     
         Gear Weight :                                     
         incl rudder carrier)                36 tons       
         (approx)                                          
                                                           
         1.  From the dock examine area about rudder as far
         as                                                
         practicable and ascertain ARUDDER CLEARANCE.@     
                                                           
         2.  Test sound powered phone communication between
         steering gear room, wheelhouse and machinery space
         console.                                          
                                                           
         3.  Check oil level in main hydraulic unit and    
         port and                                          
         starboard telemotors.  Add oil as required.       
                                                           
         4.  Clean and examine all guide and slide rails.  
                                                           
         5.  Clean and examine rapson slides.              
                                                           
         6.  Clean and wipe any machinery and deck of all  
         oil and                                           
         grease.                                           
                                                           
         7.  Megger check motor and record readings.       
                                                           
         8.  Confirm that main pump motors are free by hand
         rotating against normal direction of rotation.    
                                                           
         9.  Check level in rudder stock grease pump       
         reservoir and                                     
         top up as required.                               
                                                           
                                                           
         10.  Start rudder stock grease pump and confirm   
         operation                                         
         by loosening (2) ea. grease capillaries noting    
         discharge.                                        
         Tighten any other leaking capillary fittings.     
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         11.  Visually examine steering gear to ensure no  
         obstruction to movement.                          
                                                           
         12.  Coordinate Chief Officer on bridge and test  
         steering                                          
         gear through full range of movement to include    
         port and                                          
         starboard pumps, wheelhouse control, non-follow up
         local                                             
         control, and trickwheel control.                  
                                                           
         13.  Run both pumps simultaneously and test the   
         steering                                          
         gear over the 65 degree range from 30 degrees on  
         one side                                          
         to 35 degrees on the other side, and vice versa.  
         Record                                            
         time elapsed to complete 65 degrees each way.     
         USCG                                              
         requires that the full range of 65 degrees shall  
         be                                                
         accomplished in 28 seconds.                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     89  2305-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Stabilizers - Retractable    
         Type (Check)                                      
                                                           
         Mfg (Control System):  Sperry Marine Systems      
         Division                                          
         Mfg (Gyrofin Hydraulics and Heavy Machinery):     
         Sasebo                                            
         Heavy Industries, Ltd (SSD Ltd)                   
         Type of system:  Remote R1 440V 60Hz              
         Fin Size:  3R (12.6= x 6=)                        
         Type of hydraulics:  Dupar 60Hz                   
         Fin location:  Centered on Fr. 105                
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes as  
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
         2306  Fins/Fin Shafts                             
         2307  Outboard Bearings                           
         2308  Inboard Bearings/Lubrication                
         2309  Electro-hydraulic Drive System              
         2310  Automatic Sevo-control System               
         2311  Gyro Sensing Unit                           
         2312  Tilting Mechanism                           
         2313  Fin Boxes/Sea Gland                         
         2314  Bridge Console                              
         2315-001-M6-M-V-KKK Apparatus Board /             
                                 Instrumentation           
         2340  List Control System                         
                                                           
         Check the bearing oil and seal oil head tank      
         levels for                                        
         both the port and starboard stabilizers.          
         Replenish oil                                     
         as necessary.  Note:  It is important to maintain 
         the                                               
         seal oil level even during periods of lay up to   
         maintain                                          
         the integrity of the seal and prevent ingress of  
         sea                                               
         water into the fin shaft housing in case of seal  
         failure.                                          
                                                           
         Check for ingress of sea water in the fin shaft   
         housing                                           
         by taking a sample of the oil from the test cock  
         or valve                                          
         on the housing.                                   
                                                           
         Check the hydraulic power unit for problems or    
         signs of                                          
         oil leakage.  Check the hydraulic power unit oil  
         sump                                              
         level and replenish as required.                  
                                                           
         Power up the control power and port and starboard 
         stabilizers from the engine control room and check
         indicator lights in the stabilizer room as well as
         at the                                            
         control cabinet in the engine control room and at 
         the                                               
         control console in the wheelhouse.                
         Note:  The outboard vessels outboard stabilizer   
         may be                                            
         tested from the local control panel by switching  
         the                                               
         local/remote switch to local.  Depress the Arig   
         out@                                              
         button to extend the stabilizer.  After the fin is
         completely out, check indicator lights at all     
         locations.                                        
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         Depress the Arig in@ button to retract the fin    
         back in                                           
         its housing.  Check indicator lights.  Note:      
         Before                                            
         operating the outboard stabilizer, check for      
         clearance                                         
         outside the vessel.                               
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     90  2305-002-Y1-H-V-KKK  Stabilizers - Retractable    
         Type (Test)                                       
                                                           
         Mfg (Control System):  Sperry Marine Systems      
         Division                                          
         Mfg (Gyrofin Hydraulics and Heavy Machinery):     
         Sasebo                                            
         Heavy Industries, Ltd (SSD Ltd)                   
         Type of system:  Remote R1 440V 60Hz              
         Fin Size:  3R (12.6= x 6=)                        
         Type of hydraulics:  Dupar 60Hz                   
         Fin location:  Centered on Fr. 105                
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes as  
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
         2306  Fins/Fin Shafts                             
         2307  Outboard Bearings                           
         2308  Inboard Bearings/Lubrication                
         2309  Electro-hydraulic Drive System              
         2310  Automatic Sevo-control System               
         2311  Gyro Sensing Unit                           
         2312  Tilting Mechanism                           
         2313  Fin Boxes/Sea Gland                         
         2314  Bridge Console                              
         2315-001-M6-M-V-KKK  Apparatus Board /            
                                  Instrumentation          
         2340  List Control System                         
                                                           
         Note:  Read and become familiar with manufacturers
         instruction manual 1-109A.                        
                                                           
         This test will be conducted at annual sea trial.  
                                                           
         STARTING AND RIGGING OUT FROM BRIDGE CONTROL PANEL
                                                           
         1.    Turn  POWER keyswitch ON. Both FIN IN       
         indicators                                        
               will light.  LOW SPEED indicator will light 
               regardless of speed setting. (Control must  
         be in                                             
               AUTOMATIC not LOCAL for P/S units)          
                                                           
         2.    Press SEQUENCE START switch.                
                                                           
               A) Port PUMP ON indicators will light.      
         (Release                                          
               SEQUENCE START when Port pump motor starts).
               B) LOW SPEED  indicator will go out if      
         manual or                                         
               automatic speed input is more than half     
         design                                            
               speed.                                      
                                                           
               C) Port FIN ANGLE meter will go to zero.    
                                                           
                                                           
               D) Port FIN IN indicator will go out after a
         few                                               
               seconds. (If Port FIN IN indicator stays on,
         fin                                               
               may not have gone to zero angle).           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
               E) Starboard PUMP ON indicator will light in
         about                                             
               ten seconds.                                
                                                           
               F) Starboard FIN ANGLE meter will go to     
         zero.                                             
                                                           
               G) Starboard FIN IN indicator will go out in
         a few                                             
               seconds after Starboard PUMP ON  indicator  
         lights.                                           
                                                           
               H) After one or two minutes, FIN OUT and    
         STANDBY                                           
               indicators will light.                      
                                                           
         STABILIZING (BRIDGE CONTROL PANEL)                
                                                           
         1.    Ensure that STANDBY indicator is lit.       
                                                           
         2.    Set up SPEED and SENSITIVITY. (This may be  
         done                                              
               while fins are rigging.)                    
                                                           
               A)    Speed: Select AUTO or MAN. If  MAN,   
         set SHIP                                          
                     SPEED control to present speed. (If   
         LOW SPEED                                         
                     indicator lights, ship speed is less  
         than 1/2                                          
                     design speed and will have reduced    
                     effectiveness. No harm will be done,  
         however,                                          
                     if the Stabilizer is used in this     
         condition.)                                       
                                                           
               B)    Sensitivity: Select AUTO or MAN. If   
         MAN, set                                          
                     sensitivity to 1, (or , if you know by
                     experience where it should be for     
         present sea                                       
                     conditions, set it to that value).    
                                                           
         3.  Press STABILIZE. (It is preferable to do this 
         when                                              
             the ORDERED LIFT meter is at about zero). Both
         fins                                              
             will begin to move to stabilize the ship.     
         STABILIZE                                         
             indicator will light.  STANDBY indicator will 
         go out.                                           
                                                           
         4.  Readjust SENSITIVITY if in MAN. Keep the      
         sensitivity                                       
             as high as possible without producing         
         saturated                                         
             ordered lift for more than 10 or 20 per cent  
         of the                                            
             time.  NOTE: ORDERED LIFT meter saturates at  
         about                                             
             100% at the design speed.                     
             At lower speeds this value will be less. In   
         AUTO,                                             
             sensitivity will start low and gradually      
         increase                                          
             until it is optimum. It will require two or   
         three                                             
             minutes for this to occur.                    
                                                           
         5.  Periodic Adjustments:                         
                                                           
             A)      Periodically check sensitivity setting
         if in                                             
                     MAN.                                  
                                                           
             B)      Keep SHIP SPEED up-to-date if in MAN. 
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
             C)      If the ship operates at low speed for 
         a short                                           
                     time, the fins may be put in STANDBY  
         or may be                                         
                     left in STABILIZE with the            
         understanding that                                
                     they are only 1/4 as effective at half
         design                                            
                     speed.                                
                                                           
         For STARTING AND RIGGING OUT FROM CONTROL AND     
         MONITOR                                           
         PANEL and STARTING AND RIGGING OUT FROM LOCAL     
         CONTROL                                           
         UNIT, refer to operating manual   1-109A.         
                                                           
         RIGGING IN AND STOPPING FROM BRIDGE CONTROL PANEL 
                                                           
         1. Press STANDBY switch.  (STABILIZE indicator    
         will go                                           
             out. STANDBY indicator will  light. FIN ANGLE 
         and FIN                                           
             LIFT meters will go to zero.                  
                                                           
         2. Press SEQUENCE STOP switch.                    
                                                           
             A) STANDBY indicator will go out.             
                                                           
             B) After a few seconds, both FIN OUT          
         indicators will                                   
             go out. (If either FIN OUT indicator stays on,
         fin                                               
             may not have gone to zero angle.)             
                                                           
             C) After one or two minutes, both FIN IN      
         indicators                                        
             will light, not necessarily at the same time  
         nor in                                            
             any particular order.                         
                                                           
             D) As each fin reaches the rigged-IN position,
         its                                               
             PUMP ON indicator will go out.                
             E) When both pumps are off, power will be shut
         down.                                             
             (There is no indication of this on Bridge     
         Control                                           
             Panel.)                                       
                                                           
         3.  Turn POWER keyswitch to off (when both PUMP ON
             indicators have gone out and FIN IN indicators
         are                                               
             lit, FIN IN  indicators will go out).         
             Panel illumination (if on) will go out.       
                                                           
             For RIGGING IN AND STOPPING FROM CONTROL AND  
         MONITOR                                           
             PANEL and RIGGING IN AND STOPPING FROM LOCAL  
         CONTROL                                           
             UNIT, refer to operating manual 1-109A.       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     91  2315-001-M6-E-V-KKK  Stabilizers - Instrumentation
         Board                                             
                                                           
         CLEANING: A vacuum cleaner can be used for        
         removing dust                                     
         and dirt from the interior of Control System units
         but                                               
         care must be taken not to damage or disturb       
         components.                                       
         Grease and oil can be removed from system with    
         suitable                                          
         solvent.                                          
                                                           
         LAMPING: Lamp test control consoles and replace   
         defective                                         
         lamps with proper lamps. Refer to lamp chart TABLE
         3-1 of                                            
         manual 109-A.                                     
                                                           
         ALARM TEST:  Test alarm circuits in the Control   
         and                                               
         Monitor Panel.  Press the PORT ALARM TEST and     
         STBD.                                             
                                                           
         ALARM TEST switches on the Control and Monitor    
         Panel.                                            
         Verify that each active indicator comes on (spare 
         indicators will not come on) and that the audible 
         alarm                                             
         sounds.  Verify that the ALARM MUTE switch will   
         silence                                           
         the audible alarm so that the alarm remains       
         silenced when                                     
         the ALARM MUTE switch is released.                
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     92  2503-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Passenger Elevator           
         (Inspect/Maintain)                                
                                                           
         Mfg.  Nippon Elevator Ind. Co., Ltd.              
         Type:  Single lap traction geared type            
         Operation system:  AC2-speed automatic            
         Capacity:  500 kg or 7 persons                    
         Speed:  60 m/min                                  
         Traveling stroke:  22 m                           
         Service floors:  7 stops                          
         Alarms:  Emergency bell, overload, CO2, General   
         Power supply:  AC 3 phase, 440 V 60 Hz            
         Motor:  7.5 kW, 6-pole, 1150 rpm, totally enclosed
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes     
         below as                                          
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
               2512  Elevator machinery                    
               2513  Elevator rigging                      
                                                           
         Conduct the following monthly inspections and     
         maintenance                                       
         on the passenger elevator in accordance with the  
         manufacturer=s instructions.                      
                                                           
         1.  Inspect and test the telephone on the         
         operating                                         
             panel in the car.                             
                                                           
         2.  Test all indicator and emergency lamps.       
         Relamp as                                         
             necessary.  Note:  Lamps can be tested by     
         turning                                           
             on and of the change over switch inside the   
         panel.                                            
                                                           
         3.  Test the emergency light inside the car.  Turn
         off                                               
             the lamp circuit breaker inside the control   
         panel                                             
             in the machinery room and confirm that the    
             emergency light is lit.                       
                                                           
         4.  Test the emergency stop push-button inside the
         car.                                              
             While ascending and descending, push the      
         emergency                                         
             stop button and confirm that the elevator     
         stops.                                            
                                                           
          5.  Inspect the cage door and interlocks.        
                   a.      Test the safety switch (edge).  
                                                           
                   b.      Test the door interlocks.  With 
         the cage                                          
                           door opened, push ascending or  
                           descending push    buttons to   
         confirm                                           
                           that the elevator does not      
         operate.                                          
                   c.      Clean the cage door sealing edge
         groove.                                           
                   d.      Lubricate the door sliding      
         grooves.                                          
                                                           
         6.    Inspect the photo switches and tighten any  
         loose                                             
               mechanical or electrical connections.       
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         7.    Inspect the governor safety device and      
         insure                                            
               tightness of fasteners and fittings.        
                                                           
         8.    Inspect the car guide shoes for tightness   
         and wear.                                         
                                                           
         9.    Check the guide rail lubricators and fill   
         with oil                                          
               as required.                                
                                                           
         10.   Test the interlock switches at each floor.  
         Open                                              
               one door at a time and assure that the      
         elevator                                          
               does not operate.  Insure that the Adoor    
         open@                                             
               indicator illuminates when each door is     
         opened.                                           
                                                           
         11.   Inspect all limit switches.  Verify         
         tightness of                                      
               mechanical and electrical connections.      
                                                           
         12.   Inspect the counterweight for tightness of  
               fasteners and adequate lubrication.         
                                                           
         13.   Inspect inside the elevator pit.  Check the 
         final                                             
               limit switch and cage guide shoes.          
                                                           
          END OF RECORD                                    
                                                           
                                                           
     93  2503-002-M3-H-V-KKK  Passenger Elevator           
         (Inspect/Maintain)                                
                                                           
         Mfg.              Nippon Elevator Ind. Co., Ltd.  
         Type:             Single lap traction geared type 
         Operation system:  AC2-speed automatic            
         Capacity:         500 kg or 7 persons             
         Speed:            60 m/min                        
         Traveling stroke: 22 m                            
         Service floors:   7 stops                         
         Alarms:           Emergency bell, overload, CO2,  
         General                                           
         Power supply:     AC 3 phase, 440 V 60 Hz         
         Motor:            7.5 kW, 6-pole, 1150 rpm,       
         totally                                           
                           enclosed                        
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes     
         below as                                          
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
               2512  Elevator machinery                    
               2513  Elevator rigging                      
                                                           
         Conduct the following quarterly inspections and   
         maintenance on the passenger elevator in          
         accordance with                                   
         the manufacturer=s instructions.                  
                                                           
         1.  Inspect and test the emergency exit on the top
         of                                                
               the car.                                    
                                                           
               a.    Open the emergency exit door (push-up 
         type).                                            
               b.    Pushing either an ascending or        
         descending push                                   
                     button, confirm that the car does not 
         operate.                                          
               c.    While the car is in motion, insure    
         that                                              
                     opening of the emergency exit door    
         breaks the                                        
                     operating circuit and stops the       
         elevator.                                         
                                                           
         2.  Test the manual operation of the car.         
                                                           
               a.    Climb out the car to the top of the   
         car                                               
                     through the emergency escape in the   
         overhead.                                         
               b.    Light the operating lamp.             
                                                           
               c.    Switch the change-over switch from    
         AUTO to                                           
                     MAN.                                  
               d.    Close the emergency escape completely.
               e.    Test the manual operation by using the
         UP and                                            
                     DOWN pushbuttons.                     
                                                           
                                                           
         3.  Inspect and clean the manual operating panel. 
                                                           
               a.    Switch the ON switch to OFF.          
               b.    Open the panel.  Clean inside the     
         panel and                                         
                     verify tightness of all components and
         wiring.                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         4.    Inspect the wire ropes and check their      
         tension.  To                                      
               check tension, operate the car by means of  
         the                                               
               operating panel on top of the car and stop  
         it at                                             
               the position that the counterweight and cage
         are                                               
               adjoining.                                  
               Pull the wire ropes one after another       
         confirm                                           
               whether or not force is applied uniformly to
         each                                              
               rope.  If not, adjust the ropes the         
         adjusting nuts                                    
               as required.                                
                                                           
         5.    Inspect the traveling cable.  Clean cable   
         free of                                           
               dirt and grease.  Repair chaffed areas with 
         tape.                                             
                                                           
         6.    Inspect the guide rail and verify tightness 
         of all                                            
               fasteners.                                  
                                                           
         7.    Check the governor wire rope and rope       
         tension.                                          
               Adjust tension as required.                 
                                                           
         8.    Inspect the counterweight and car buffer    
         springs in                                        
               the pit.                                    
                                                           
         9.    Inspect the traction machine.  Clean the    
         machine                                           
               free of oil and grease.                     
                                                           
         10.   Inspect and clean the controller and all    
               components.  Verify tightness of all        
         components and                                    
               wiring.                                     
                                                           
         11.   Inspect and clean the motor.  Check for     
         signs of                                          
               bearing failure.                            
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     94  2503-003-Y1-H-V-KKK  Passenger Elevator (Certify) 
                                                           
         Mfg.  Nippon Elevator Ind. Co., Ltd.              
         Type:  Single lap traction geared type            
         Operation system:  AC2-speed automatic            
         Capacity:  500 kg or 7 persons                    
         Speed:  60 m/min                                  
         Traveling stroke:  22 m                           
         Service floors:  7 stops                          
         Alarms:  Emergency bell, overload, CO2, General   
         Power supply:  AC 3 phase, 440 V 60 Hz            
         Motor:  7.5 kW, 6-pole, 1150 rpm, totally enclosed
                                                           
         Annually, the passenger elevator shall be         
         inspected,                                        
         operationally tested and weight tested by a       
         recognized                                        
         elevator repair facility service technician in    
         accordance                                        
         with the applicable edition of ASNI/ASME A17.2 -  
         1982                                              
         Inspectors Manual for Elevators (1982 or latest   
         revision)                                         
         and USCG regulations.                             
                                                           
         The repair facility shall issue a certificate     
         which shall                                       
         state the following:                              
                                                           
                   a.      That the elevator has been      
         thoroughly                                        
                           inspected in accordance with    
         requirements                                      
                           of ASNI/ASME A17.2 - 1982       
         Inspectors                                        
                           Manual for Elevators and        
         Escalators.                                       
                                                           
                   b.      That repairs, replacements and  
                           corrections have been made.     
         These shall                                       
                           be described in detail.         
                                                           
                   c.      That all repairs are in         
         conformity with                                   
                           all requirements of the         
         applicable                                        
                           edition of ASNI/ASME A17.2 -    
         1982                                              
                           Inspectors Manual for Elevators 
         and                                               
                           Escalators.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     95  2505-001-M3-H-V-KKK  Dumbwaiters                  
         (Inspect/Maintain)                                
                                                           
         Mfg.:  Nippon Elevator Ind. Co., Ltd.             
                                                           
         Conduct the following inspections and maintenance 
         on the                                            
         ship=s elevator on a quarterly basis, or more     
         frequently                                        
         depending on amount of use.                       
                                                           
         1.    Open the cover of the control panel and     
         floor                                             
               panels and for cleaning and maintenance.    
                                                           
              a.     Clean the panels free of dirt and     
         debris.                                           
                                                           
              b.     Check tightness of all electrical     
                                                           
                     components and wiring.                
                                                           
              c.     Relamp indicator lights as necessary. 
                                                           
         2.    Operationally test the dumbwaiter between   
         all                                               
               floors (upper deck, poop deck, first deck   
         and                                               
               second deck).    Test the dumbwaiter from   
         each                                              
               floor=s operator panel.  Verify proper      
         operating                                         
               order of the relays inside the control      
         panel.                                            
                                                           
         3.    Test the dumbwaiter door interlocks.  Insure
         that                                              
               the dumbwaiter does not operate if door(s)  
         are                                               
               open.                                       
                                                           
         4.    Test the intercom system between all floors.
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     96  2505-002-Y1-H-V-KKK  Dumbwaiters (Certify)        
                                                           
         Mfg.:  Nippon Elevator Ind. Co., Ltd.             
                                                           
         Annually, the dumbwaiter shall be inspected,      
         operationally tested and weight tested by a       
         recognized                                        
         elevator repair facility service technician in    
         accordance                                        
         with the applicable edition of ASNI/ASME A17.2 -  
         1982                                              
         Inspectors Manual for Elevators (1982 or latest   
         revision)                                         
         and USCG regulations.                             
                                                           
         The repair facility shall issue a certificate     
         which shall                                       
         state the following:                              
                                                           
               a.    That the dumbwaiter has been          
         thoroughly                                        
                     inspected in accordance with          
         requirements of                                   
                     ASNI/ASME A17.2 - 1982 Inspectors     
         Manual for                                        
                     Elevators and Escalators.             
                                                           
               b.    That repairs, replacements and        
         corrections                                       
                     have been made.  These shall be       
         described in                                      
                     detail.                               
                                                           
               c.    That all repairs are in conformity    
         with all                                          
                     requirements of the applicable edition
         of                                                
                     ASNI/ASME A17.2 - 1982 Inspectors     
         Manual for                                        
                     Elevators and Escalators.             
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     97  2544-001-DY-H-V-KKK  Power Sweepers (Inspect      
         Daily)                                            
                                                           
         Mfg:        Tennant                               
         Model:      355D                                  
         Engine:     Diesel                                
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         vessel=s street sweeper every day of use.         
                                                           
         1.  Check the engine air filter indicator.  Empty 
         the                                               
             filter dust cap.                              
                                                           
         2.  Check engine oil level.                       
                                                           
         3.  Check brush compartment skirts for damage,    
         wear and                                          
             adjustment.                                   
                                                           
         4.  Check the hopper lip skirts for damage, wear  
         and                                               
             adjustment.                                   
                                                           
         5.  Check the hopper side skirt for damage and    
         wear.                                             
                                                           
         6.  Check the main brush for damage, wear and     
         adjustment.                                       
             Check brush pattern.                          
                                                           
         7.  Check the side brush for damage, wear and     
         adjustment.                                       
             Check brush pattern.                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     98  2544-002-HR-H-V-KKK  Power Sweeper M&I (50 Hr)    
                                                           
         Mfg:        Tennant                               
         Model:      355D                                  
         Engine:     Diesel                                
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         vessel=s street sweeper every 50 hours.           
                                                           
         1.  Rotate the main brush end-for-end.            
                                                           
         2.  Check the fuel pipes and clamps for tightness 
         and                                               
         wear.                                             
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
     99  2544-003-HR-H-V-KKK  Power Sweepers M&I (100 Hr)  
                                                           
         Mfg:        Tennant                               
         Model:      355D                                  
         Engine:     Diesel                                
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         vessel=s street sweeper every 100 hours.          
                                                           
             1.      Change engine oil and filter.         
                                                           
             2.      Check engine fan belt tension.        
                                                           
             3.      Check the hopper dust filter for      
         damage.                                           
                     Clean or replace as required.         
                                                           
             4.      Clean the radiator core exterior.     
         Check                                             
                     coolant level.                        
                                                           
             5.      Check the hydraulic fluid reservoir   
         level.                                            
                                                           
             6.      Check rear tire pressure.             
                                                           
             7.      Check the main brush and hopper seals 
         for                                               
                     damage or wear.                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    100  2544-004-HR-H-V-KKK  Power Sweeper M&I (200 Hr)   
                                                           
         Mfg:        Tennant                               
         Model:      355D                                  
         Engine:     Diesel                                
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         vessel=s street sweeper every 200 hours.          
                                                           
         1.  Check radiator hoses and clamps for tightness 
         and                                               
               wear.                                       
                                                           
         2.  Check parking brake adjustment.               
                                                           
         3.  Check and adjust brake pedal travel.          
                                                           
         4.  Lubricate rear wheel support bearings.        
                                                           
         5.  Rotate the side brush guard 90 degrees.       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    101  2544-005-HR-H-V-KKK  Power Sweeper M&I (400 Hr)   
                                                           
         Mfg:        Tennant                               
         Model:      355D                                  
         Engine:     Diesel                                
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         vessel=s street sweeper every 400 hours.          
                                                           
         1. Check, lubricate and adjust the front wheel    
         bearings.                                         
                                                           
         2.  Replace the fuel filter cartridge.            
                                                           
         3.  Remove any sediment from the fuel tank.       
                                                           
         4.  Flush the cooling system.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    102  2544-006-HR-H-V-KKK  Power Sweeper M&I (800 Hr)   
                                                           
         Mfg:        Tennant                               
         Model:      355D                                  
         Engine:     Diesel                                
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         vessel=s street sweeper every 800 hours.          
                                                           
             1. Replace hydraulic reservoir breather and   
         suction                                           
                 strainer.  Change hydraulic fluid.        
                                                           
             2.  Change the hydraulic fluid filter element.
                                                           
             3.  Check the hydraulic hoses for wear and    
         damage.                                           
                                                           
             4.  Torque the propelling motor shaft nut.    
                                                           
             5.  Torque the rear wheel nuts.               
                                                           
             6.  Clean and tighten the battery cable       
         connection.                                       
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    103  2570-001-DY-H-V-KKK  Forklift/Pallet Trucks       
         (Inspect Daily)                                   
                                                           
         Mfg:              Caterpiller                     
         Model:            DP40                            
         Engine:           Diesel                          
         Transmission:  Powershift 2-speed                 
         Rated Capacity/Load Center:  8,000 lb./24 in. or  
         4000                                              
         kg/500 mm                                         
                                                           
         On a daily basis or on each day or each shift in  
         which                                             
         the forklift will be used, the forklift shall be  
         inspected by the truck operator to comply with    
         OSHA                                              
         regulations.  The truck operator shall complete a 
         LIFT                                              
         TRUCK OPERATOR=S DAILY/WEEKLY INSPECTION REPORT - 
         INTERNAL COMBUSTION LIFT TRUCKS.                  
                                                           
             1.      Check engine oil level.  When oil must
         be                                                
                     added, record number of quarts.       
                                                           
             2.      Inspect the fuel system for leaks.    
                                                           
             3.      Inspect coolant level in the radiator.
                                                           
             4.      Inspect tires for foreign particles,  
         gouges                                            
                     and cuts.  Check pneumatic tire       
         pressure.                                         
                                                           
             5.      Inspect the mast, carriage, fork and  
                     attachment for loose or missing bolts 
         and                                               
                     damage.  Inspect the chain.  Check    
         adjustments                                       
                     and operation.                        
                                                           
             6.      Check for oil and water leaks.        
                                                           
             7.      Inspect the general condition of the  
         forklift                                          
                     truck.                                
                                                           
             8.      Inspect the operator=s compartment for
         general                                           
                     cleanliness.                          
                                                           
             9.      Check engine oil pressure at the      
         gauge.                                            
             10.     Check the fuel level.                 
                                                           
             11.     Check the ammeter for battery charging
         rate.                                             
                                                           
             12.     Check operation of all safety         
         equipment,                                        
                     including rotating lights, back-up    
         alarms,                                           
                     etc.                                  
             13.     Check operation of the steering       
         system.                                           
                                                           
             14.     Check the brakes and brake pedal      
         travel.                                           
                     Check parking brake adjustment.       
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
             15.     Inspect overall condition and         
         operation of the                                  
                     forklift truck.                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    104  2570-002-W1-H-V-KKK  Forklift/Pallet Trucks       
         (Inspect)                                         
                                                           
         Mfg:              Caterpiller                     
         Model:            DP40                            
         Engine:           Diesel                          
         Transmission:     Powershift 2-speed              
         Rated Capacity/Load Center:  8,000 lb./24 in. or  
         4000                                              
                                             kg/500 mm     
                                                           
         On a weekly basis, in addition to carrying out the
         daily                                             
         forklift inspection, the forklift truck operator  
         shall                                             
         perform the weekly check to comply with OSHA      
         regulations.                                      
         The truck operator shall complete a LIFT TRUCK    
         OPERATOR=S                                        
         DAILY/WEEKLY INSPECTION REPORT - INTERNAL         
         COMBUSTION LIFT                                   
         TRUCKS, and ascertain that the AWeekly Check@     
         endorsement                                       
         is completed.                                     
                                                           
               1.    Clean the air cleaner as required.    
                                                           
               2.    Check the hydraulic oil level.        
                                                           
               3.    Check the clutch oil level.           
                                                           
               4.    Check the transmission oil level.     
                                                           
               5.    Inspect all oil lines for leaks.      
                                                           
               6.    Inspect the battery compartment and   
         check                                             
                     electrolyte level.                    
                                                           
               7.    Check the power steering oil level.   
                                                           
               8.    Check the lift chain adjustment.      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    105  2570-002-W1-H-V-KKK  Forklift/Pallet Trucks       
         (Inspect)                                         
                                                           
         Mfg:              Caterpiller                     
         Model:            DP40                            
         Engine:           Diesel                          
         Transmission:     Powershift 2-speed              
         Rated Capacity/Load Center:  8,000 lb./24 in. or  
         4000                                              
                                             kg/500 mm     
                                                           
         On a weekly basis, in addition to carrying out the
         daily                                             
         forklift inspection, the forklift truck operator  
         shall                                             
         perform the weekly check to comply with OSHA      
         regulations.                                      
         The truck operator shall complete a LIFT TRUCK    
         OPERATOR=S                                        
         DAILY/WEEKLY INSPECTION REPORT - INTERNAL         
         COMBUSTION LIFT                                   
         TRUCKS, and ascertain that the AWeekly Check@     
         endorsement                                       
         is completed.                                     
                                                           
               1.    Clean the air cleaner as required.    
                                                           
               2.    Check the hydraulic oil level.        
                                                           
               3.    Check the clutch oil level.           
                                                           
               4.    Check the transmission oil level.     
                                                           
               5.    Inspect all oil lines for leaks.      
                                                           
               6.    Inspect the battery compartment and   
         check                                             
                     electrolyte level.                    
                                                           
               7.    Check the power steering oil level.   
                                                           
               8.    Check the lift chain adjustment.      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    106  2570-002-W1-H-V-KKK  Forklift/Pallet Trucks       
         (Inspect)                                         
                                                           
         Mfg:              Caterpiller                     
         Model:            DP40                            
         Engine:           Diesel                          
         Transmission:     Powershift 2-speed              
         Rated Capacity/Load Center:  8,000 lb./24 in. or  
         4000                                              
                                             kg/500 mm     
                                                           
         On a weekly basis, in addition to carrying out the
         daily                                             
         forklift inspection, the forklift truck operator  
         shall                                             
         perform the weekly check to comply with OSHA      
         regulations.                                      
         The truck operator shall complete a LIFT TRUCK    
         OPERATOR=S                                        
         DAILY/WEEKLY INSPECTION REPORT - INTERNAL         
         COMBUSTION LIFT                                   
         TRUCKS, and ascertain that the AWeekly Check@     
         endorsement                                       
         is completed.                                     
                                                           
               1.    Clean the air cleaner as required.    
                                                           
               2.    Check the hydraulic oil level.        
                                                           
               3.    Check the clutch oil level.           
                                                           
               4.    Check the transmission oil level.     
                                                           
               5.    Inspect all oil lines for leaks.      
                                                           
               6.    Inspect the battery compartment and   
         check                                             
                     electrolyte level.                    
                                                           
               7.    Check the power steering oil level.   
                                                           
               8.    Check the lift chain adjustment.      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    107  2570-002-W1-H-V-KKK  Forklift/Pallet Trucks       
         (Inspect)                                         
                                                           
         Mfg:              Caterpiller                     
         Model:            DP40                            
         Engine:           Diesel                          
         Transmission:     Powershift 2-speed              
         Rated Capacity/Load Center:  8,000 lb./24 in. or  
         4000                                              
                                             kg/500 mm     
                                                           
         On a weekly basis, in addition to carrying out the
         daily                                             
         forklift inspection, the forklift truck operator  
         shall                                             
         perform the weekly check to comply with OSHA      
         regulations.                                      
         The truck operator shall complete a LIFT TRUCK    
         OPERATOR=S                                        
         DAILY/WEEKLY INSPECTION REPORT - INTERNAL         
         COMBUSTION LIFT                                   
         TRUCKS, and ascertain that the AWeekly Check@     
         endorsement                                       
         is completed.                                     
                                                           
               1.    Clean the air cleaner as required.    
                                                           
               2.    Check the hydraulic oil level.        
                                                           
               3.    Check the clutch oil level.           
                                                           
               4.    Check the transmission oil level.     
                                                           
               5.    Inspect all oil lines for leaks.      
                                                           
               6.    Inspect the battery compartment and   
         check                                             
                     electrolyte level.                    
                                                           
               7.    Check the power steering oil level.   
                                                           
               8.    Check the lift chain adjustment.      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    108  2570-003-HR-H-V-KKK Forklift/Pallet Trucks (500   
         Hr)                                               
                                                           
         Mfg:              Caterpiller                     
         Model:            DP40                            
         Engine:           Diesel                          
         Transmission:  Powershift 2-speed                 
         Rated Capacity/Load Center:  8,000 lb./24 in. or  
         4000                                              
                                             kg/500 mm     
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         vessel=s forklift every six months or 500 hours.  
                                                           
         1.  Change the powershift transmission oil.       
                                                           
         2.  Change the powershift transmission oil filter.
                                                           
         3.  Change the differential oil (powershift).     
                                                           
         4.  Change the hydraulic tank oil filter.         
                                                           
         5.  Change the fuel filter.                       
                                                           
         6.  Change the air cleaner element.               
                                                           
         7.  Change the engine coolant.                    
                                                           
         8.  Adjust the lift chains.                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    109  2570-004-HR-H-V-KKK  Forklft/Pallet Trucks (2000  
         Hr)                                               
                                                           
         Mfg:              Caterpiller                     
         Model:            DP40                            
         Engine:           Diesel                          
         Transmission:  Powershift 2-speed                 
         Rated Capacity/Load Center:  8,000 lb./24 in. or  
         4000                                              
                                             kg/500 mm     
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         vessel=s forklift every twelve months or 2000     
         hours.                                            
                                                           
         1.  Change the hydraulic oil and filter.          
                                                           
         2.  Change the brake fluid.                       
                                                           
         3.  Inspect the brakes.                           
                                                           
         4.  Replace rubber parts of the brake master      
         cylinder.                                         
                                                           
         5. Replace the rubber parts of the brake wheel    
         cylinder.                                         
                                                           
         6.  Replace hydraulic system high pressure hoses. 
                                                           
         7.  Replace spark plugs and tune engine.          
                                                           
         8.  Magnaflux test the forks.                     
                                                           
         9.  Repack the drive and steer wheel bearings.    
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    110  2575-001-DY-H-V-KKK  Strato Lift (Inspect Daily)  
                                                           
         Mfg:  Strato-Lift & Boom, Inc.                    
                                                           
         1     Thoroughly inspect the entire machine for   
         physical                                          
               damage and wear.  Complete the Awalk-around 
               inspection@ detailed in AOperation and      
         Safety                                            
               Manual@.  Repair any defects before         
         operating the                                     
               machine.                                    
                                                           
         2.    Check the batteries condition - electrolyte 
         level;                                            
               sign of corrosion.                          
                                                           
         3.    Check hydraulic fluid level  (2-1/2@ below  
         top of                                            
               reservoir at breather).                     
                                                           
         4.    Check brake operation.                      
                                                           
         5.    Check lug nuts for tightness.               
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    111  2575-002-W1-H-V-KKK  Strato Lift (Inspect)        
                                                           
         Mfg:  Strato-Lift & Boom, Inc.                    
                                                           
         1.   Inspect the pivot points for signs of wear.  
                                                           
         2.   Inspect the tie rod and front spindle        
         assemblies for                                    
              signs of wear.                               
                                                           
             END OF RECORD                                 
                                                           
                                                           
    112  2575-002-W1-H-V-KKK  Strato Lift (Inspect)        
                                                           
         Mfg:  Strato-Lift & Boom, Inc.                    
                                                           
         1.   Inspect the pivot points for signs of wear.  
                                                           
         2.   Inspect the tie rod and front spindle        
         assemblies for                                    
              signs of wear.                               
                                                           
             END OF RECORD                                 
                                                           
                                                           
    113  2575-002-W1-H-V-KKK  Strato Lift (Inspect)        
                                                           
         Mfg:  Strato-Lift & Boom, Inc.                    
                                                           
         1.   Inspect the pivot points for signs of wear.  
                                                           
         2.   Inspect the tie rod and front spindle        
         assemblies for                                    
              signs of wear.                               
                                                           
             END OF RECORD                                 
                                                           
                                                           
    114  2575-002-W1-H-V-KKK  Strato Lift (Inspect)        
                                                           
         Mfg:  Strato-Lift & Boom, Inc.                    
                                                           
         1.   Inspect the pivot points for signs of wear.  
                                                           
         2.   Inspect the tie rod and front spindle        
         assemblies for                                    
              signs of wear.                               
                                                           
             END OF RECORD                                 
                                                           
                                                           
    115  2575-003-M1-H-V-KKK  Strato Lift                  
         (Inspect/Maintain)                                
                                                           
         Mfg:  Strato-Lift & Boom, Inc.                    
                                                           
         1. Check gears for signs of wear.  Lubricate the  
         gears                                             
            with Lubriplate 1200-2 or equal.               
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    116  2575-004-HR-H-V-KKK  Strato Lift (500 Hr)         
                                                           
         Mfg:  Strato-Lift & Boom, Inc.                    
                                                           
         1. Change the hydraulic oil.                      
                                                           
         2. Clean the oil filter screen inside the         
         hydraulic                                         
            reservoir;  replace if it is damaged.          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    117  2601-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Mooring Equipment            
                                                           
         Once annually, prior to sea trials, inventory     
         mooring                                           
         equipment and insure that there is an adequate    
         supply of                                         
         safe equipment on board.                          
                                                           
         As a guideline, minimum quantities should be two  
         (2) 300=                                          
         1-inch messengers, six (6) heaving lines, four (4)
         spare                                             
         pennants, two (2) spare mandel shackles, six (6)  
         rope                                              
         stoppers, four (4) chain stoppers, and two (2)    
         cheater                                           
         bars.  Also insure there are adequate anchor chain
         stoppers aboard. These items should be split fore 
         and                                               
         aft.                                              
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    118  2605-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Anchor Windlass (Exercise)   
                                                           
         Note:  When operating an anchor windlass,         
         personnel                                         
         should wear safety goggles.  Also insure adequate 
         gear                                              
         oil in bull gear reservoir.                       
                                                           
         Grease all points as required.                    
                                                           
         Each anchor windlass shall be powered up and      
         operated in                                       
         heaving and veering mode while disengaged.  With  
         anchor                                            
         pawl down, operate brake wheel.  With brake on,   
         lift                                              
         pawl.  With brake on and pawl down, operate       
         clutch.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    119  2605-002-M3-H-V-KKK  Anchor Windlass (Test)       
                                                           
         Note:  When operating an anchor windlass,         
         personnel                                         
         should wear safety goggles.  Also insure adequate 
         gear                                              
         oil in bull gear reservoir.                       
                                                           
         Once quarterly, remove the anchor chain stoppers  
         and                                               
         lower and raise each anchor to and from the       
         water=s edge.                                     
         With anchors secured back in their housings after 
         the                                               
         test, apply the brakes and re-install the chain   
         stoppers.                                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    120  2605-003-Y1-H-V-KKK  Anchor Windlass (Sea Trial   
         Tests)                                            
                                                           
         Note:  When operating an anchor windlass,         
         personnel                                         
         should wear safety goggles.  Also insure adequate 
         gear                                              
         oil in bull gear reservoir.                       
                                                           
         Each anchor windlass shall be powered up and      
         operated in                                       
         heaving and veering mode while disengaged.  With  
         anchor                                            
         pawl down, operate brake wheel.  With brake on,   
         lift                                              
         pawl.  With brake on and pawl down, operate       
         clutch.                                           
                                                           
         Remove the chain stoppers and weigh out each      
         anchor from                                       
         their housings.  Drop each anchor approximately   
         two (2)                                           
         or three (3) fathoms and test the windlass brakes.
                                                           
         Lower each anchor until the first shot mark is at 
         the                                               
         water=s edge.  Retrieve each anchor and record    
         time                                              
         elapsed to raise one shot.                        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    121  2614-001-W2-H-V-KKK  Mooring Winches (Operate)    
                                                           
         Note:  When operating winches, personnel should   
         wear                                              
         safety goggles.                                   
                                                           
         Insure adequate gear oil in bull gear reservoirs. 
                                                           
         Grease all points as required.                    
                                                           
         Twice monthly, each mooring winch hydraulic pump  
         (four                                             
         (4) fwd and four (4) aft) shall be powered up and 
         the                                               
         winches shall be operated locally while disengaged
         in                                                
         heaving and veering mode.                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    122  2614-001-W2-H-V-KKK  Mooring Winches (Operate)    
                                                           
         Note:  When operating winches, personnel should   
         wear                                              
         safety goggles.                                   
                                                           
         Insure adequate gear oil in bull gear reservoirs. 
                                                           
         Grease all points as required.                    
                                                           
         Twice monthly, each mooring winch hydraulic pump  
         (four                                             
         (4) fwd and four (4) aft) shall be powered up and 
         the                                               
         winches shall be operated locally while disengaged
         in                                                
         heaving and veering mode.                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    123  2614-002-M3-H-V-KKK  Mooring Winches (Operate)    
                                                           
         Note:  When operating winches, personnel should   
         wear                                              
         safety goggles.                                   
                                                           
         Insure adequate gear oil in bull gear reservoirs. 
                                                           
         Grease all points as required.                    
                                                           
         Once quarterly, each mooring winch hydraulic pump 
         (four                                             
         (4) fwd and four (4) aft) shall be powered up and 
         the                                               
         winches shall be operated under load.             
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    124  2617-001-M3-H-V-KKK  Mooring Winch - Remote       
         Controls                                          
                                                           
         Note:  When operating winches, personnel should   
         wear                                              
         safety goggles.                                   
                                                           
         Insure adequate gear oil in winch bull gear       
         reservoirs.                                       
                                                           
         Grease all points as required.                    
                                                           
         Once Quarterly, each mooring winch hydraulic pump 
         (four                                             
         (4) fwd and four (4) aft) hydraulic pump and the  
         remote                                            
         control hydraulic pumps (one (1) fwd and one (1)  
         aft)                                              
         shall be powered up and the winches shall be      
         operated                                          
         while disengaged in heaving and veering mode from 
         the                                               
         remote control stations.                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    125  2660-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Mooring Lines                
                                                           
         Once annually prior to sea trials, inventory      
         mooring                                           
         lines and check for weathering.  Insure adequate  
         supply                                            
         of safe lines on hand for sea voyage.  Minimum    
         complement                                        
         shall be three (3) forward and three (3) aft.     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    126  2701-001-DY-H-V-KKK  3T Stores Crane (Maintain    
         Daily)                                            
                                                           
                                                           
         1.    Winch                                       
               Lubricate bearings with grease via the      
         grease                                            
               nipples.                                    
                                                           
         2.    Oil Supply                                  
               Before each use of the crane, grease is to  
         be                                                
               filled so that it almost overflows through  
         the                                               
               seals in the internal gears and slewing rim.
                                                           
         3.    Swivel Hook                                 
               Inspect the swivel hook for damage or       
         defects.                                          
               Check for freedom of movement.              
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    127  2701-002-M1-H-V-KKK  3T Stores Crane (Maintain)   
                                                           
                                                           
         1.    Electric Motor                              
               Lubricate bearings via the grease nipples.  
                                                           
         2.    Pipelines                                   
               Inspect for signs of oil leakage in         
         hydraulic                                         
               pipelines.  Inspect the flanges for oil     
         leaks and                                         
               tighten as required.                        
                                                           
         3.    Brake Gear                                  
               Lubricate the brake links and threads with  
         grease                                            
               to prevent rust.                            
                                                           
         4.    Wire Cable                                  
               Inspection of breaking of wire element and  
         diameter                                          
               of wire.  Inspection of rust and grease on  
         the                                               
               surface of wire should be once a month.  In 
         the                                               
               case that more then 10% of elements are cut 
         in one                                            
               strand of wire cable, or that the diameter  
         of wire                                           
               is reduced to less than 7%, replace the wire
         cable                                             
               with a new one.  Since the rust is a cause  
         of the                                            
               breaking of wire, replace the wire rope by a
         new                                               
               one.  Coat the wire sufficiently with       
         grease.                                           
                                                           
         5.    Slewing Rim                                 
               The connecting bolts for the slewing rim and
         turn                                              
               table should be checked to see if they are  
         loose.                                            
               Accordingly, the periodical inspection      
         should be                                         
               always carried out.  Note:  Welding         
         operations are                                    
               to be avoided in the vicinity of the slewing
         rim                                               
               because a strain due to a rise of           
         temperature will                                  
               be generated.  If the welding is            
         unavoidable,                                      
               inform the Port Engineer / Chief Engineer   
         for an                                            
               approval.                                   
                                                           
         6.    Changing of the hydraulic fluid             
               Sample of the oil shall be taken once a     
         month for                                         
               observation.  If the oil is not clean and   
         becomes                                           
               cloudy, or if there is clear evidence of    
         containing                                        
               foreign matter, then it is advised to send a
         sample                                            
               of the oil out for analysis and then proper 
               measures be taken in accordance with the    
         test                                              
               results.                                    
                                                           
            Note:  At the time of changing oil, flushing of
         the                                               
                   entire system is recommended.           
          END OF RECORD                                    
                                                           
                                                           
    128  2701-003-M3-H-V-KKK  3T Stores Crane (Maintain)   
                                                           
                                                           
         1.    Sheaves                                     
               Inspect the sheaves for freedom of movement 
         and                                               
               signs of bearing wear.  Listen for abnormal 
         noises.                                           
                                                           
         2.    Pin at the base Jib                         
               Move the jib and inspect the pin at the base
         for                                               
               freedom of movement and bearing wear.       
         Listen for                                        
               abnormal noises.  Lubricate pin with oil as 
               required.                                   
                                                           
         3.    Limit Switches                              
               Inspect the limit switches and wiring for   
         signs of                                          
               damage or defects.  Test switches to prove  
         proper                                            
               operation.                                  
                                                           
          END OF RECORD                                    
                                                           
                                                           
    129  2701-004-M6-H-V-KKK  3T Stores Crane (Maintain)   
                                                           
                                                           
         1. Chain Coupling                                 
            Inspect of greasing and centering of chain     
            coupling. Remove the cover and full up the     
         grease                                            
            in the chain coupling. Correct the centering of
         the                                               
            chain coupling; the maximum reading on a dial  
            indicator should not exceed 0.1 mm (refer to   
         mfg.                                              
            instructions for details).                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    130  2701-005-Y1-H-V-KKK  3T Stores Crane (Maintain)   
                                                           
                                                           
         1.     Fastening Bolt                             
                 Check the tightness of all fasteners and  
         tighten                                           
                 any loose fasteners.                      
                                                           
         2.     Gearing of Internal Gears                  
                 Inspect the condition of the internal     
         gears for                                         
                 wear.  The backlash between gears should  
         be 0.5 -                                          
                 0.7 mm.                                   
                                                           
         3.     Painting                                   
                 The durability of the crane will depend on
         the                                               
                 annual inspection of the machinery parts, 
                 maintenance and handling and proper       
         maintenance                                       
                 of the painted surfaces.  Since rust will 
         reduce                                            
                 the strength of the steel it is necessary 
         to                                                
                 periodically check for rust spots.        
         Special                                           
                 attention is required for the painting    
         crane                                             
                 surfaces.                                 
                                                           
          END OF RECORD                                    
                                                           
                                                           
    131  2709-001-M6-H-V-KKK  Hoist Machinery              
                                                           
                                                           
         For each of the following pneumatic hoists,       
         accomplish                                        
         the inspections and maintenance outlined below.   
                                                           
               Forward Machinery Spaces Access Hoist       
               Aft Machinery Space Access Hoist            
               Port/Stbd Bunker Station Hoists             
               Port/Stbd Pilot Ladder Hoists               
                                                           
         Visually examine the hoists.                      
                                                           
         Check all hydraulic fluids and gear oils.  Add    
         appropriate lubricants.  See lube schedule for    
         proper                                            
         lubricant.                                        
                                                           
         Check all air connections and electrical          
         connections.                                      
                                                           
         Grease all lubrication points.                    
                                                           
         Operate each hoist through its full range of      
         motion                                            
         noting and recording any deficiencies.  Pay       
         particular                                        
         attention to condition of purchase wire, rotating 
         sheaves, purchase hook and/or traveling block.    
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    132  2709-002-M6-H-V-KKK  6T ER Hoist Machinery Crane  
                                                           
                                                           
         Lubricate the hoist regularly.  Follow the        
         instructions                                      
         under the heading ALubrication@ in the instruction
         manual.                                           
                                                           
         Check the air motor oil level with the dipstick.  
         Fill                                              
         the motor casing as required through the          
         lubricating hole                                  
         on the upper side of the motor casing             
                                                           
         Note:  The motor, except the main valve, is splash
         lubricated.  The main valve is lubricated from a  
         special                                           
         cast-reservoir in the upper part of the crankcase.
          From                                             
         this reservoir, which is kept filled by splash    
         from the                                          
         crankshaft, oil is fed by gravity to the moving   
         parts of                                          
         the main valve.                                   
                                                           
         Check that the gear case is full of oil.  The     
         gears are                                         
         lubricated by pouring oil through the lubricating 
         hole                                              
         on the upper side of the gear casing.             
                                                           
         Note:  On the under side of both the gear casing  
         and the                                           
         crank case there are oil drain plugs.             
                                                           
         The oil in both the crankcase and gear casing     
         should be                                         
         drained and changed at least twice a year during  
         normal                                            
         use.                                              
                                                           
         Operationally test the hoist in its full range of 
         movement:  forward and aft; side to side; and up  
         and down                                          
         on the hook.                                      
                                                           
         Note:  The hoist is designed for operating at a   
         gauge                                             
         pressure of 7 kg/sq cm.  The brake is not fully   
         released                                          
         if the pressure drops below 4.5 kg/sq cm.         
         Therefore, it                                     
         is important that the air line pressure during    
         operation                                         
         never falls below this pressure as excessive wear 
         of the                                            
         brake may result                                  
                                                           
         Note:  Take care that the ropes are always loaded 
         by the                                            
         weight of the hook.  Never lower so far that the  
         hook                                              
         block rests on the ground and the ropes become    
         slack, as                                         
         there is a risk that in this case they may become 
         coiled                                            
         or wedded in the drum.                            
                                                           
         Note:  If the air supply is moist,  there is a    
         risk in                                           
         cold weather that the moving parts of the hoist   
         will                                              
         operate sluggishly or freeze up.  This applies    
         especially                                        
         to the throttle which is not lubricated from the  
         central                                           
         splash lubrication in the crankcase.              
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         Inspect the condition of the purchase wire,       
         rotating                                          
         sheaves, purchase hook and traveling block.       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    133  2910-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Securing Points              
                                                           
                                                           
         Annually, all cargo lashing securing points shall 
         be                                                
         cleaned and inspected.                            
                                                           
         Using a shop vacuum and/or other means, remove all
         debris                                            
         and standing water from the recessed securing     
         points.                                           
                                                           
         Inspect securing points for structural cracks and 
         deterioration.  Report any deficiencies.          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    134  2960-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  RO/RO Equipment              
                                                           
                                                           
         Annually, visually inspect all cargo lashing gear 
         for                                               
         signs of damage or deterioration.                 
                                                           
         Review and update the lashing gear inventory as   
         required                                          
         utilizing the existing inventory and the ALASHING 
         GEAR                                              
         Field Identification and Inventory Guide.         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    135  3316-001-W1-H-V-KKK  Toilet and Shower Spaces     
                                                           
                                                           
         Obtain a master key from the chief engineer.      
                                                           
         Test operate all sinks, showers, toilets and      
         faucets in                                        
         all staterooms, general toilets and other spaces  
         throughout the accommodations, including the Poop 
         Deck,                                             
         First Deck, Second Deck, Third Deck and Navigation
         Bridge                                            
         Deck.  Test all outside hose bibs (faucets) fore  
         and aft.                                          
                                                           
         Note and record any deficiencies.                 
                                                           
         Return the master key to the chief engineer after 
         completion of this task.                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    136  3316-001-W1-H-V-KKK  Toilet and Shower Spaces     
                                                           
                                                           
         Obtain a master key from the chief engineer.      
                                                           
         Test operate all sinks, showers, toilets and      
         faucets in                                        
         all staterooms, general toilets and other spaces  
         throughout the accommodations, including the Poop 
         Deck,                                             
         First Deck, Second Deck, Third Deck and Navigation
         Bridge                                            
         Deck.  Test all outside hose bibs (faucets) fore  
         and aft.                                          
                                                           
         Note and record any deficiencies.                 
                                                           
         Return the master key to the chief engineer after 
         completion of this task.                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    137  3316-001-W1-H-V-KKK  Toilet and Shower Spaces     
                                                           
                                                           
         Obtain a master key from the chief engineer.      
                                                           
         Test operate all sinks, showers, toilets and      
         faucets in                                        
         all staterooms, general toilets and other spaces  
         throughout the accommodations, including the Poop 
         Deck,                                             
         First Deck, Second Deck, Third Deck and Navigation
         Bridge                                            
         Deck.  Test all outside hose bibs (faucets) fore  
         and aft.                                          
                                                           
         Note and record any deficiencies.                 
                                                           
         Return the master key to the chief engineer after 
         completion of this task.                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    138  3316-001-W1-H-V-KKK  Toilet and Shower Spaces     
                                                           
                                                           
         Obtain a master key from the chief engineer.      
                                                           
         Test operate all sinks, showers, toilets and      
         faucets in                                        
         all staterooms, general toilets and other spaces  
         throughout the accommodations, including the Poop 
         Deck,                                             
         First Deck, Second Deck, Third Deck and Navigation
         Bridge                                            
         Deck.  Test all outside hose bibs (faucets) fore  
         and aft.                                          
                                                           
         Note and record any deficiencies.                 
                                                           
         Return the master key to the chief engineer after 
         completion of this task.                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    139  3330-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Nameplates / Notices /       
         Markings                                          
                                                           
                                                           
         Visually inspect all nameplates, notices and      
         markings                                          
         throughout the vessel and insure that they are    
         legible                                           
         and in good order.  Update or replace nameplates, 
         notices                                           
         and markings as required to maintain a high level 
         of                                                
         safety and awareness throughout the vessel.       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    140  3401-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Commissary Equipment         
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes as  
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
                   3402   Mixers                           
                   3403   Vegetable/meat processors        
                   3404   Kettles/egg boilers/steamers/food
                           warmers                         
                   3405   Range/oven/broiler/griddle       
                   3406   Garbage disposals/compactor      
                   3407   Refrigerators/ice cube           
         makers/drinking                                   
                           water fountains                 
                   3408   Dishwasher                       
                   3409   Toasters/coffee makers           
                   3415   Comm. equip. (other than         
         commissary                                        
                           spaces)                         
                   3416   Dispensers (beverage/cleansers)  
                   3420   Filters                          
                   3422   Sanitizer, sink                  
                   3438   Ventilation hoods                
                                                           
         Visually inspect and test all commissary equipment
         to                                                
         insure proper operation.  Report all deficiencies.
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    141  3406-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Garbage Disposals / Compactor
                                                           
                                                           
         Mfg:        International Compactor, Inc.         
         Model:      MP-6S                                 
                                                           
         Insure that the two bolts on the chute door       
         support arm                                       
         are tight.                                        
                                                           
         Hand wash or hose out the stainless steel         
         compaction                                        
         chamber as required.                              
                                                           
         Ascertain that the hydraulic oil level is at the  
         proper                                            
         level.  Note:  Hydraulic oil level should be      
         inspected                                         
         ONLY when the compaction plate is in the uppermost
         position.                                         
                                                           
         Note:  The hydraulic oil filter should be changed 
         once                                              
         a year or after an equivalent amount of hours of  
         operation when the trash compactor is in          
         continuous use.                                   
                                                           
               a.    Unplug the machine.                   
               b.    Remove the filter by turning in a     
         counter-                                          
                     clockwise direction.                  
               c.    Install a new filter element, model   
         MPS-50-                                           
                     P25-A.  Using an incorrect filter will
         result                                            
                     in damage the hydraulic system.       
               d.    Run the compactor through one cycle.  
               e.    With the compaction plate in the full 
         up                                                
                     position refill the hydraulic tank.   
                                                           
         4.  Test the garbage compactor to insure          
         satisfactory                                      
           operation.                                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    142  3410-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Laundry Spaces               
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes as  
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
                   3411     Laundry equipment              
                   3412     Washing machines               
                   3413     Dryers                         
                                                           
         Visually inspect and test all laundry equipment to
         insure                                            
         proper operation.  Report all deficiencies.       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    143  3500-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Controlled Substances        
         Inventory                                         
                                                           
                                                           
         In accordance with 21 CFR 1301.28(h), the Master  
         shall                                             
         prepare a report for each calendar year which will
         give                                              
         in detail an accounting for all controlled        
         substances                                        
         received, dispensed and disposed of during that   
         year.                                             
         The Master shall file this report with the        
         Corporate                                         
         Medical Officer employed by the owner or operator 
         of the                                            
         vessel.                                           
                                                           
         At the end of each year the Master shall compile  
         an up-                                            
         to-date inventory of all narcotics/controlled     
         substances.                                       
         The Master shall maintain a copy of the           
         correspondence on                                 
         board for the vessel=s files.                     
                                                           
         Once the inventory is completed with the Master=s 
         final                                             
         signature, the Master is legally responsible for  
         the                                               
         exact contents.                                   
                                                           
         Note:  Other procedures as outlined in Quality    
         Manual                                            
         QMED-411 regarding disposal procedures of         
         narcotics/controlled substances shall remain in   
         effect.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    144  3801-001-M1-H-V-KKK  HVAC Systems                 
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes as  
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
                   3804   Steam or hot water heaters       
                   3805   Electric heaters                 
                   3811   Air mixing units                 
                   3815   Preheaters                       
                   3816   Reheaters                        
                   3817   Coolers                          
                   3820   Ducts and supports               
                   3821   Cowls                            
                   3831   Dampers                          
                   3832   Filters                          
                   3840   Thermostatic & humidity control  
                   3841   Pneumatic temperature controls   
                   3842   Temperature control system       
                                                           
         Visually inspect the accommodation HVAC machinery 
         and                                               
         associated components for damage or defects.      
         Inspect                                           
         vent ducts and cowls for damaged and              
         deterioration.                                    
         Inspect condition of insulation and lagging.      
                                                           
         During summer months when the air conditioning    
         system is                                         
         in operation, test the steam and electric         
         preheaters and                                    
         reheaters to insure proper operation in           
         preparation for                                   
         winter.                                           
                                                           
         During winter months when the steam or electric   
         heating                                           
         system is in operation, test the air conditioning 
         system                                            
         to insure proper operation in preparation for     
         summer.                                           
                                                           
         Insure that all controls for the heating and air  
         conditioning systems function properly.           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    145  3822-001-M6-H-V-KKK  Mushrooms                    
                                                           
                                                           
         Visually inspect all mushroom vents for all tanks 
         throughout the vessel, including but not limited  
         to                                                
         ballast, fuel, diesel, lube oil, dirty water and  
         fresh                                             
         water tanks.  Inspect vents for signs of damage or
         deterioration.                                    
                                                           
         Exercise the closures for gravity type closures   
         for all                                           
         water tank vents (ballast, fresh water, feed      
         water,                                            
         etc.).  Insure freedom of movement of the closure.
          Apply                                            
         anti-seize on the closure shaft as required.      
                                                           
         Exercise the valve type (handwheel) closures for  
         all oil                                           
         tank vents (fuel, diesel, lube oil, etc.)  to     
         insure                                            
         freedom of movement.  Apply anti-seize compound to
         all                                               
         valve stems.                                      
                                                           
         Insure that all oil tank vents are fitted with    
         stainless                                         
         steel wire mesh / screen in accordance with USCG  
         regulations.                                      
                                                           
         Check that all tank mushroom vents are fitted with
         label                                             
         plates to identify their respective tanks.  Insure
         that                                              
         they are labeled properly in accordance with      
         applicable                                        
         drawings.                                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
    146  3832-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Filters                      
                                                           
                                                           
         Visually inspect all ventilation fan intake       
         filters,                                          
         including but not limited to main engine and      
         auxiliary                                         
         generator engine turbochargers, engine room supply
         fan                                               
         room intake filters, emergency generator room     
         intake                                            
         filters and air conditioning air handler filters. 
         Clean                                             
         or replace filter media as required.              
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    147  4005-001-W1-M-V-KKK  Main Propulsion Diesel - MPDE
         (Rotate)                                          
                                                           
                                                           
         Examine area in way of propeller and ascertain as 
         far as                                            
         possible that propeller is clear and free to turn.
                                                           
         Visually examine main engine checking all fluids  
         including cylinder, piston and fuel valve cooling 
         water                                             
         levels, LO circulating tank level, cylinder oil   
         day tank                                          
         level, turning gear motor and turning gear.       
                                                           
         Turn on main LO pump and allow to run for at least
         10                                                
         minutes noting local and remote pressure gauges.  
                                                           
                                                           
         Open all main engine indicator cocks.             
                                                           
         Hand crank cylinder lubricators 100 turns each.   
                                                           
         Engage jacking gear and install securing pin.     
                                                           
         Jack main engine over a minimum of 1-1/4 turns.   
         Note:  Do not stop engine in the same position as 
         original.                                         
                                                           
         Remove pin, disengage jacking gear and install    
         securing                                          
         pin to lock gear in disengaged position.          
                                                           
         Secure main LO pump.                              
                                                           
         Close main engine indicator cocks.                
                                                           
         End of Record                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    148  4005-001-W1-M-V-KKK  Main Propulsion Diesel - MPDE
         (Rotate)                                          
                                                           
                                                           
         Examine area in way of propeller and ascertain as 
         far as                                            
         possible that propeller is clear and free to turn.
                                                           
         Visually examine main engine checking all fluids  
         including cylinder, piston and fuel valve cooling 
         water                                             
         levels, LO circulating tank level, cylinder oil   
         day tank                                          
         level, turning gear motor and turning gear.       
                                                           
         Turn on main LO pump and allow to run for at least
         10                                                
         minutes noting local and remote pressure gauges.  
                                                           
                                                           
         Open all main engine indicator cocks.             
                                                           
         Hand crank cylinder lubricators 100 turns each.   
                                                           
         Engage jacking gear and install securing pin.     
                                                           
         Jack main engine over a minimum of 1-1/4 turns.   
         Note:  Do not stop engine in the same position as 
         original.                                         
                                                           
         Remove pin, disengage jacking gear and install    
         securing                                          
         pin to lock gear in disengaged position.          
                                                           
         Secure main LO pump.                              
                                                           
         Close main engine indicator cocks.                
                                                           
         End of Record                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    149  4005-001-W1-M-V-KKK  Main Propulsion Diesel - MPDE
         (Rotate)                                          
                                                           
                                                           
         Examine area in way of propeller and ascertain as 
         far as                                            
         possible that propeller is clear and free to turn.
                                                           
         Visually examine main engine checking all fluids  
         including cylinder, piston and fuel valve cooling 
         water                                             
         levels, LO circulating tank level, cylinder oil   
         day tank                                          
         level, turning gear motor and turning gear.       
                                                           
         Turn on main LO pump and allow to run for at least
         10                                                
         minutes noting local and remote pressure gauges.  
                                                           
                                                           
         Open all main engine indicator cocks.             
                                                           
         Hand crank cylinder lubricators 100 turns each.   
                                                           
         Engage jacking gear and install securing pin.     
                                                           
         Jack main engine over a minimum of 1-1/4 turns.   
         Note:  Do not stop engine in the same position as 
         original.                                         
                                                           
         Remove pin, disengage jacking gear and install    
         securing                                          
         pin to lock gear in disengaged position.          
                                                           
         Secure main LO pump.                              
                                                           
         Close main engine indicator cocks.                
                                                           
         End of Record                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    150  4005-001-W1-M-V-KKK  Main Propulsion Diesel - MPDE
         (Rotate)                                          
                                                           
                                                           
         Examine area in way of propeller and ascertain as 
         far as                                            
         possible that propeller is clear and free to turn.
                                                           
         Visually examine main engine checking all fluids  
         including cylinder, piston and fuel valve cooling 
         water                                             
         levels, LO circulating tank level, cylinder oil   
         day tank                                          
         level, turning gear motor and turning gear.       
                                                           
         Turn on main LO pump and allow to run for at least
         10                                                
         minutes noting local and remote pressure gauges.  
                                                           
                                                           
         Open all main engine indicator cocks.             
                                                           
         Hand crank cylinder lubricators 100 turns each.   
                                                           
         Engage jacking gear and install securing pin.     
                                                           
         Jack main engine over a minimum of 1-1/4 turns.   
         Note:  Do not stop engine in the same position as 
         original.                                         
                                                           
         Remove pin, disengage jacking gear and install    
         securing                                          
         pin to lock gear in disengaged position.          
                                                           
         Secure main LO pump.                              
                                                           
         Close main engine indicator cocks.                
                                                           
         End of Record                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    151  4005-002-M1-M-V-KKK  Main Propulsion Diesel - MPDE
         (Operate)                                         
                                                           
                                                           
         Note:  This task is to be completed in conjunction
         with                                              
         the following additional tasks:                   
                                                           
         4035-001-M1-M-V-KK1/KK2       Auxiliary Diesel    
         Engines                                           
                                       Auxiliary Diesel    
         Engine                                            
                                       Rollover            
                                                           
         0185-001-M1-M-V-KK1/KK2       Water Treatment     
         Analysis                                          
                                                           
         Also, see                                         
                                                           
         0143-001-AR-M-V-KK1/KK2       Operation Tests     
         (Non-Reg)                                         
                                       Plant Start Up and  
         Operating                                         
                                       Procedures          
                                                           
         Remove all applicable stack covers and replace on 
         completion.                                       
                                                           
         Light off aux boiler and raise steam pressure.    
                                                           
         Secure shore power and put designated aux diesel  
         generator on line.                                
                                                           
         Maintain watch on all machinery and systems.      
                                                           
         Check all LO levels to include main circulating   
         tank,                                             
         stern tube, line shaft, turning gear, turning gear
         motor,                                            
         main engine governor and turbocharger.            
                                                           
         Check all CW levels to include cylinder CW, piston
         CW and                                            
         fuel valve CW.  Report any abnormal conditions.   
                                                           
         Start and maintain CW pumps.  Raise cylinder CW   
         temp to                                           
         55-60 deg C.                                      
                                                           
         From dock examine area about propeller as far as  
         practicable and issue  AWheel Clearance.@         
                                                           
         Start and maintain main and crosshead LO pumps.   
                                                           
                                                           
         Confirm that cylinder indicator cocks are open.   
         Engage                                            
         turning gear.  Hand lubricate cylinder liners 100 
         turns.                                            
         Rotate engine on turning gear for approximately 1 
         hour.                                             
                                                           
         Line up and start main engine fuel booster and    
         fuel                                              
         circulating pumps recording main engine fuel      
         meter.                                            
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         With Chief Mate on bridge, wheelhouse main engine 
         key in                                            
         Aon@ position and main engine in engine control   
         room                                              
         control, test EOT, automatic telephone, sound     
         powered                                           
         telephone and general alarm.                      
                                                           
         Stop turning gear, disengage and secure same.     
         Confirm                                           
         turning gear engage/disengage indicators on engine
         room                                              
         and bridge consoles operational.                  
                                                           
         Remove turbocharger silencer covers and afterwards
         replace.                                          
                                                           
         With all main engine and aux parameters normal,   
         open main                                         
         start air valves and open automatic starting air  
         valve to                                          
         >automatic=. Hand crank cylinder lubricators an   
         additional 50 turns.   Notify bridge and roll main
         engine                                            
         on air only ( no  fuel) fwd and astern from both  
         engine                                            
         control room and engine side locations.  ( 4      
         starts).                                          
         Confirm proper lubrication for line shaft bearings
         and                                               
         turbocharger rotors.                              
                                                           
         Take necessary measure to block Fuel to engine,   
         transfer                                          
         to > Bridge Control= and roll engine on air only, 
         forward                                           
         and astern ( 2 starts).                           
                                                           
         Transfer control back to engine room control and  
         confirm                                           
         all indicating lights. Close main air start valves
         and                                               
         close automatic air starting valve.               
                                                           
         On completion of main engine rollover, return     
         wheelhouse                                        
         main engine key to Chief Engineer, return all     
         equipment                                         
         and valves to original.  Report any abnormal      
         conditions.                                       
                                                           
         End of Record                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    152  4005-003-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Foundation Bolts        
                              (Check Pretension - 6000 HR) 
                                                           
         Check the pretension of the bedplate foundation   
         bolts                                             
         every 6000 to 8000 hours of engine operation in   
         accordance with Sulzer RND-M Maintenance Manual   
         worksheet Group 110, sheet 1.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    153  4005-004-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Main Bearing            
                              (Check Clearances - 6000 HR) 
                                                           
         Measure main bearing wear and check vertical      
         bearing                                           
         clearance (reduce clearance if necessary) every   
         6000 to                                           
         8000 hours of engine operation in accordance with 
         Sulzer RND-M Maintenance Manual worksheet Group   
         117,                                              
         sheet 1.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    154  4005-005-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Main Bearing Thrust     
         Bolts                                             
                              (Check Pretension - 15000 HR)
                                                           
         Check pretension of main bearing thrust bolts and 
         retighten if necessary every 15,000 to 20,000     
         hours of                                          
         engine operation in accordance with Sulzer RND-D  
         Maintenance Manual worksheet Group 117, sheet 2.  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    155  4005-006-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Tie Rods Pretension     
                              (Check Pretension - 6000 HR) 
                                                           
                                                           
         Check pretension of tie rods and retighten if     
         necessary                                         
         every 6000 to 8000 hours of engine operation in   
         accordance with Sulzer RND-M Maintenance Manual   
         worksheet Group 197, sheet 1.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    156  4005-007-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Cylinder Head Safety    
         Valves                                            
                              (Inspect/Test - 6000 HR)     
                                                           
         Remove the cylinder head safety valves for        
         testing,                                          
         dismantling for inspection, assembling, after     
         inspection and/or repairs and adjustments after   
         reassembly every 6000 to 8000 hours of engine     
         operation                                         
         in accordance with Sulzer RND-M Maintenance Manual
         worksheet Group 277, sheet 1.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    157  4005-008-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Crankshaft Deflections  
                              (Measure - 3000 HR)          
                                                           
         Measure crankshaft deflection every 3000 hours of 
         engine operation in accordance with Sulzer RND-M  
         Maintenance Manual worksheet Group 310, sheet 1.  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    158  4005-009-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Connecting Rod Bearings 
                              (Check Clearances - 3000 HR) 
                                                           
         Check upper and lower connecting rod bearing      
         clearances                                        
         and reduce the clearances of the lower bearings if
         necessary every 3000 hours of engine operation in 
         accordance with Sulzer RND-M Maintenance Manual   
         worksheet Group 330, sheet 1.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    159  4005-010-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Connecting Rod Bearings 
                              (Inspect - 15000 HR)         
                                                           
         Inspect the upper and lower connecting rod        
         bearings and                                      
         replace as necessary every 15,000 to 20,000 hours 
         of                                                
         engine operation in accordance with Sulzer RND-M  
         Maintenance Manual worksheet Group 330, sheets    
         2,4,5,                                            
         and 6.                                            
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    160  4005-011-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Crossheads              
                              (Check Clearances - 6000 HR) 
                                                           
                                                           
         Check running clearnances every 6000 to 8000 hours
         of                                                
         engine operations in accordance with Sulzer RND-M 
         Maintenance Manual Worksheet Group 337, sheet 1.  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    161  4005-012-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Unit Inspection         
                              (Remove/Inspect/Check - 6000 
         HR)                                               
                                                           
         Remove pistons for inspections, cleaning and      
         measurement of grooves every 6000 to 8000 hours of
         engine operation in accordance with Sulzer RND-M  
         Maintenance Manual worksheet Group 340, sheets    
         1-4.                                              
                                                           
         Check cooling space and clean if necessary in     
         accordance with worksheet Group 340, sheet 5.     
                                                           
         Check tightness of piston after reassembly in     
         accordance with worksheet Group 340, sheet 6.     
                                                           
         Check for possible burnings onthe piston crown in 
         accordance with worksheet Group 340, sheet 7.     
                                                           
         Align piston cooling telescopic pipes in          
         accordance                                        
         with worksheet Group 340, sheet 8.                
                                                           
         Remove piston rings for clenaing and isnpection   
         for                                               
         wear; fit new rings if necessary in accordance    
         with                                              
         worksheet Group 344, sheet 1.                     
                                                           
         Dismantle glands of piston cooling elscopic pipes 
         and                                               
         clean and inspect for wear in accordance with     
         worksheet                                         
         group 360, sheet 1.                               
                                                           
         Remove standpipes and check condition of guide    
         bushes                                            
         in accordance with worksheet Group 360, sheet 2.  
                                                           
         At each piston withdrawal, measure the cylinder   
         liner                                             
         bore in accordance with worksheet Group 214, sheet
         1.                                                
                                                           
         Remove the ridge in the bore, round off edges of  
         scavenging and exhaust ports and remachine        
         lubricating                                       
         grooves in accordancewith worksheet Group 214,    
         sheet 2.                                          
                                                           
         At each piston withdrawal, check the lubricating  
         quills                                            
         for function and tightness in accordance with     
         worksheet                                         
         group 215, sheet 1.                               
                                                           
         At each piston withdrawal, clean the piston rod   
         gland                                             
         rings and measure wear in accordance with         
         worksheet                                         
         Group 231, sheet 1.                               
                                                           
         At each piston withdrawal, inspect the cylinder   
         cover                                             
         combustion space in accordance with worksheet     
         Group                                             
         271, sheet 1-3.                                   
                                                           
         Clean the sealing face of the fuel injector seat  
         or                                                
         replace if necessary in accordance with worksheet 
         Group                                             
         271, sheet 4.                                     
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    162  4005-013-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Running Direction       
         Safeguard                                         
                              (Operational Test - 15000 HR)
                                                           
                                                           
         Operationally test the running direction safeguard
         every 15000 to 20000 hours of engine operation in 
         accordance with Sulzer RND-M Maintenance  Manual  
         worksheet Group 453, sheet 1.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    163  4007-001-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Woodward Governor       
                              (Drain/Replace Oil - 3000 HR)
                                                           
                                                           
         Drain the governor oil, rub out the casing and    
         replace                                           
         the oil with new every 3000 hours of engine       
         operation                                         
         in accordance with Sulzer RND-M Maintenance Manual
         worksheet Group 511, sheet 1.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    164  4009-001-M1-M-V-KKK  MPDE Turning Gear            
                                                           
                                                           
         Visually inspect, test and maintain this equipment
         as                                                
         follows:                                          
                                                           
         NOTE:       Main Engine shall be in a stopped     
         position and                                      
                     secured while testing the turning     
         gear.                                             
                                                           
                     Main Engine indicator cocks shall be  
         opened to                                         
                     avoid overloading the turning gear and
         the                                               
                     lube oil pump shall be operated during
         the                                               
                     testing of the turning gear.          
                                                           
         A.    Verify the oil level is normal in the       
         turning gear                                      
               sump.                                       
                                                           
         B.    Visually inspect the open gears for defects,
         damage                                            
               and deterioration. Grease open gears as     
         required.                                         
                                                           
         C.    Operationally test the engaging and         
         disengaging                                       
               functions of the turning gear.              
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    165  4010-001-Y1-M-V-KKK  MPDE Tools                   
                                                           
                                                           
         Visually inspect all special main engine tools for
         damage, defects and deterioration.                
                                                           
         Conduct a complete inventory of all tools against 
         the                                               
         inventory in PC-SAL.                              
                                                           
         Carry out preventative maintenance as required to 
         preserve tools in safe working condition.         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    166  4011-001-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Camshaft Driving        
         Gearwheels                                        
                              (Check Backlash - 1500 HR)   
                                                           
                                                           
         Check the backlash and condition of the teeth on  
         the                                               
         camshaft driving gearwheels every 1500 hours of   
         engine                                            
         operation in accordance with RND-M Maintenance    
         Manual                                            
         worksheet Group 411, sheet 1.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    167  4011-002-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Camshaft Driving        
         Gearwheels                                        
                              (Check Clearances - 6000 HR) 
                                                           
         Check the bearing clearances of the intermediate  
         camshaft driving gearwheels every 6000 to 8000    
         hours of                                          
         engine operations in accordance with Sulzer RND-M 
         Maintenance Manual worksheet 411, sheet 1.        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    168  4011-003-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Camshaft Bearings       
                              (Check Clearances - 6000 HR) 
                                                           
         Check the camshaft bearing clearances every 6000  
         to                                                
         8000 hours of engine operations in accordance with
         Sulzer RND-M Maintenance Manual schedules of      
         clearances                                        
         Group 012, sheet 10.                              
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    169  4011-004-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Fuel Cams Running       
         Surface                                           
                              (Inspect - 1500 HR)          
                                                           
         Inspect the running surface of the fuel cams every
         1500                                              
         hours of engine operation.                        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
    170  4011-005-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Fuel Cams Cam Nuts      
                              (Retighten - 6000 HR)        
                                                           
         Retighten fuel cam nuts every 6000 to 8000 hours  
         of                                                
         engine operation in accordance with Sulzer RND-M  
         Maintenance Manual worksheet Group 421, sheet 1.  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    171  4011-006-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Fuel Pump Cut-Out       
                              (Clean/Inspect - 15000 HR)   
                                                           
         Dismantle, clean and inspect the pneumatic fuel   
         pump                                              
         cut-out device and replace the slide ring and     
         Viton if                                          
         necessary every 15000 to 20000 hours of engine    
         operation in accordance with Sulzer RND-M         
         Maintenance                                       
         Manual Worksheet Group 530, sheet 1.              
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    172  4011-007-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Fuel Injection Pumps    
                              (Clean/Inspect - 6000 HR)    
                                                           
         Clean, remove and inspect the fuel injection pump 
         valves every 6000 to 8000 hours of engine         
         operation in                                      
         accordance with Sulzer RND-M Maintenance Manual   
         worksheet Group 551, sheet 1.                     
                                                           
         Check the distribution and adjust if necessary in 
         accordance with worksheet Group 551, sheet 1.     
                                                           
         Lap the sealinf faces for the valve covers as     
         required                                          
         in accordnace with worksheet Group 551, sheet 2.  
                                                           
         Check and adjust the safety valves in accordance  
         with                                              
         worksheet Group 551, sheet 1.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    173  4012-001-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Integral Lube Oil System
                              (Spot Test - 500 HR)         
                                                           
         Conduct a spot test of the lubricating oil every  
         500                                               
         hours of engine operation in accordance with      
         sulzer                                            
         RND-M Maintenance Manual, worksheet Group 042,    
         sheet 1.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    174  4012-002-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Integral Lube Oil System
                              (Oil Analysis - 3000 HR)     
                                                           
         Draw lubriating oil samples every 3000 hours of   
         engine                                            
         operation and submit same to a recognized         
         laboratory                                        
         for analysis in accordance with Sulzer RND-M      
         Maintenance                                       
         Manual worksheet, Group 042, sheet 2.             
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    175  4012-003-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Cylinder Lube Oil Pumps 
                              (Drain/Wash Out - 6000 HR)   
                                                           
         Drain and wash out the housing of the cylinder    
         lubricating pumps every 6000 to 8000 hours of     
         engine                                            
         operation.                                        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    176  4013-001-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Exhaust Manifold Inlet  
         Grids                                             
                              (Clean/Renew - 8000 HR)      
                                                           
         Clean the protections grids at the inlets of the  
         turbochargers or fit new grids if necessary every 
         8000                                              
         hours of engine operation in accordance with      
         Sulzer                                            
         RND-M Maintenance Manual worksheet Group 810,     
         sheet 1.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    177  4014-001-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Starting Air Valves     
                              (Inspect/Grind Seats - 6000  
         HR)                                               
                                                           
         Dismantle the starting air valves for inspection  
         and                                               
         grind in seats if necessary every 6000 to 8000    
         hours of                                          
         engine operation in accordance with Sulzer RND-M  
         Maintenance Manual worksheet Group 274, sheet 1.  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    178  4014-002-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Starting Air Pilot Valve
                              (Claen/Inspect - 15000 HR)   
                                                           
         Dismantle, clean and inspect the starting air     
         pilot                                             
         valve and check slide valve for ease of movement  
         every                                             
         15000 to 20000 hours of engine operation in       
         accordance                                        
         with Sulzer RND-M Maintenance Manual worksheet    
         Group                                             
         431, sheet 1.                                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    179  4014-003-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Starting Air Control    
         Valve                                             
                              (Clean/Inspect - 15000 HR)   
                                                           
                                                           
         Dismantle, clean and inspect the starting air     
         control                                           
         valve every 15000 to 20000 hours of engine        
         operation in                                      
         accordance with Sulzer RND-M Maintenance Manual   
         worksheet Group 431, sheet 1.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    180  4014-004-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Automatic Start Air     
         ShutOff                                           
                              (Clean/Inspect - 6000 HR)    
                                                           
         Dismantle, clean and inspect the automatic        
         starting air                                      
         shut-off valve (particularly the seat and springs)
         every 6000 to 8000 hours of engine operation in   
         accordance with Sulzer RND-M Maintenance Manual   
         worksheet Group 436, sheet 1.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    181  4015-001-M1-M-V-KKK  MPE Charge Air System        
         Auxiliary Blower                                  
                              (Inspect/Test)               
                                                           
                                                           
         Visually inspect, test and maintain this equipment
         as                                                
         follows:                                          
                                                           
         A.    Visually inspect all components of the main 
         engine                                            
               auxiliary scavenge blower for excessive     
         wear,                                             
               damage, defects, and deterioration.         
                                                           
         B.    Lubricate all components as required.       
                                                           
         C.    Visually inspect, test, and maintain motor  
               controller in accordance with:              
                                                           
               6401-001-M6-E-V-KK1/KK2  Electric Motor     
         Controllers.                                      
                                                           
         D.    Hand rotate (if possible) and megger test   
         electric                                          
               motor.                                      
                                                           
         E.    Verify proper operation of auxiliary blower 
         while                                             
               the main engine is operational.             
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    182  4015-001-M1-M-V-KKK  MPDE Auxiliary Blower        
                                                           
         Visually inspect, test and maintain this equipment
         as                                                
         follows:                                          
                                                           
         A.   Visually inspect all components of the main  
         engine                                            
              auxiliary scavenge blower for excessive wear,
              damage, defects, and deterioration.          
                                                           
         B.   Lubricate all components as required.        
                                                           
         C.   Visually inspect, test, and maintain motor   
              controller in accordance with:               
                                                           
              6401-001-Y1-E-V-KK1/KK2  Electric Motor      
         Controllers.                                      
                                                           
         D.   Hand rotate (if possible) and megger test    
         electric                                          
              motor.                                       
                                                           
         E.   Verify proper operation of auxiliary blower  
         while                                             
              the main engine is operational.              
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    183  4015-002-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Charge Air Receiver     
                              (Clean/Inspect - 3000 HR)    
                                                           
         Inspect, clean, and recondition the non-return    
         valves                                            
         every 3000 hours of engine operation in accordance
         with                                              
         Sulzer RND-M Maintenance Manual worksheet, Group  
         646,                                              
         sheet 1.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    184  4015-003-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Charge Air Receiver     
                              (Clean - 6000 HR)            
                                                           
         Clean the charge air receiver every 6000 to 8000  
         hours                                             
         of engine operation or as required in accordance  
         with                                              
         Sulzer RND-M Maintenance Manual worksheet, Group  
         646,                                              
         sheet 1.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    185  4015-004-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Auxiliary Blower        
                              (Clean - 6000 HR)            
                                                           
         Clean the impeller and casing of the auxiliary    
         blower                                            
         every 6000 to 8000 hours of engine operation in   
         accordance with Sulzer RND-M Maintenance Manual   
         worksheet Group 656, sheet 1.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    186  4016-001-HR-M-V-KKK  MPDE Control Air Pressure    
                              Reducing Unit                
                              (Clean Filter - 6000 HR)     
                                                           
         Remove and clean the filter in the control air    
         pressure                                          
         reducing unit every 6000 to 8000 hours of engine  
         operation in accordance with Sulzer RND-M         
         Maintenance                                       
         Manual worksheet Group 404, sheet 1.              
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    187  4020-001-W1-M-V-KKK  Emergency Diesel - EDG       
         (Inspect/Test)                                    
                                                           
                                                           
         Carry out the weekly checks as follows:           
                                                           
         A.    Check the crankcase oil level. The oil level
         should                                            
               be between the "Low" and "High" marks o the 
               dipstick.                                   
                                                           
         B.    Check the coolant level.  The coolant level 
         should                                            
               be to the bottom of the fill neck in the    
         radiator.                                         
                                                           
               NOTE:       Check the coolant level only    
         when the                                          
                           engine                          
                                 is stopped.               
                                                           
               Do not remove the radiator cap from a hot   
         engine.                                           
                                                           
               Remove the radiator cap slowly to relieve   
         coolant                                           
               system pressure.                            
                                                           
               Do not add cold coolant to a hot engine.    
                                                           
               Add coolant additive or antifreeze as       
         required.                                         
                                                           
         C.    Visually inspect the cooling fan. Check for 
         cracks,                                           
               loose rivets, and bent or loose blades.     
         Check the                                         
               fan mountings.                              
                                                           
               NOTE:       Check the cooling fan only when 
         the                                               
                           engine is stopped.              
                                                           
               Rotate the crankshaft by using only the     
         crankshaft                                        
               barring techniques recommended by the engine
               manufacturer.                               
                                                           
         D.    Visually inspect the belts. Check for cracks
         and                                               
               fraying.                                    
                                                           
               NOTE:       Check the belts only when the   
         engine is                                         
                           stopped.                        
                                                           
         Rotate the crankshaft by using only the crankshaft
                                                           
         barring techniques recommended by the engine      
         manufacturer.                                     
                                                           
         E.    Report all deficiencies                     
                                                           
               Operationally test the emergency generator. 
         Allow                                             
               the emergency generator engine to run for at
         least                                             
               30 minutes continuously each week.  Observe 
               operating parameters.                       
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    188  4020-001-W1-M-V-KKK  Emergency Diesel - EDG       
         (Inspect/Test)                                    
                                                           
                                                           
         Carry out the weekly checks as follows:           
                                                           
         A.    Check the crankcase oil level. The oil level
         should                                            
               be between the "Low" and "High" marks o the 
               dipstick.                                   
                                                           
         B.    Check the coolant level.  The coolant level 
         should                                            
               be to the bottom of the fill neck in the    
         radiator.                                         
                                                           
               NOTE:       Check the coolant level only    
         when the                                          
                           engine                          
                                 is stopped.               
                                                           
               Do not remove the radiator cap from a hot   
         engine.                                           
                                                           
               Remove the radiator cap slowly to relieve   
         coolant                                           
               system pressure.                            
                                                           
               Do not add cold coolant to a hot engine.    
                                                           
               Add coolant additive or antifreeze as       
         required.                                         
                                                           
         C.    Visually inspect the cooling fan. Check for 
         cracks,                                           
               loose rivets, and bent or loose blades.     
         Check the                                         
               fan mountings.                              
                                                           
               NOTE:       Check the cooling fan only when 
         the                                               
                           engine is stopped.              
                                                           
               Rotate the crankshaft by using only the     
         crankshaft                                        
               barring techniques recommended by the engine
               manufacturer.                               
                                                           
         D.    Visually inspect the belts. Check for cracks
         and                                               
               fraying.                                    
                                                           
               NOTE:       Check the belts only when the   
         engine is                                         
                           stopped.                        
                                                           
         Rotate the crankshaft by using only the crankshaft
                                                           
         barring techniques recommended by the engine      
         manufacturer.                                     
                                                           
         E.    Report all deficiencies                     
                                                           
               Operationally test the emergency generator. 
         Allow                                             
               the emergency generator engine to run for at
         least                                             
               30 minutes continuously each week.  Observe 
               operating parameters.                       
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    189  4020-001-W1-M-V-KKK  Emergency Diesel - EDG       
         (Inspect/Test)                                    
                                                           
                                                           
         Carry out the weekly checks as follows:           
                                                           
         A.    Check the crankcase oil level. The oil level
         should                                            
               be between the "Low" and "High" marks o the 
               dipstick.                                   
                                                           
         B.    Check the coolant level.  The coolant level 
         should                                            
               be to the bottom of the fill neck in the    
         radiator.                                         
                                                           
               NOTE:       Check the coolant level only    
         when the                                          
                           engine                          
                                 is stopped.               
                                                           
               Do not remove the radiator cap from a hot   
         engine.                                           
                                                           
               Remove the radiator cap slowly to relieve   
         coolant                                           
               system pressure.                            
                                                           
               Do not add cold coolant to a hot engine.    
                                                           
               Add coolant additive or antifreeze as       
         required.                                         
                                                           
         C.    Visually inspect the cooling fan. Check for 
         cracks,                                           
               loose rivets, and bent or loose blades.     
         Check the                                         
               fan mountings.                              
                                                           
               NOTE:       Check the cooling fan only when 
         the                                               
                           engine is stopped.              
                                                           
               Rotate the crankshaft by using only the     
         crankshaft                                        
               barring techniques recommended by the engine
               manufacturer.                               
                                                           
         D.    Visually inspect the belts. Check for cracks
         and                                               
               fraying.                                    
                                                           
               NOTE:       Check the belts only when the   
         engine is                                         
                           stopped.                        
                                                           
         Rotate the crankshaft by using only the crankshaft
                                                           
         barring techniques recommended by the engine      
         manufacturer.                                     
                                                           
         E.    Report all deficiencies                     
                                                           
               Operationally test the emergency generator. 
         Allow                                             
               the emergency generator engine to run for at
         least                                             
               30 minutes continuously each week.  Observe 
               operating parameters.                       
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    190  4020-001-W1-M-V-KKK  Emergency Diesel - EDG       
         (Inspect/Test)                                    
                                                           
                                                           
         Carry out the weekly checks as follows:           
                                                           
         A.    Check the crankcase oil level. The oil level
         should                                            
               be between the "Low" and "High" marks o the 
               dipstick.                                   
                                                           
         B.    Check the coolant level.  The coolant level 
         should                                            
               be to the bottom of the fill neck in the    
         radiator.                                         
                                                           
               NOTE:       Check the coolant level only    
         when the                                          
                           engine                          
                                 is stopped.               
                                                           
               Do not remove the radiator cap from a hot   
         engine.                                           
                                                           
               Remove the radiator cap slowly to relieve   
         coolant                                           
               system pressure.                            
                                                           
               Do not add cold coolant to a hot engine.    
                                                           
               Add coolant additive or antifreeze as       
         required.                                         
                                                           
         C.    Visually inspect the cooling fan. Check for 
         cracks,                                           
               loose rivets, and bent or loose blades.     
         Check the                                         
               fan mountings.                              
                                                           
               NOTE:       Check the cooling fan only when 
         the                                               
                           engine is stopped.              
                                                           
               Rotate the crankshaft by using only the     
         crankshaft                                        
               barring techniques recommended by the engine
               manufacturer.                               
                                                           
         D.    Visually inspect the belts. Check for cracks
         and                                               
               fraying.                                    
                                                           
               NOTE:       Check the belts only when the   
         engine is                                         
                           stopped.                        
                                                           
         Rotate the crankshaft by using only the crankshaft
                                                           
         barring techniques recommended by the engine      
         manufacturer.                                     
                                                           
         E.    Report all deficiencies                     
                                                           
               Operationally test the emergency generator. 
         Allow                                             
               the emergency generator engine to run for at
         least                                             
               30 minutes continuously each week.  Observe 
               operating parameters.                       
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    191  4020-002-HR-M-V-KKK  EDG Engine (M&I)             
                              (Maintenance/Inspection - 10 
         HR)                                               
                                                           
         Perform the following maintenance and inspections 
         of                                                
         the emergency diesel engine every 10 hours of     
         operation                                         
         in accordance witht he maintenance schedule in the
         Deutz instruction manual:                         
                                                           
              1.Check motor oil level.                     
              2.Check cooling water level (use anti-freeze 
         when                                              
                required)                                  
              3.Inspect the air cleaner for soiling.       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    192  4020-003-HR-M-V-KKK  EDG Engine (M&I)             
                              (Maintenance/Inspection - 500
         HR)                                               
                                                           
         Perform the following maintenance and inspections 
         of                                                
         the emergency diesel engine every 500 hours of    
         operation in accordance with the maintenance      
         scheulde                                          
         in the Deutz instruction manual:                  
                                                           
         1.   Change motor oil (engine unde normal         
         operating                                         
              conditions).                                 
         2.   Check valve clearnances with feeler gauges.  
         3.   Clean oil filter and renew paper elements.   
         4.   Inspect fastening of manifolding.            
         5.   Inspect injection piping.                    
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    193  4020-004-HR-M-V-KKK  EDG Engine (M&I)             
                              (Maintenance/Inspection - 750
         HR)                                               
                                                           
         Perform the following maintenance and inspections 
         of                                                
         the emergency diesel engine every 750 hours of    
         operation in accordance with the maintenance      
         schedule                                          
         in the Deutz instruction manual:                  
                                                           
         1.   Inspect injection pumps                      
         2.   Inspect water pumps                          
         3.   Remove and inspect cylinder system           
         4.   Check starting air control system            
         5.   Inspect turbo charger                        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    194  4020-005-HR-M-V-KKK  EDG Engine (Overhaul)        
                              (Overhaul - 15000 HR)        
                                                           
         Overhaul the emergency diesel engine completely,  
         including replacemnt of the vibration damper,     
         every                                             
         15,000 hours of operation in accordance with the  
         maintenance schedule in the Deutz instruction     
         manual.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    195  4035-001-W1-M-V-KKK  SSDG (Inspect/Roll-Over)     
                                                           
         Visually inspect the four (4) generator engines   
         and note                                          
         any apparent deficiencies.                        
                                                           
         Check all lube levels to include: sump, rocker    
         arm, fresh                                        
         water pump drive, turbocharger and governor.      
         Refill all                                        
         lubes to operational level.  See lube chart for   
         proper                                            
         lubricants.                                       
                                                           
         Start prelube pump and note pressure.   Visually  
         inspect                                           
         engine for oil flow and leaks.  Note lube oil     
         filter                                            
         differential gauge.                               
                                                           
         Check fresh water expansion tank level and check  
         that                                              
         fresh water valves are opened to each engine.     
         Confirm                                           
         that freshwater temperature is above 30 deg       
         Centigrade.                                       
         Refill expansion tank above low level alarm level 
         as                                                
         required.                                         
                                                           
         Open indicator cocks on each engine.  Secure fuel 
         rack                                              
         to each engine to prevent engine from starting.   
                                                           
         Open starting air valve to each engine.           
                                                           
         From local control station with control switch in 
         local                                             
         position, start and  roll each engine over on air 
         sufficiently to observe discharge from indicator  
         cocks.                                            
         Report any abnormal discharges.                   
                                                           
         Lamp up local control station indicator lights.   
                                                           
         Close starting air to each engine.  Secure prelube
         pumps                                             
         as original.  Record any deficiencies noted.      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    196  4035-001-W1-M-V-KKK  SSDG (Inspect/Roll-Over)     
                                                           
         Visually inspect the four (4) generator engines   
         and note                                          
         any apparent deficiencies.                        
                                                           
         Check all lube levels to include: sump, rocker    
         arm, fresh                                        
         water pump drive, turbocharger and governor.      
         Refill all                                        
         lubes to operational level.  See lube chart for   
         proper                                            
         lubricants.                                       
                                                           
         Start prelube pump and note pressure.   Visually  
         inspect                                           
         engine for oil flow and leaks.  Note lube oil     
         filter                                            
         differential gauge.                               
                                                           
         Check fresh water expansion tank level and check  
         that                                              
         fresh water valves are opened to each engine.     
         Confirm                                           
         that freshwater temperature is above 30 deg       
         Centigrade.                                       
         Refill expansion tank above low level alarm level 
         as                                                
         required.                                         
                                                           
         Open indicator cocks on each engine.  Secure fuel 
         rack                                              
         to each engine to prevent engine from starting.   
                                                           
         Open starting air valve to each engine.           
                                                           
         From local control station with control switch in 
         local                                             
         position, start and  roll each engine over on air 
         sufficiently to observe discharge from indicator  
         cocks.                                            
         Report any abnormal discharges.                   
                                                           
         Lamp up local control station indicator lights.   
                                                           
         Close starting air to each engine.  Secure prelube
         pumps                                             
         as original.  Record any deficiencies noted.      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    197  4035-001-W1-M-V-KKK  SSDG (Inspect/Roll-Over)     
                                                           
         Visually inspect the four (4) generator engines   
         and note                                          
         any apparent deficiencies.                        
                                                           
         Check all lube levels to include: sump, rocker    
         arm, fresh                                        
         water pump drive, turbocharger and governor.      
         Refill all                                        
         lubes to operational level.  See lube chart for   
         proper                                            
         lubricants.                                       
                                                           
         Start prelube pump and note pressure.   Visually  
         inspect                                           
         engine for oil flow and leaks.  Note lube oil     
         filter                                            
         differential gauge.                               
                                                           
         Check fresh water expansion tank level and check  
         that                                              
         fresh water valves are opened to each engine.     
         Confirm                                           
         that freshwater temperature is above 30 deg       
         Centigrade.                                       
         Refill expansion tank above low level alarm level 
         as                                                
         required.                                         
                                                           
         Open indicator cocks on each engine.  Secure fuel 
         rack                                              
         to each engine to prevent engine from starting.   
                                                           
         Open starting air valve to each engine.           
                                                           
         From local control station with control switch in 
         local                                             
         position, start and  roll each engine over on air 
         sufficiently to observe discharge from indicator  
         cocks.                                            
         Report any abnormal discharges.                   
                                                           
         Lamp up local control station indicator lights.   
                                                           
         Close starting air to each engine.  Secure prelube
         pumps                                             
         as original.  Record any deficiencies noted.      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    198  4035-001-W1-M-V-KKK  SSDG (Inspect/Roll-Over)     
                                                           
         Visually inspect the four (4) generator engines   
         and note                                          
         any apparent deficiencies.                        
                                                           
         Check all lube levels to include: sump, rocker    
         arm, fresh                                        
         water pump drive, turbocharger and governor.      
         Refill all                                        
         lubes to operational level.  See lube chart for   
         proper                                            
         lubricants.                                       
                                                           
         Start prelube pump and note pressure.   Visually  
         inspect                                           
         engine for oil flow and leaks.  Note lube oil     
         filter                                            
         differential gauge.                               
                                                           
         Check fresh water expansion tank level and check  
         that                                              
         fresh water valves are opened to each engine.     
         Confirm                                           
         that freshwater temperature is above 30 deg       
         Centigrade.                                       
         Refill expansion tank above low level alarm level 
         as                                                
         required.                                         
                                                           
         Open indicator cocks on each engine.  Secure fuel 
         rack                                              
         to each engine to prevent engine from starting.   
                                                           
         Open starting air valve to each engine.           
                                                           
         From local control station with control switch in 
         local                                             
         position, start and  roll each engine over on air 
         sufficiently to observe discharge from indicator  
         cocks.                                            
         Report any abnormal discharges.                   
                                                           
         Lamp up local control station indicator lights.   
                                                           
         Close starting air to each engine.  Secure prelube
         pumps                                             
         as original.  Record any deficiencies noted.      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    199  4035-002-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG (M&I)                   
                              (Maintenance/Inspection - 12 
         HR)                                               
                                                           
         Conduct the following maintenance and inspections 
         on                                                
         the auxiliary generator engines every 12 to 24    
         hours of                                          
         operation in accordance with the standard         
         intervals for                                     
         disassembling and clenaing in the Daihatsu        
         instruction                                       
         manual:                                           
                                                           
         1.   Inspect engine for loosening, oil leakage &  
         wate                                              
              leakage.                                     
         2.   Check oil quantity and replenish oil as      
         required.                                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    200  4038-001-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Fuel Injection System   
         Timing                                            
                              (Check Timing - 1200 HR)     
                                                           
         Check injeciton timing and adjust maximum pressure
         as                                                
         required every 1200 to 2400 hours in accordance   
         with                                              
         the Standard Intervals for Disassembling and      
         Cleaning                                          
         in the Daihatsu instruction manual.               
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    201  4038-002-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Fuel Injection System   
         Rebuild                                           
                              (Rebuild/Test - 4000 HR)     
                                                           
         Disassemble, inspect rebuild, test and adjust the 
         fuel                                              
         injection pumps and inspect the oil seal and      
         bearings                                          
         on the fuel feed pump every 4000 to 7000 hours in 
         accordance with the Standard Intervals for        
         Disassembling and Cleaning in the Daihatsu        
         instruction                                       
         manual.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    202  4039-001-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Oil Cooler Overhaul     
                              (Inspect/Clean - 8000 HR)    
                                                           
         Open oil cooler for overhaul inspection and       
         cleaning                                          
         every 8000 to 14000 hours in accordance with the  
         Standard Intervals for Disassembling and Cleaning 
         in                                                
         the Daihatsu instruction manual.  Replace zincs if
         necessary.                                        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    203  4042-001-Y1-M-V-KKK  SSDG Tools -  Generator      
         Engine                                            
                                                           
                                                           
         Visually inspect all generator engine  tools for  
         damage,                                           
         defects and deterioration.                        
                                                           
         Conduct a complete inventory of all tools against 
         the                                               
         inventory in PC-SAL.                              
                                                           
         Carry out preventative maintenance as required to 
         preserve tools in a safe working condition.       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    204  4042-001-Y1-M-V-KKK  Tools -  Generator Engine    
         Tools                                             
                                                           
         Visually inspect all generator engine  tools for  
         damage, defects and deterioration.                
                                                           
         Conduct a complete inventory of all tools against 
         the                                               
         inventory in PC-SAL.                              
                                                           
         Carry out preventative maintenance as required to 
         preserve tools in a safe working condition.       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    205  4043-001-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Governor Oil            
                              (Replace Oil - 2000 HR)      
                                                           
         Replace the governor oil every 2000 to 3600 hours 
         in                                                
         accordance with recommendations in the Standard   
         Intervals for Disassembling and Cleaning in the   
         Daihatsu instruction manual.                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    206  4060-001-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Intercooler             
                              (Overhaul - 2000 HR)         
                                                           
         Open the intercooler for overhaul inspection every
         2000                                              
         to 3600 hours in accordance with the Standard     
         Intervals                                         
         for Disassembling and Cleaning in the Daihatsu    
         instruction manual. Replace zincs as necessary.   
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    207  4060-002-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Turbocharger            
                              (Replace Oil - 350 HR)       
                                                           
         Replace the lube oil in the turbocharger every 350
         to                                                
         500 hours in accordance with the Standard         
         Intervals for                                     
         Disassembling and Cleaning in the Daihatsu        
         instruction                                       
         manual                                            
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    208  4060-003-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Turbocharger Air Cleaner
                              (Clean - 1200 HR)            
                                                           
         Clean the turbocharger air cleaner every 1200 to  
         2000                                              
         hours in accordance with the Standard Intervals   
         for                                               
         Disassembling and Clenaing in the Daihatsu        
         instruction                                       
         manual.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    209  4060-004-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Turbocharger Internals  
                              (Clean - 2000 HR)            
                                                           
         Disassemble the turbocharger for internal cleaning
         and                                               
         inspection of jacket sections every 2000 to 3600  
         hours                                             
         in accordance with the Standard Intervals for     
         Disassembling and Cleaning in the Daihatsu        
         instruction                                       
         manual.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    210  4060-005-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Turbocharger Bearings   
                              (Replace - 4000 HR)          
                                                           
         Replce turbocharger bearings every 4000 to 7000   
         hours                                             
         in accordance with the Standard Intervals for     
         Disassembling and Cleaning in the Daihatsu        
         instruction                                       
         manual.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    211  4062-001-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Crankshaft Main Bearing 
                              (Inspect/Measure - 8000 HR)  
                                                           
         Inspect inside and rear impact surface and measure
         wear                                              
         of main bearing shells every 8000 to 14000 hours  
         in                                                
         accordance with the Standard Intervals for        
         Disassembling and Cleaning in the Daihatsu        
         instruction                                       
         manual.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    212  4063-001-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Unit Overhaul           
                              (Remove/Inspect/Check - 4000 
         HR)                                               
                                                           
         Remove pistons for inspection every 4000 to 7000  
         hours                                             
         in accordance with the Standard Intervals for     
         Disassembling and Cleaning in the Daihatsu        
         instruction                                       
         manual.                                           
                                                           
         Insect piston rings.                              
                                                           
         Inspect inside and rear impact surface of         
         connecting                                        
         rod bearing shells and measure wear.              
                                                           
         Inspect liners and measure wear.                  
                                                           
         Measure wear of crank pins and piston pins.       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    213  4064-001-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Camshaft/Valve Train    
         Rollers                                           
                              (Inspect - 350 HR)           
                                                           
         Inspect the camshaft and rollers every 350 to 500 
         hours                                             
         in accordance with the Standard Intervals for     
         Disassembling and Cleaning in the Daihatsu        
         instruction                                       
         manual.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    214  4064-002-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Camshaft/Valve Train    
         Tappets                                           
                              (Check/Measure - 8000 HR)    
                                                           
         Check tappet wear and measure bushings every 8000 
         to                                                
         14000 hours in accordance with the Standard       
         Intervals                                         
         for Disassembling and Cleaning in the Daihatsu    
         instruction manual.                               
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    215  4064-003-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Camshaft/Valve Train    
         Bearing                                           
                              (Measure - 16000 HR)         
                                                           
         Measure camshaft bearing shell wear every 16000 to
         26000 hours in accordance with the Standard       
         Intervals                                         
         for Disasssembling and Cleaning in the Daihatsu   
         instruction manual.                               
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    216  4065-001-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Timing Gear             
                              (Check/Measure - 8000 HR)    
                                                           
         Check for tightness of bolts, measure gear contact
         and                                               
         rack lash and measure bearing bushing wear every  
         8000                                              
         to 14000 hours in accordance with the Standard    
         Intervals for Disassembling and Cleaning in the   
         Daihatsu instruction manual.                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    217  4066-001-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Cylinder Heads/Nozzle   
                              (Check - 1200 HR)            
                                                           
         Check injection state of nozzles every 1200 to    
         2000                                              
         hours in accordance with the Standard Intervals   
         for                                               
         Disassembling and Cleaning in the Daihatsu        
         instruction                                       
         manual.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    218  4066-002-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Cylinder Heads/Exhaust  
         Valves                                            
                              (Lap-In - 1200 HR)           
                                                           
         Lap in exhaust valves every 1200 to 2000 hours in 
         accordance with the Standard Intervals for        
         Disassembling and Cleaning in the Daihatsu        
         instruction                                       
         manual.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    219  4066-003-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Cylinder Heads/Intake   
         Valves                                            
                              (Lap-In - 4000 HR)           
                                                           
         Lap in intake vavles every 4000 to 7000 hours in  
         accordance with the Standard Intervals for        
         Disassembling and Cleaning in the Daihatsu        
         instruction                                       
         manual.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    220  4066-004-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Cylinder Heads/Starting 
         Valves                                            
                              (Lap-In - 4000 HR)           
                                                           
         Lap in starting air valves every 4000 to 7000     
         hours in                                          
         accordance with the Standard Intervals for        
         Disassembling and Cleaning in the Daihatsu        
         instruction                                       
         manual.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    221  4066-005-HR-M-V-KKK  SSDG Cylinder Heads/Safety   
         Valves                                            
                              (Lap-In - 4000 HR)           
                                                           
         Lap in cylinder safety vavles every 4000 to 7000  
         hours                                             
         in accordance with the Standard Intervals for     
         Disassembling and Cleaning in the Daihatsu        
         instruction                                       
         manual.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    222  4080-001-W2-M-V-KKK  Lifeboat Diesel Engines      
                                                           
                                                           
         For each port and starboard lifeboat, conduct the 
         following inspection and operational test of the  
         lifeboat                                          
         propulsion diesel engine.                         
                                                           
         1.  Visually examine the engine, checking engine  
         oil,                                              
         fuel and transmission fluid.  Bring fluids to     
         operating                                         
         level as required.                                
                                                           
         2.  Open fuel valve to route fuel to engine.      
         Note:                                             
         After testing engines, close the fuel valves.     
                                                           
         3.  Open engine valves by pushing compression     
         levers all                                        
         the way aft.                                      
                                                           
         4.  Use engine crank and fit onto overhead shaft. 
         Test                                              
         racheting device by turning engine crank in       
         counterclockwise direction facing aft.            
                                                           
         5.  If racheting device is satisfactory, rotate   
         crank in                                          
         clockwise direction to turn over engine.  Build up
         sufficient engine RPM=s and close valves by       
         flipping                                          
         compression levers to start engine.               
                                                           
         6.  Allow engine to run, noting a rise in         
         temperature.                                      
                                                           
         7.  Test engine transmission ahead and astern, but
         do not                                            
         run in ahead or astern for extended periods of    
         time since                                        
         stern bearing is water lubricated.                
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    223  4080-001-W2-M-V-KKK  Lifeboat Diesel Engines      
                                                           
                                                           
         For each port and starboard lifeboat, conduct the 
         following inspection and operational test of the  
         lifeboat                                          
         propulsion diesel engine.                         
                                                           
         1.  Visually examine the engine, checking engine  
         oil,                                              
         fuel and transmission fluid.  Bring fluids to     
         operating                                         
         level as required.                                
                                                           
         2.  Open fuel valve to route fuel to engine.      
         Note:                                             
         After testing engines, close the fuel valves.     
                                                           
         3.  Open engine valves by pushing compression     
         levers all                                        
         the way aft.                                      
                                                           
         4.  Use engine crank and fit onto overhead shaft. 
         Test                                              
         racheting device by turning engine crank in       
         counterclockwise direction facing aft.            
                                                           
         5.  If racheting device is satisfactory, rotate   
         crank in                                          
         clockwise direction to turn over engine.  Build up
         sufficient engine RPM=s and close valves by       
         flipping                                          
         compression levers to start engine.               
                                                           
         6.  Allow engine to run, noting a rise in         
         temperature.                                      
                                                           
         7.  Test engine transmission ahead and astern, but
         do not                                            
         run in ahead or astern for extended periods of    
         time since                                        
         stern bearing is water lubricated.                
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    224  4201-001-Y1-M-V-KKK  MPE Bull and Turning Gear    
         (Inspect)                                         
                                                           
                                                           
         Disconnect and rig aside the bull gear cover.     
                                                           
         Clean the bull gear and turning gear teeth as     
         required                                          
         to facilitate inspection.                         
                                                           
         Engage the turning gear and turn the main engine  
         through                                           
         one complete cycle to turn the bull gear 360      
         degrees to                                        
         facilitate a complete inspection of all teeth.    
         Note:                                             
         Main engine LO pump and stern tube LO pump should 
         be                                                
         running and main engine cylinder lubricators      
         should be                                         
         hand cranked as required before and while the     
         turning                                           
         gear is engaged and running.                      
                                                           
         Note condition of bull gear and turning gear teeth
         as                                                
         appropriate.  If necessary, thoroughly clean the  
         bull                                              
         gear and turning gear teeth free of preservation  
         compound                                          
         and dye check the teeth to check teeth contact.   
                                                           
         After inspections, liberally apply preservation   
         compound                                          
         on bull gear and turning gear teeth.  Rig the bull
         gear                                              
         cover back to place and reconnect in good order.  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    225  4460-001-Y1-M-V-KKK  Bow / Stern Thrusters        
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes as  
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
               4465     Controllable pitch type            
               4469     Drive mechanism                    
               4470     Control mechanism                  
               4471     Instrumentation                    
                                                           
         Read and become familiar with manufactures        
         instruction                                       
         manual 1-127-B.                                   
                                                           
         This operation and inspection shall be conducted  
         at                                                
         annual sea trial.                                 
                                                           
         Prior to leaving dock, divers should determine    
         that the                                          
         propellers are free of any obstruction.           
                                                           
         START-UP                                          
                                                           
         Note:  Three SSDG=s should be parallel to operate 
         thrusters.                                        
                                                           
         1. Check the oil level and condition in the sump  
         tank and                                          
         the gravity tank.                                 
                                                           
         2. Confirm that the power switch is ON at the main
         switchboard. (Lighting of the source lamp.)       
                                                           
         3. Confirm that the start up and stopping position
         change-over switch on the starter for the         
         maneuvering oil                                   
         pump motor is set to the remote control side.     
                                                           
         4. Confirm that the remote control panel power    
         switch is                                         
         ON.                                               
                                                           
         5. Confirm that suction and discharge valves are  
         open for                                          
         maneuvering oil pump and start pump. Confirm pump 
         ON                                                
         light is lit.                                     
                                                           
         6. Observe neutral blade angle of the blade angle 
         indicator. (Within 2 degrees for both left and    
         right)                                            
         Drive motor will not start if pitch angle is      
         greater than                                      
         2 degrees.                                        
                                                           
         7. Start drive motor. Note: The drive motor will  
         not                                               
         start unless the discharge pressure of the        
         maneuvering                                       
         oil pump is greater than the pressure set by the  
         pressure                                          
         switch and the propeller blade angle is in neutral
         position.                                         
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         DURING OPERATION:                                 
                                                           
         1. By the control lever on the remote control     
         panel,                                            
         instructions shall be given to the revolving bow  
         or stern                                          
         on the port or starboard pitch indicator lamps.   
                                                           
         2. In case the maneuvering oil pump is overloaded,
         the                                               
         motor will stop; and if the pressure remains below
         the                                               
         pre-set value for more than 10 seconds the main   
         motor                                             
         will stop.                                        
                                                           
         3. To prevent overload of the main motor, a load  
         control                                           
         system is equipped.                               
                                                           
         4. Inspect for leakage, vibration, abnormal       
         noises, and                                       
         working pressures.                                
                                                           
         5. Check oil level the sump tank and gravity tank.
                                                           
         STOPPING:                                         
                                                           
         1. After finishing maneuvers, set the propeller to
         zero                                              
         pitch.                                            
                                                           
         2. Stop the drive motor and pump motor.           
                                                           
         3. Switch off the power to all unit.              
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    226  4705-001-AR-M-V-KKK  Centrifugal Pumps            
                                                           
                                                           
         For each centrifugal pump, carry out the following
         inspection and conduct appropriate maintenance and
         repairs.  Record results of the inspection,       
         maintenance                                       
         and repairs on the attached PUMP CHECK OFF CHART. 
                                                           
         After inspection and maintenance and repairs, test
         pumps                                             
         in accordance with all other Phase IV procedures  
         where                                             
         required.  Run pumps as necessary to ensure proper
         operation and ensure priming system (when fitted),
         controls and indicator lights function properly.  
         Note:                                             
         Pumps with mechanical seals shall not be activated
         without containing system fluid.                  
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, not related MEI codes below
         as                                                
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
                   4706  Priming system                    
                                                           
         When applicable, inspect the pump=s priming system
         to                                                
         ensure proper operation.  For pumps with priming  
         lines                                             
         from the casing, inspect the tubing for defects.  
         Ensure                                            
         tubing does not have any restrictive kinks or     
         bends.                                            
         Where there is evidence of leaks, tighten fittings
         as                                                
         required.  For pumps with priming fluid head      
         tanks,                                            
         inspect integrity of tanks and piping/tubing      
         between                                           
         tanks and pumps.  Note all deficiencies deferred  
         for                                               
         repair.                                           
                                                           
         1.  Visually inspect foundation.  Note condition  
         of                                                
         coating and steel.  Report coating failure and    
         wasted                                            
         steel.                                            
                                                           
         2.  Hammer test foundation fasteners.  Tighten all
         loose                                             
         fasteners.                                        
                                                           
         3.  Visually inspect pump casing.  Where fitted,  
         assure                                            
         that the vibration analysis blocks are still in   
         place.                                            
         Install new blocks as necessary to replace missing
         blocks.                                           
                                                           
         4.  Visually inspect pump/motor coupling.  Check  
         tightness of fasteners.  When applicable, check   
         condition                                         
         of coupling rings.                                
                                                           
         5.  Inspect suction pressure gauge and isolation  
         valve.                                            
         Note condition of gauge face plate, glass window  
         and                                               
         fittings.  Does gauge have a current calibration  
         sticker?                                          
         Test isolation valve.  Does valve open and close  
         freely?                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         6. Inspect discharge pressure gauge and isolation 
         valve.                                            
         Note condition of gauge face plate, glass window  
         and                                               
         fittings.  Does gauge have a current calibration  
         sticker?                                          
         Test isolation valve.  Does valve open and close  
         freely?                                           
                                                           
         7.  Check piping/tubing for suction pressure      
         gauge.  Is                                        
         piping/tubing intact?  Is piping/tubing rigidly   
         supported                                         
         by clamps or bands to prevent vibration?  Is      
         piping/tubing free of restrictive kinks or bends? 
                                                           
         8. Check piping/tubing for discharge pressure     
         gauge.  Is                                        
         piping/tubing intact?  Is piping/tubing rigidly   
         supported                                         
         by clamps or bands to prevent vibration?  Is      
         piping/tubing free of restrictive kinks or bends? 
                                                           
         9.  When applicable, insure presence of grease    
         nipples.                                          
         Replace nipples as necessary.  Apply grease as    
         required.                                         
                                                           
         10.  Inspect condition and tightness of packing   
         gland,                                            
         where fitted.                                     
                                                           
         11.  Inspect condition and tightness of gland     
         nuts, where                                       
         fitted.                                           
                                                           
         12.  Inspect condition of gland studs, where      
         fitted.                                           
                                                           
         13.  If there is evidence of leakage through      
         packing                                           
         gland, tighten down on gland.  If tightening of   
         gland                                             
         does not stop leakage, install additional packing 
         or                                                
         replace all packing as appropriate.               
                                                           
         14.  Inspect mechanical seal for visual defects   
         and                                               
         tightness of seal.                                
                                                           
         15.  Inspect condition pump casing plug(s).  Renew
         wasted                                            
         plugs.  When possible, remove plugs and lubricate 
         with                                              
         anti-seize compound and re-install same.          
                                                           
         16.  Hand rotate pump to ensure free operation.   
                                                           
         17.  Inspect impeller shaft in way of stuffing box
         or                                                
         mechanical seal for wear or pitting.              
                                                           
         18.  Inspect pump nameplate.  If a new nameplate  
         is                                                
         needed to replace a missing nameplate, look up    
         nameplate                                         
         data in the manufacturer=s manual and requisition 
         a new                                             
         nameplate for installation.                       
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         19.   Is nameplate legible?  Clean nameplate if   
         necessary.  Record nameplate data on the pump     
         inspection                                        
         form. If a new nameplate is needed to replace an  
         illegible nameplate, look up nameplate data in the
         manufacturer=s manual and requisition a new       
         nameplate for                                     
         installation.                                     
                                                           
         20.  Inspect external coating of pump and         
         appurtenances.                                    
         Report coating deficiencies or failures.          
                                                           
         END OF RECORh%J9X.J9<5J9^4J9F-J9^                 
         J9"J9$                                           
         J9                                                
    227  4705-001-AR-M-V-KKK  Centrifugal Pumps            
                                                           
         For each centrifugal pump, carry out the following
         inspection and conduct appropriate maintenance and
         repairs.  Record results of the inspection,       
         maintenance                                       
         and repairs on the attached PUMP CHECK OFF CHART. 
                                                           
         After inspection and maintenance and repairs, test
         pumps in accordance with all other Phase IV       
         procedures                                        
         where required.  Run pumps as necessary to ensure 
         proper operation and ensure priming system (when  
         fitted), controls and indicator lights function   
         properly.                                         
                                                           
         Note: Pumps with mechanical seals shall not be    
               activated without containing system fluid.  
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, not related MEI codes below
         as                                                
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
                   4706  Priming system                    
                                                           
         When applicable, inspect the pump=s priming system
         to                                                
         ensure proper operation.  For pumps with priming  
         lines                                             
         from the casing, inspect the tubing for defects.  
                                                           
         Ensure tubing does not have any restrictive kinks 
         or                                                
         bends.  Where there is evidence of leaks, tighten 
         fittings as required.  For pumps with priming     
         fluid                                             
         head tanks, inspect integrity of tanks and        
         piping/tubing between tanks and pumps.  Note all  
         deficiencies deferred for repair.                 
                                                           
         1.  Visually inspect foundation.  Note condition  
         of                                                
         coating and steel.  Report coating failure and    
         wasted                                            
         steel.                                            
                                                           
         2.  Hammer test foundation fasteners.  Tighten all
         loose fasteners.                                  
                                                           
         3.  Visually inspect pump casing.  Where fitted,  
         assure                                            
         that the vibration analysis blocks are still in   
         place.                                            
         Install new blocks as necessary to replace missing
         blocks.                                           
                                                           
         4.  Visually inspect pump/motor coupling.  Check  
         tightness of fasteners.  When applicable, check   
         condition of coupling rings.                      
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         5.  Inspect suction pressure gauge and isolation  
         valve.                                            
         Note condition of gauge face plate, glass window  
         and                                               
         fittings.  Does gauge have a current calibration  
         sticker?  Test isolation valve.  Does valve open  
         and                                               
         close freely?                                     
                                                           
         6. Inspect discharge pressure gauge and isolation 
         valve.  Note condition of gauge face plate, glass 
         window and fittings.  Does gauge have a current   
         calibration sticker?  Test isolation valve.  Does 
         valve                                             
         open and close freely?                            
                                                           
         7.  Check piping/tubing for suction pressure      
         gauge.  Is                                        
         piping/tubing intact?  Is piping/tubing rigidly   
         supported by clamps or bands to prevent vibration?
          Is                                               
         piping/tubing free of restrictive kinks or bends? 
                                                           
         8. Check piping/tubing for discharge pressure     
         gauge.                                            
         Is piping/tubing intact?  Is piping/tubing rigidly
         supported by clamps or bands to prevent vibration?
          Is                                               
         piping/tubing free of restrictive kinks or bends? 
                                                           
         9.  When applicable, insure presence of grease    
         nipples.                                          
         Replace nipples as necessary.  Apply grease as    
         required.                                         
                                                           
         10.  Inspect condition and tightness of packing   
         gland,                                            
         where fitted.                                     
                                                           
         11.  Inspect condition and tightness of gland     
         nuts,                                             
         where fitted.                                     
                                                           
         12.  Inspect condition of gland studs, where      
         fitted.                                           
                                                           
         13.  If there is evidence of leakage through      
         packing                                           
         gland, tighten down on gland.  If tightening of   
         gland                                             
         does not stop leakage, install additional packing 
         or                                                
         replace all packing as appropriate.               
                                                           
         14.  Inspect mechanical seal for visual defects   
         and                                               
         tightness of seal.                                
                                                           
         15.  Inspect condition pump casing plug(s).  Renew
         wasted plugs.  When possible, remove plugs and    
         lubricate with anti-seize compound and re-install 
         same.                                             
                                                           
         16.  Hand rotate pump to ensure free operation.   
                                                           
         17.  Inspect impeller shaft in way of stuffing box
         or                                                
         mechanical seal for wear or pitting.              
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         18.  Inspect pump nameplate.  If a new nameplate  
         is                                                
         needed to replace a missing nameplate, look up    
         nameplate data in the manufacturer=s manual and   
         requisition a new nameplate for installation.     
                                                           
         19.   Is nameplate legible?  Clean nameplate if   
         necessary.  Record nameplate data on the pump     
         inspection form. If a new nameplate is needed to  
         replace an illegible nameplate, look up nameplate 
         data                                              
         in the manufacturer=s manual and requisition a new
         nameplate for installation.                       
                                                           
         20.  Inspect external coating of pump and         
         appurtenances.  Report coating deficiencies or    
         failures.                                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    228  4705-002-AR-M-V-KKK  Pump Check Off Chart         
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         VESSEL:     CAPE                                  
         LOCATION:   Poland Street Wharf - New Orleans, LA 
                                                           
         PUMP DESCRIPTION:                                 
         Type:                                             
         Capacity (m3/h):                                  
         Total Head (m):                                   
         Speed (rpm):                                      
         Prime Mover:                                      
                                                           
         0 - Poor; requires further attention by the crew  
         (see                                              
         Remarks below)                                    
         1 - Poor; requires contract support (see Remarks  
         below)                                            
         2 - Requires parts for repair (see Remarks below) 
         3 - Deferable; needs improvement (see Remarks     
         below)                                            
         4 - Repaired during inspection (see Remarks below)
         5 - Satisfactory                                  
                                                           
                                       0     1     2     3 
            4     5                                        
         N/A                                               
                                                           
         1.    Foundation                                  
                                                           
         2.    Hammer Test                                 
               Foundation Nuts                             
                                                           
         3.    Pump Casing                                 
                                                           
         4.    Coupling                                    
                                                           
         5.    Suct Press Gauge                            
               and isolation Valve                         
                                                           
         6.    Disch Press Gauge                           
               and isolation Valve                         
                                                           
         7.    Piping for Suct Gauge                       
                                                           
         8.    Piping for Dis. Gauge                       
                                                           
         9.    Grease Nipples                              
                                                           
         10.   Gland                                       
                                                           
         11.   Gland Nuts                                  
                                                           
         12.   Gland Studs                                 
                                                           
         13.   Gland Packing                               
                                                           
         14.   Mechanical Seal                             
                                                           
         15.   Pump Casing Plug(s)                         
                                                           
         16.   Free Rotation                               
               of Impeller                                 
                                                           
         17.   Impeller Shaft                              
               iwo stuffing box)                           
                                                           
         18.  Name Plate                                   
                                                           
         19.  Name Plate Data Leg.                         
                                                           
         20.  External Coating                             
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         Remarks:                                          
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
                                                           
         Signature:__________________                      
         Title:_________________                           
                                                           
         Name:___________________________                  
         Date:_________                                    
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    229  4710-001-AR-M-V-KKK  Rotary Pumps                 
                                                           
         For each rotary pump, carry out the following     
         inspection and conduct appropriate maintenance and
         repairs.                                          
                                                           
         After inspection and maintenance and repairs, test
         pumps in accordance with all other Phase IV       
         procedures                                        
         where required.  Run pumps as necessary to ensure 
         proper operation and ensure priming system (when  
         fitted), controls and indicator lights function   
         properly.                                         
                                                           
         Note: Pumps with mechanical seals shall not be    
               activated without containing system fluid.  
                                                           
         1.   Visually inspect foundation.  Note condition 
         of                                                
         coating and steel.  Report coating failure and    
         wasted                                            
         steel.                                            
                                                           
         2.   Hammer test foundation fasteners.  Tighten   
         all                                               
         loose fasteners.                                  
                                                           
         3.   Visually inspect pump casing.  Where fitted, 
         assure that the vibration analysis blocks are     
         still in                                          
         place.  Install new blocks as necessary to replace
         missing blocks.                                   
                                                           
         4.   Visually inspect pump/motor coupling.  Check 
         tightness of fasteners. When applicable, check    
         condition of coupling rings.                      
                                                           
         5.   Inspect suction pressure gauge and isolation 
         valve.  Note condition of gauge face plate, glass 
         window and fittings.  Does gauge have a current   
         calibration sticker?  Test isolation valve.  Does 
         valve                                             
         open and close freely?                            
                                                           
         6.   Inspect discharge pressure gauge and         
         isolation                                         
         valve.  Note condition of gauge face plate, glass 
         window and fittings.  Does gauge have a current   
         calibration sticker?  Test isolation valve.  Does 
         valve                                             
         open and close freely?                            
                                                           
         7.   Check piping/tubing for suction pressure     
         gauge.                                            
         Is piping/tubing intact?  Is piping/tubing rigidly
         supported by clamps or bands to prevent vibration?
          Is                                               
         piping/tubing free of restrictive kinks or bends? 
                                                           
         8.   Check piping/tubing for discharge pressure   
         gauge.                                            
         Is piping/tubing intact?  Is piping/tubing rigidly
         supported by clamps or bands to prevent vibration?
          Is                                               
         piping/tubing free of restrictive kinks or bends? 
                                                           
                                                           
         9.   When applicable, insure presence of grease   
         nipples.  Replace nipples as necessary.  Apply    
         grease                                            
         as required.                                      
                                                           
         10.  Inspect seal for visual defects and tightness
         of                                                
         seal.                                             
                                                           
         11.  Hand rotate pump to ensure free operation.   
                                                           
         12.  Inspect shaft in way of seal for wear or     
         pitting.                                          
                                                           
         13.  Inspect pump nameplate.  If a nameplate is   
         needed                                            
         to replace a missing nameplate, lookup nameplate  
         data                                              
         in the manufacturer's manual and requisition a new
         nameplate for installation.                       
                                                           
         14.  Is nameplate legible?  Clean nameplate if    
         necesary.  Record nameplate data on the pump      
         inspection                                        
         form.  If a new nameplate is needed to replace an 
         illegible nameplate, look up nameplate data in the
         manufacturer's manual and requisition a new       
         nameplate                                         
         for installation.                                 
                                                           
         15.  Inspect external coating of pump and         
         appurtenances.  Report coating deficiencies or    
         failures.                                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
         !!!                                               
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
    230  4730-001-W1-M-V-KKK  Bilge Pump (Maintain)        
                                                           
                                                           
         Perform the following weekly maintenance to the   
         reciprocating bilge pump in accordance with the   
         manufacturer~s recommendations.                   
                                                           
         1.  Lubricate the bearing metal.                  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    231  4730-001-W1-M-V-KKK  Bilge Pump (Maintain)        
                                                           
                                                           
         Perform the following weekly maintenance to the   
         reciprocating bilge pump in accordance with the   
         manufacturer~s recommendations.                   
                                                           
         1.  Lubricate the bearing metal.                  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    232  4730-001-W1-M-V-KKK  Bilge Pump (Maintain)        
                                                           
                                                           
         Perform the following weekly maintenance to the   
         reciprocating bilge pump in accordance with the   
         manufacturer~s recommendations.                   
                                                           
         1.  Lubricate the bearing metal.                  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    233  4730-001-W1-M-V-KKK  Bilge Pump (Maintain)        
                                                           
                                                           
         Perform the following weekly maintenance to the   
         reciprocating bilge pump in accordance with the   
         manufacturer~s recommendations.                   
                                                           
         1.  Lubricate the bearing metal.                  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    234  4730-002-M3-M-V-KKK  Bilge Pump (Inspect/Maintain)
                                                           
                                                           
         Perform the following quarterly maintenance to the
         reciprocating bilge pump in accordance with the   
         manufacturers recommendations.                    
                                                           
         Grease the ball and roller bearings (including the
         motor).                                           
                                                           
         Inspect the gland packing and replace as required.
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    235  4730-003-Y1-M-V-KKK  Bilge Pump (Inspect/Maintain)
                                                           
                                                           
         Perform the following annual (or 8000 hour)       
         inspections                                       
         and  maintenance to the reciprocating bilge pump  
         in                                                
         accordance with the manufacturers recommendations.
                                                           
         Note:  All clearances and parts should be checked 
         routinely when the unit is dismantled for         
         maintenance and                                   
         repairs.                                          
                                                           
         1.    Inspect and if necessary replace the bearing
         metal.                                            
                                                           
         2.    Inspect and if necessary replace the bucket 
         ring.                                             
                                                           
         3.    Inspect and if necessary replace the pump   
         valve and                                         
               seat                                        
                                                           
         4.    Repaint the cast iron casting as necessary. 
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    236  4730-004-HR-M-V-KKK  Bilge Pump (20,000 HR)       
                                                           
                                                           
         Perform the following 20,000 hour inspections and 
         maintenance to the reciprocating bilge pump in    
         accordance                                        
         with the manufacturers recommendations.           
                                                           
         Note:  All clearances and parts should be checked 
         routinely when the unit is dismantled for         
         maintenance and                                   
         repairs.                                          
                                                           
         1.    Inspect and replace if necessary the ball   
         and roller                                        
         bearings (including the motor).                   
                                                           
         2.  Inspect the pump cylinder and valve box.      
                                                           
         3.  Inspect the reduction gear.                   
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    237  4801-001-AR-M-V-KKK  Piping and Fittings          
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes as  
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
                   4803   Actuators                        
                           (electric/hydraulic/pneumatic)  
                   4805   Piping/plumbing                  
                   4806   Expansion joints                 
                   4815   Pipe fittings                    
                   4816   Hydraulic hoses/fittings         
                   4819   Miscellaneous hoses              
                   4820   Valves                           
                   4821   Stop valves                      
                   4822   Check valves                     
                   4823   Stop-check valves                
                   4824   Relief valves                    
                   4825   Regulating valves                
                   4826   Thermostatic valves              
                   4827   Motor operated valves            
                   4828   Air operated valves              
                   4829   Sentinel valves                  
                   4830   Safety valves                    
                   4833   Manifolds                        
                   4835   System fittings (strainers,      
         filters,                                          
                           traps, etc.)                    
                   4836   Gauge glasses & assemblies       
                   4840   Whistle                          
                   4850   Sea chests/overboard discharge   
                           connections                     
                   4852   Sea strainers (in piping)        
                   4860   Educators                        
                                                           
         For each system in the engine room and throughout 
         the                                               
         vessel, inspect all components of the system for  
         damage,                                           
         deterioration, leaks, and other defects.          
                                                           
         When possible, all valves shall be exercised fully
         open                                              
         and fully closed to insure freedom of movement.   
         Apply                                             
         anti-seize compound to the valve stems.  Check    
         valve                                             
         handwheel identification tags.  Tags shall be     
         cleaned on                                        
         a wire wheel to facilitate legibility.  Illegible 
         tags                                              
         shall be replaced.  Refer to the attached VALVE   
         CHECK OFF                                         
         CHART for guidance.                               
                                                           
         Piping shall be inspected for signs of leakage,   
         particularly at flanged and threaded joints.      
         Leaking                                           
         gaskets shall be replaced.  Leaking threaded      
         connections                                       
         shall be repaired with pipe dope or teflon.  Pipe 
         and                                               
         tubing fittings, valves and all other system      
         fittings                                          
         shall be inspected for leaks or other defects.    
         Repair                                            
         all leaks or replace defective components.        
                                                           
                                                           
         Strainers, filters and traps shall be opened and  
         cleaned. Gauge                                    
         glasses and assemblies shall be cleaned and       
         repacked as                                       
         required.                                         
                                                           
         When possible, electric/hydraulic/pneumatic       
         actuators,                                        
         regulating valves, thermostatic valves, motor     
         operated                                          
         valves, air operated valves, sentinel valves,     
         safety                                            
         valves and educators shall be tested to insure    
         proper                                            
         operation.  When applicable, refer to the attached
         REMOTE                                            
         OPERATING VALVE CHECK OFF CHART for guidance.     
                                                           
         Hoses and expansion joints shall be inspected for 
         wear                                              
         and deterioration.  Replace defective hoses and   
         expansion                                         
         joints.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    238  4801-002-AR-M-V-KKK  Piping / Fittings - Valve    
         List                                              
                                                           
                                                           
         VESSEL:     ___________________________________   
         LOCATION:   ___________________________________   
                                                           
         VALVE DESCRIPTION:                                
         Application:            __________                
         Valve Number:           __________                
         Manufacturer:           __________                
         Style:                  __________                
         Size:                   __________                
         Notes:                                            
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
                                                           
         0 - Poor; requires further attention by the crew  
         (see                                              
               Remarks below)                              
         1 - Poor; requires contract support (see Remarks  
         below)                                            
         2 - Requires parts for repair (see Remarks below) 
         3 - Deferable; needs improvement (see Remarks     
         below)                                            
         4 - Repaired during inspection (see Remarks below)
         5 - Satisfactory                                  
                                                           
         INSPECTION              0     1     2     3     4 
            5     N/A                                      
                                                           
         Freedom of                                        
             movement                                      
                                                           
         2.  Handwheel                                     
                                                           
         3.  Handwheel Nameplate                           
                                                           
         4.  Nameplate Legible                             
                                                           
         5.  Stem                                          
                                                           
         6.  Flanges/Gaskets                               
                                                           
         7.  Flange Fasteners                              
                                                           
         8.  Tightness of                                  
             Packing Gland                                 
                                                           
         9.  Packing Gland                                 
             Fasteners                                     
                                                           
         10. Body                                          
                                                           
                                                           
         MAINTENANCE                                       
                                                           
         Exercise the valve from fully open/closed to fully
         closed/open.  Adequately lubricate the stem with  
         anti-                                             
         seize compound during exercise.                   
                                                           
         Tighten loose flange, gland and handwheel         
         fasteners and                                     
         bonnet as applicable.                             
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         Verify the correct information on the handwheel   
         nameplate                                         
         iaw Application above.  If missing or incorrect,  
         specify                                           
         correct nomenclature for a new nameplate.  Include
         size                                              
         (OD) of namplate and ID of hole to fit the        
         nameplate on                                      
         the stem under the handwheel nut.                 
                                                           
         If it is recommended that the valve be replaced,  
         provide                                           
         all pertinent information for ordering, including 
         application, materials, manufacturer (if          
         available),                                       
         style, and size (ie. 5k40; 10k125).  Also include 
         flange                                            
         to flange (face to face) dimensions, number of    
         holes on                                          
         the flange, bolt circle diameter and flange       
         diameter.                                         
                                                           
         Remarks:                                          
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
                                                           
         Signature:_________________                       
         Title:_____________________                       
                                                           
         Name:__________________________ Date:_____________
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    239  4801-003-AR-M-V-KKK  Piping / Fittings - Remote   
         Operator List                                     
                                                           
                                                           
         VESSEL:     ___________________________________   
         LOCATION:   ___________________________________   
                                                           
         VALVE DESCRIPTION:                                
         Application:                        __________    
         Valve Number:                       __________    
         Manufacturer:                       __________    
         Style:                              __________    
         Size:                               __________    
         Actuator (elect/hyd/pneu):          __________    
         Actuator mfg:                       __________    
         Notes:                                            
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
                                                           
         0 - Poor; requires further attention by the crew  
         (see                                              
               Remarks below)                              
         1 - Poor; requires contract support (see Remarks  
         below)                                            
         2 - Requires parts for repair (see Remarks below) 
         3 - Deferable; needs improvement (see Remarks     
         below)                                            
         4 - Repaired during inspection (see Remarks below)
         5 - Satisfactory                                  
                                                           
         INSPECTION              0     1     2     3     4 
            5     N/A                                      
                                                           
         1.  Freedom of movement                           
                                                           
         2.  Handwheel                                     
                                                           
         3.  Nameplate                                     
                                                           
         4.  Nameplate Legible                             
                                                           
         5.  Stem                                          
                                                           
         6.  Flanges/Gaskets                               
                                                           
         7.  Flange Fasteners                              
                                                           
         8.  Tightness of                                  
         9.  Packing Gland                                 
                                                           
         10. Packing Gland                                 
             Fasteners                                     
                                                           
         11.  Body                                         
                                                           
         12.  Limit switches                               
                                                           
         13.  Indicator Lights                             
                                                           
         14.  Actuator                                     
                                                           
                                                           
         MAINTENANCE                                       
                                                           
         1.    Manually exercise the valve from fully      
         open/closed                                       
               to fully closed/open.                       
                                                           
         2.    Ensure limit switch(es) is (are) properly   
         adjusted                                          
               for remote operation.                       
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         3.    Ensure valve position indicators and        
         indicator                                         
               lights function properly.                   
                                                           
         4.    Exercise valve from its remote operating    
         station(s)                                        
               if applicable.                              
                                                           
         5.    Verify the correct information on the       
         nameplate iaw                                     
               Application above.  If missing or incorrect,
               specify correct nomenclature for a new      
         nameplate.                                        
                                                           
         Remarks:                                          
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         ____                                              
                                                           
         Signature:_________________________               
         Title:_________                                   
                                                           
         Name:______________________________ Date:_________
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    240  4851-001-M1-M-V-KKK  Sea Valves                   
                                                           
                                                           
         Prior to implementing this task, note any         
         operational                                       
         considerations or repair work which may be        
         affected by                                       
         opening or closing sea valves.  Individually fully
         open                                              
         and close the following sea valves.  Adjust       
         packing as                                        
         necessary. Use reach rods where fitted.  Report   
         any noted                                         
         deficiencies.                                     
                                                           
         Note:  Frame Locations are approximate.           
                                                           
                                                           
         #     IDENTIFICATION    SIZE/TYPE   Location      
         Tested      Note                                  
         W101V Main Sea CW                                 
               Suction           400 mm B    Fr 63 P       
         ______      _____                                 
         W102V Aux Eng CW                                  
               Suction           250 mm B    Fr 64 S       
         ______      _____                                 
         W103V Air Con CW                                  
               Suction           200 mm B    Fr 64 P       
         ______      _____                                 
         W104V Dom Reefer                                  
               CW Suction        50 mm  G    Fr 64 P       
         ______      _____                                 
         W105V Main Engine                                 
               CW Overboard      400 mm B    Fr 61 P       
         ______      _____                                 
         W106V Air Cond CW                                 
               Overboard         200 mm B    Fr 43 P       
         ______      _____                                 
         W107V Dom Reefer                                  
               CW Overboard      50 mm  G    Fr 43 P       
         ______      _____                                 
         W108V Aux Eng CW                                  
               Overboard         250 mm B    Fr 43 S       
         ______      _____                                 
         W109V Line Shaft Brg                              
               CW Overboard      40 mm  G    Fr 28 P       
         ______      _____                                 
         W110V Bilge and                                   
               Ballast                                     
               Suction           300 mm B    Fr 64 C       
         ______      _____                                 
         W111V MS Fire Pump                                
               Suction           125 mm B    Fr 64 P       
         ______      _____                                 
         W112V Fire & Deck                                 
               Wash Pump Suc     125 mm B    Fr 64 P       
         ______      _____                                 
         W113V Evap Ejector                                
               Pump Suction      80 mm  G    Fr 63 P       
         ______      _____                                 
         W114V Bilge & Ballast                             
               Pump Ovbd         300 mm B    Fr 61 P       
         _____       _____                                 
         W115V Ballast Eductor                             
               Ovbd              150 mm B    Fr 59 P       
         _____       _____                                 
         W116V Evap Ejector                                
               Ovbd              65 mm  G    Fr 50 P       
         _____       _____                                 
         W117V Port Sea Chest                              
               Vent              100 mm B    Fr 63 P       
         _____       _____                                 
         W118V Stbd Sea Chest                              
               Vent              100 mm B    Fr 63 S       
         _____       _____                                 
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         W119V Aux Engine CW                               
               Suction           200 mm B    Fr 64 S       
         _____       _____                                 
         A101V Port Sea Chest                              
               Steam Out         40 mm  G    Fr 63 P       
         _____       _____                                 
         A102V Stbd Sea Chest                              
               Steam Out         40 mm  G    Fr 63 S       
         _____       _____                                 
         A103V Port Ovbd Chest                             
               Steam Out         40 mm  G    Fr 61 P       
         _____       _____                                 
         Q101V Aux Boiler                                  
               Blow              40 mm  G    Fr 31 S       
         _____       _____                                 
         B101V OWS Overboard     40 mm  G    Fr 45 S       
         _____       _____                                 
         B102V Aux Bilge Pump                              
               Sea Suction       50 mm  G    Fr 64 S       
         _____       _____                                 
         SL1V  Accommodation                               
               Soil Ovbd Port    150 mm G    Fr 29 P       
         _____       _____                                 
         SL1V  Accommodation                               
               Soil Ovbd Stbd    150 mm G    Fr 29 S       
         _____       _____                                 
               ECR A/C CW                                  
               Overboard         40 mm  G    Fr 45 S       
         _____       _____                                 
               Gastight Door                               
               Scupper Valves    80 mm SC    Fr 55 S       
         _____       _____                                 
               Steering Gear                               
               Room                                        
               Bilge Ovbd        50 mm  G    Fr 8 P        
         _____       _____                                 
                                                           
               Blanked Off Out of Commission               
                                                           
               Gastight Door                               
               Scupper Valves    80 mm SC    Fr 12 P       
         _____       _____                                 
               Deck CW Overboard                           
               Aft               100 mm G    Fr 10 P       
         _____       _____                                 
               Emergency Fire                              
               Pump Suc          100 mm AG   Fr 245 P      
         _____       _____                                 
               Emergency Fire                              
               Pump Stm Out      15 mm  G    Fr 245 P      
         _____       _____                                 
               Deck CW Overboard                           
               Forward           65 mm  G    Fr 245 P      
         _____       _____                                 
               Port Stabilizer                             
               CW Suction        100 mm G    Fr 108 P      
         _____       _____                                 
               Port Stabilizer                             
               CW Ovbd           40 mm AG    Fr 108 P      
         _____       _____                                 
               Port Stabilizer                             
               CW SC Air Out     15 mm  G    Fr 108 P      
         _____       _____                                 
               Stbd Stabilizer                             
               CW Suction        100 mm G    Fr 108 S      
         _____       _____                                 
               Stbd Stabilizer                             
               CW SC Air Out     15 mm  G    Fr 108 S      
         _____       _____                                 
               Stbd Stabilizer                             
               CW Ovbd           40 mm AG    Fr 108 S      
         _____       _____                                 
                                                           
               Bos=n Store Bilge                           
               Eductor Ovbd      50 mm SC    Fr 240P       
         _____       _____                                 
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
               TCR Toilet Scupper                          
               Valve             50 mm SC    Fr 5 P        
         _____       _____                                 
               Threshold/Flaps                             
               Drain Scuppers    50 mm SC    Fr 5 P        
         _____       _____                                 
               Threshold/Flaps                             
               Drain Scuppers    50 mm SC    Fr 15 S       
         _____       _____                                 
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    241  4906-001-DY-M-V-KKK  Main Air Compressors         
                              (Inspect Daily)              
                                                           
                                                           
         Main Air Compressors No. 1 & 2                    
         Mfg.:       Teikoku-Hamworthy                     
         Type:       Two Stage Vertical Piston             
         Model:      2TM6                                  
         Cyl.:       2                                     
         RPM:        720                                   
         Capacity:   190 cu m/h                            
         Delivery:   30 kg/sq cm                           
                                                           
         Topping Up Air Compressor                         
         Mfg:        Teikoku-Hamworthy                     
         Type:       Two Stage Vertical Piston             
         Model:      2TM6                                  
         Cyl.:       2                                     
         RPM:        600                                   
         Capacity:   160 cu m/h                            
         Delivery:   30 kg/sq cm                           
                                                           
         The following inspection shall be performed on the
         main                                              
         and topping up air compressors on a daily basis or
         approximately every ten (10) hours of operation   
         (during                                           
         normal continuous service) in accordance with     
         manufacturer's instructions.                      
                                                           
         1.    Visually inspect for compressors and system 
         piping                                            
               and components for defects.                 
                                                           
         2.    Verify proper line up of piping, including  
         delivery                                          
               piping and salt water cooling for the       
         cooling fresh                                     
               water coolers.                              
                                                           
         3.    Check level of fresh water expansion tank.  
                                                           
         4.    Check oil level in crankcase.               
                                                           
         5.    Check oil and air pressures and gauge cock  
         and                                               
               valve settings.                             
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    242  4906-002-HR-M-V-KKK  Main Air Compressors M&I (150
         HR)                                               
                                                           
                                                           
         Main Air Compressors No. 1 & 2                    
         Mfg.:       Teikoku-Hamworthy                     
         Type:       Two Stage Vertical Piston             
         Model:      2TM6                                  
         Cyl.:       2                                     
         RPM:        720                                   
         Capacity:   190 cu m/h                            
         Delivery:   30 kg/sq cm                           
                                                           
         Topping Up Air Compressor                         
         Mfg:        Teikoku-Hamworthy                     
         Type:       Two Stage Vertical Piston             
         Model:      2TM6                                  
         Cyl.:       2                                     
         RPM:        600                                   
         Capacity:   160 cu m/h                            
         Delivery:   30 kg/sq cm                           
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the main                                          
         and topping up air compressors every 150 hours in 
         accordance with manufacturer=s instructions.      
                                                           
         1.  Clean and inspect the automatic valves.       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    243  4906-003-HR-M-V-KKK  Main Air Compressors M&I (250
         HR)                                               
                                                           
                                                           
         Main Air Compressors No. 1 & 2                    
         Mfg.:       Teikoku-Hamworthy                     
         Type:       Two Stage Vertical Piston             
         Model:      2TM6                                  
         Cyl.:       2                                     
         RPM:        720                                   
         Capacity:   190 cu m/h                            
         Delivery:   30 kg/sq cm                           
                                                           
         Topping Up Air Compressor                         
         Mfg:        Teikoku-Hamworthy                     
         Type:       Two Stage Vertical Piston             
         Model:      2TM6                                  
         Cyl.:       2                                     
         RPM:        600                                   
         Capacity: 160 cu m/h                              
         Delivery: 30 kg/sq cm                             
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the main                                          
         and topping up air compressors every 250 hours in 
         accordance with manufacturer=s instructions.      
                                                           
         1.  Clean the air inlet filter.                   
                                                           
         2.  Lift test the water jacket relief valve.      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    244  4906-004-HR-M-V-KKK  Main Air Compressors M&I (500
         HR)                                               
                                                           
                                                           
         Main Air Compressors No. 1 & 2                    
         Mfg.:       Teikoku-Hamworthy                     
         Type:       Two Stage Vertical Piston             
         Model:      2TM6                                  
         Cyl.:       2                                     
         RPM:        720                                   
         Capacity:   190 cu m/h                            
         Delivery:   30 kg/sq cm                           
                                                           
         Topping Up Air Compressor                         
         Mfg:        Teikoku-Hamworthy                     
         Type:       Two Stage Vertical Piston             
         Model:      2TM6                                  
         Cyl.:       2                                     
         RPM:        600                                   
         Capacity:   160 cu m/h                            
         Delivery:   30 kg/sq cm                           
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the main                                          
         and topping up air compressors every 250 hours in 
         accordance with manufacturer=s instructions.      
                                                           
         1.    Drain and fill the crankcase with new oil.  
                                                           
         2.    Clean and inspect the non-return (N.R.V.)   
         delivery                                          
               valve.                                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    245  4906-005-HR-M-V-KKK  Main Air Compressors M&I     
         (1000 HR)                                         
                                                           
                                                           
         Main Air Compressors No. 1 & 2                    
         Mfg.:       Teikoku-Hamworthy                     
         Type:       Two Stage Vertical Piston             
         Model:      2TM6                                  
         Cyl.:       2                                     
         RPM:        720                                   
         Capacity: 190 cu m/h                              
         Delivery: 30 kg/sq cm                             
                                                           
         Topping Up Air Compressor                         
         Mfg:        Teikoku-Hamworthy                     
         Type:       Two Stage Vertical Piston             
         Model:      2TM6                                  
         Cyl.:       2                                     
         RPM:        600                                   
         Capacity: 160 cu m/h                              
         Delivery: 30 kg/sq cm                             
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the main                                          
         and topping up air compressors every 1000 hours in
         accordance with manufacturer=s instructions.      
                                                           
         1.    Clean and inspect the valves, seats and     
         o-ring                                            
               seals.  Replace as necessary.               
                                                           
         2.    Replace the fusible plug.                   
                                                           
         3.    Replace the by-pass oil filter.             
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    246  4906-006-HR-M-V-KKK  Main Air Compressors M&I     
         (2000 HR)                                         
                                                           
                                                           
         Main Air Compressors No. 1 & 2                    
         Mfg.:        Teikoku-Hamworthy                    
         Type:       Two Stage Vertical Piston             
         Model:      2TM6                                  
         Cyl.:       2                                     
         RPM:        720                                   
         Capacity: 190 cu m/h                              
         Delivery: 30 kg/sq cm                             
                                                           
         Topping Up Air Compressor                         
         Mfg:        Teikoku-Hamworthy                     
         Type:       Two Stage Vertical Piston             
         Model:      2TM6                                  
         Cyl.:       2                                     
         RPM:        600                                   
         Capacity: 160 cu m/h                              
         Delivery: 30 kg/sq cm                             
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the main                                          
         and topping up air compressors every 2000 hours in
         accordance with manufacturer=s instructions.      
                                                           
         1.  Clean the first stage and second stage        
         coolers.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    247  4906-007-HR-M-V-KKK  Main Air Compressors M&I     
         (4000 HR)                                         
                                                           
         Main Air Compressors No. 1 & 2                    
         Mfg.:       Teikoku-Hamworthy                     
         Type:       Two Stage Vertical Piston             
         Model:      2TM6                                  
         Cyl.:       2                                     
         RPM:        720                                   
         Capacity: 190 cu m/h                              
         Delivery: 30 kg/sq cm                             
                                                           
         Topping Up Air Compressor                         
         Mfg:        Teikoku-Hamworthy                     
         Type:       Two Stage Vertical Piston             
         Model:      2TM6                                  
         Cyl.:       2                                     
         RPM:        600                                   
         Capacity: 160 cu m/h                              
         Delivery: 30 kg/sq cm                             
                                                           
         The main and topping up air compressors shall be  
         stripped, inspected, measured and overhauled as   
         necessary every 4000 hours in accordance with     
         manufacturer=s instructions.                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    248  4907-001-DY-M-V-KKK  Control Air Compressor       
         (Inspect Daily)                                   
                                                           
         Mfg.:  Ingersoll-Rand                             
         Type:  Rotary Screw Air Compressor                
         Model: EP 40 SE                                   
                                                           
         The following inspection shall be performed on the
         control air compressors daily or every eight (8)  
         running                                           
         hours (during normal continuous use) in accordance
         with                                              
         manufacturer=s instructions.                      
                                                           
         1.  Check the coolant level.                      
                                                           
         2.  Check the discharge temperature (air).        
                                                           
         3.  Check the separator element differential.     
                                                           
         4.  Check the air filter delta P (at full load).  
                                                           
         5.  Check the oil filter delta P.                 
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    249  4907-002-HR-M-V-KKK  Control Air Compressor M&I   
         (500 HR)                                          
                                                           
         Mfg.:  Ingersoll-Rand                             
         Type:  Rotary Screw Air Compressor                
         Model: EP 40 SE                                   
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         control air compressor every 500 hours in         
         accordance with                                   
         manufacturer=s instructions.                      
                                                           
         1.  Check the V-belt/belt tension.                
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    250  4907-003-HR-M-V-KKK  Control Air Compressor M&I   
         (1000 HR)                                         
                                                           
         Mfg.:  Ingersoll-Rand                             
         Type:  Rotary Screw Air Compressor                
         Model: EP 40 SE                                   
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         control air compressor every 1000 hours in        
         accordance                                        
         with manufacturer=s instructions.                 
                                                           
         1.  Check the temperature sensor.                 
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    251  4907-004-HR-M-V-KKK  Control Air Compressor M&I   
         (2000 HR)                                         
                                                           
         Mfg.:  Ingersoll-Rand                             
         Type:  Rotary Screw Air Compressor                
         Model: EP 40 SE                                   
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         control air compressor every 2000 hours in        
         accordance                                        
         with manufacturer=s instructions.                 
                                                           
         1.  Replace the coolant filter.  Note:  In dirty  
         environments, the coolant filter may require      
         replacement                                       
         more frequently.                                  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    252  4907-005-HR-M-V-KKK  Control Air Compressor M&I   
         (4000 HR)                                         
                                                           
         Mfg.:  Ingersoll-Rand                             
         Type:  Rotary Screw Air Compressor                
         Model: EP 40 SE                                   
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         control air compressor every 4000 hours in        
         accordance                                        
         with manufacturer=s instructions.                 
                                                           
         1.  Clean the separator scavenge screen and       
         orifice.                                          
                                                           
         2.  Clean the cooler cores.  Note:  Cooler cores  
         may                                               
         require more frequent cleaning if discharge air   
         temperature is excessive or if unit shuts down on 
         high                                              
         air temperature.                                  
                                                           
         3.  Replace the air filter.  Note:  In dirty      
         environments, the air filter may require          
         replacement more                                  
         frequently.                                       
                                                           
         4.  Replace the separator element.  Note:  In     
         dirty                                             
         environments, the separator element may require   
         replacement more frequently.                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    253  4907-006-HR-M-V-KKK  Control Air Compressor M&I   
         (8000 HR)                                         
                                                           
         Mfg.:  Ingersoll-Rand                             
         Type:  Rotary Screw Air Compressor                
         Model: EP 40 SE                                   
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         control air compressor every 8000 hours in        
         accordance                                        
         with manufacturer=s instructions.                 
                                                           
         1.  Replace the shaft seal.                       
                                                           
         2.  Replace the coolant.  Note:  In dirty         
         environments,                                     
         the coolant may need to be changed more           
         frequently.                                       
                                                           
         3.  Inspect the starter contactors.               
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    254  4930-001-M1-M-V-KKK  Ships Service Air Dryer      
         (Maintain)                                        
                                                           
         Mfg.:  Pall Trinity Micro Corporation (Courtland, 
         NY)                                               
         Type:  Desiccant Type HA Air Dryer                
         Model: S1HA1                                      
                                                           
         The following inspections shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         ship=s service air dryer on a monthly basis       
         (during                                           
         normal continuous use) in accordance with         
         manufacturer=s                                    
         instructions.                                     
                                                           
         1.  Check operating conditions:  purge rate, line 
         temperatures, line pressure, inlet flow, etc.     
                                                           
         2.  Inspect visual moisture indicator (make sure  
         the                                               
         bleed is open).  The indicating gel will be BLUE  
         when air                                          
         is dry and PINK when air is wet.                  
                                                           
         3.  Check pressure drop across the pre-filter and 
         after                                             
         filter.  Should normally be less than 5 psig.     
                                                           
         4.  Check the dryer operating cycle for proper    
         operation                                         
         of solenoid valves, timer, etc.                   
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    255  4930-002-M3-M-V-KKK  Ships Service Air Dryer      
         (Maintain)                                        
                                                           
         Mfg.:  Pall Trinity Micro Corporation (Courtland, 
         NY)                                               
         Type:  Desiccant Type HA Air Dryer                
         Model: S1HA1                                      
                                                           
         The following inspections shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         ship=s service air dryer every three (3) months   
         (during                                           
         normal continuous use) in accordance with         
         manufacturer=s                                    
         instructions.                                     
                                                           
         1.  Check the outlet dew point.                   
                                                           
         2.  Blow down the relief valve.                   
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    256  4930-003-M6-M-V-KKK  Ships Service Air Dryer      
         (Maintain)                                        
                                                           
         Mfg.:  Pall Trinity Micro Corporation (Courtland, 
         NY)                                               
         Type:  Desiccant Type HA Air Dryer                
         Model: S1HA1                                      
                                                           
                                                           
         The following inspections shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         ship=s service air dryer every three (3) months   
         (during                                           
         normal continuous use) in accordance with         
         manufacturer=s                                    
         instructions.                                     
                                                           
         1.  Inspect and clean or replace the pilot air    
         filter                                            
         cartridges.                                       
                                                           
         2.  Inspect the purge exhaust mufflers and clean  
         as                                                
         required.                                         
                                                           
         3.  Check the stem nut on the pilot operated      
         valves                                            
         (inlet and purge).  If loose, tighten per         
         manufacturer=s                                    
         instructions.                                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    257  4930-004-Y1-M-V-KKK  Ships Service Air Dryer      
         (Maintain)                                        
                                                           
         Mfg.:  Pall Trinity Micro Corporation (Courtland, 
         NY)                                               
         Type:  Desiccant Type HA Air Dryer                
         Model: S1HA1                                      
                                                           
         The following inspections shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         ship=s service air dryer annually (during normal  
         continuous use) in accordance with manufacturer=s 
         instructions.                                     
                                                           
         1.  Inspect the desiccant and replace if is badly 
         broken                                            
         up or contaminated with oil.  Note:  Desiccant    
         normally                                          
         is 1/8@ diameter or larger.                       
                                                           
         2.  Inspect and clean or replace the seats on the 
         check                                             
         valves.                                           
                                                           
         3.  Inspect and clean the pilot operated valves.  
         Replace                                           
         packings if they have become worn or damaged.     
                                                           
         4.  Inspect and clean the solenoid valves.        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    258  4930-005-DY-M-V-KKK  Control Air Dryer (Inspect   
         Daily)                                            
                                                           
         Mfg.:  Ingersoll-Rand                             
         Type:  Direct Expansion Refrigerated Air Dryer    
         Model: DXR 140                                    
                                                           
         The following inspections shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         control air dryer daily or every eight (8) hours  
         (during                                           
         normal continuous use) in accordance with         
         manufacturer=s                                    
         instructions.                                     
                                                           
         1.  Check the operation of the automatic drain    
         valve.                                            
                                                           
         2.  Check the high evaporator temperature,        
         refrigerant                                       
         suction temperature, refrigerant discharge        
         temperature                                       
         and alarm lights on the System Operation Monitor. 
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    259  4930-006-M1-M-V-KKK  Control Air Dryer (Maintain) 
                                                           
         Mfg.:  Ingersoll-Rand                             
         Type:  Direct Expansion Refrigerated Air Dryer    
         Model: DXR 140                                    
                                                           
         The following inspections shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         control air dryer on a monthly basis (during      
         normal                                            
         continuous use) in accordance with manufacturer=s 
         instructions.                                     
                                                           
         1.  Inspect the condenser coils.  Remove all dust,
         dirt                                              
         or other particles with a soft brush or with      
         compressed                                        
         air (no more than 30 psig).  If coils are coated  
         with                                              
         oil, grease or other substances that reduce the   
         cooling                                           
         efficiency, clean the coil.                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    260  4930-007-HR-M-V-KKK  Control Air Dryer M&I (4500  
         HR)                                               
                                                           
         Mfg.:  Ingersoll-Rand                             
         Type:  Direct Expansion Refrigerated Air Dryer    
         Model: DXR 140                                    
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         control air dryer every 4500 hours in accordance  
         with                                              
         manufacturer=s instructions.  Note:  The blue     
         SERVICE DUE                                       
         indicator on the System Operation Monitor will    
         light                                             
         after 4500 hours of dryer operation.              
                                                           
         1.  Disassemble and clean the automatic drain     
         valve.                                            
                                                           
         2.  Disassemble and clean separator bowl.         
                                                           
         3.  Inspect the condenser coils and clean if      
         necessary.                                        
                                                           
         4.  Lubricate the fan motors with 20 wt motor oil.
                                                           
         5.  Reset the SERVICE DUE INDICATOR.              
                                                           
               a. Turn the power switch to the OFF         
         position.                                         
                                                           
               b.    Hold down the PUSH TO TEST and        
         CLOSED/OPEN                                       
                     buttons simultaneously.               
                                                           
               c.  Turn the power switch to the ON         
         position.                                         
                                                           
         d.  Wait two seconds.  Release the PUSH TO TEST   
         and                                               
         CLOSED/OPEN buttons.                              
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    261  5120-001-Y1-M-V-KKK  Waste Heat Economizer        
                                                           
         1.  Visually inspect the waste heat economizer    
         through                                           
         openings and manholes as required to insure boiler
         is                                                
         free of debris, corrosion, cracks and other       
         deficiencies.                                     
                                                           
         2.  Inspect sheathing, insulation and lagging for 
         damage.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    262  5143-001-Y4-M-V-KKK  Boiler Mountings             
                                                           
         Open all auxiliary oil-fired boiler and exhaust   
         gas                                               
         economizer mounts.  Lap in discs to seats and blue
         test                                              
         each mount to prove adequate seating contact to   
         the USCG.                                         
         Replace heat treated fasteners with new and close 
         up                                                
         mounts in good order after inspection.            
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    263  5143-002-Y8-M-V-KKK  Boiler Mountings             
                                                           
         Disconnect and remove all auxiliary oil-fired     
         boiler and                                        
         exhaust gas economizer mounts.  Lap in valves to  
         seats as                                          
         required and blue test each mount to the          
         satisfaction of                                   
         the USCG.  Hydro test each mount to the           
         satisfaction of                                   
         the USCG.  After tests and inspections, re-install
         all                                               
         mounts in good order with new heat treated        
         fasteners.                                        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    264  5305-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Ventilation Fans             
                                                           
         Operationally test each ventilation fan, including
         supply                                            
         and exhaust fans for miscellaneous spaces and all 
         cargo                                             
         hold fans throughout the vessel to insure proper  
         operation.                                        
                                                           
         Refer to the list of fire dampers in item:        
                                                           
         3831-001-M3-H-V-KKK               Dampers         
                                                           
         The fire damper list notes which dampers are      
         fitted with                                       
         supply and/or exhaust fans.                       
                                                           
         When possible, inspect the rotating elements to   
         damage                                            
         or defects.  Otherwise, listen for abnormal sounds
         while                                             
         fans are running.                                 
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    265  5330-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Fan Controls                 
                                                           
         Prior to operational test of all ventilation fans,
         inspect motors when possible in accordance with:  
                                                           
         6301-001-AR-E-V-KKK          Electric Motors.     
                                                           
         Inspect and maintain fan motor controllers in     
         accordance                                        
         with:                                             
                                                           
         6401-001-AR-E-V-KKK          Electric Motor       
         Controllers                                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    266  5406-001-Y3-M-V-KKK  Air Receivers                
                                                           
         Open each air receiver and present to the USCG for
         internal inspection.                              
                                                           
         No. 1 Main Engine Starting Air Receiver           
         No. 2 Main Engine Starting Air Receiver           
         Generator Engine Starting Air Receiver            
         Instrument (Control) Air Receiver)                
         Emergency Generator Engine Starting Air Receiver  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    267  5701-001-HR-M-V-KKK  LO Purifier M&I (24 HR)      
                                                           
         Perform the following inspections and maintenance 
         every                                             
         24 hours or daily as appropriate.  Note:  The time
         intervals of maintenance relate to continuous     
         operation.                                        
         If the mentioned number of operating hours is not 
         obtained during the period , the latter can be    
         extended.                                         
                                                           
         Operational check the following:                  
                                                           
         1.  Machine Run (speed).                          
                                                           
         2.  Power Consumption.                            
                                                           
         3.  Oil Level in worm gear housing.               
                                                           
         4.  Observation of discharged liquids.            
                                                           
         5.  Temperature.                                  
                                                           
         6. Throughput.                                    
                                                           
         7. Sludge Tank.                                   
                                                           
         8. Pressure.                                      
                                                           
         9. Level in operating liquid tank.                
                                                           
         10.  Automatic control device (signal lamps).     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    268  5701-002-HR-M-V-KKK  LO Purifier M&I (200 HR)     
                                                           
         Perform the following inspections and maintenance 
         every                                             
         200 hours or weekly as appropriate.  Note:  The   
         time                                              
         intervals of maintenance relate to continuous     
         operation.                                        
         If the mentioned number of operating hours is not 
         obtained during the period , the latter can be    
         extended.                                         
                                                           
         1. Check and if necessary replenish oil in the    
         worm gear                                         
         housing.                                          
                                                           
         2.  Check and trace any leaks.                    
                                                           
         3.  Check machinery operating speed.              
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    269  5701-003-HR-M-V-KKK  LO Purifier M&I (750 HR)     
                                                           
         Perform the following inspections and maintenance 
         every                                             
         750 hours or monthly as appropriate.  Note:  The  
         time                                              
         intervals of maintenance relate to continuous     
         operation.                                        
         If the mentioned number of operating hours is not 
         obtained during the period , the latter can be    
         extended.                                         
                                                           
         1.  Dismantle the bowl and thoroughly clean the   
         bowl                                              
         inset parts.  Clean and lubricate the lock rings  
         and oil                                           
         the bowl body nave bore.  Check seals.            
                                                           
         2.  Power Transmission - clean and oil the bowl   
         spindle                                           
         cone.                                             
                                                           
         3.  Control System - Check flow of operating      
         liquid.                                           
         Check sludge discharge interval of automatic      
         control                                           
         device.                                           
                                                           
         4.  Strainers and filters - Check and clean.      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    270  5701-004-HR-M-V-KKK  LO Purifier M&I (1500 HR)    
                                                           
         Perform the following inspections and maintenance 
         every                                             
         1500 hours or bi-monthly as appropriate.  Note:   
         The time                                          
         intervals of maintenance relate to continuous     
         operation.                                        
         If the mentioned number of operating hours is not 
         obtained during the period , the latter can be    
         extended.                                         
                                                           
         1.  Worm Gear Housing - Clean and change oil.     
                                                           
         2.  Bowl - Dismantle and clean sludge discharge   
         mechanism                                         
         of bowl.  Check springs, seals and sludge ports.  
         Check                                             
         for erosion.                                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    271  5701-005-HR-M-V-KKK  LO Purifier Overhaul (9000   
         HR)                                               
                                                           
         Perform the following thorough overhaul, cleaning 
         and                                               
         lubrication every 9000 hours or annually as       
         appropriate.                                      
         Note:  The time intervals of maintenance relate to
         continuous operation.  If the mentioned number of 
         operating hours is not obtained during the period 
         , the                                             
         latter can be extended.                           
                                                           
         1.  Bowl Check - Pressure in set of discs.  Lock  
         ring                                              
         joint.  Corrosion and other material attacks.     
                                                           
         2.  Power transmission - Dismantle bowl spindle,  
         clutch                                            
         coupling and work wheel shaft.  Check particularly
         ball                                              
         bearings and ear as well as top bearing springs   
         and                                               
         buffers.  Exchange friction pads.  Renew grease in
         nave.                                             
                                                           
         3.  Control system - Clean operating liquid tank  
         and                                               
         check pipes and valves.                           
                                                           
         4.  Height positions - Check and adjust.          
                                                           
         5.  Frame - Renew brake lining.  Touch up paint.  
         Check                                             
         elasticity of vibration dampers and mounting of   
         machine.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    272  5705-001-HR-M-V-KKK  DO Purifier M&I (24 HR)      
                                                           
         Perform the following inspections and maintenance 
         every                                             
         24 hours or daily as appropriate.  Note:  The time
         intervals of maintenance relate to continuous     
         operation.                                        
         If the mentioned number of operating hours is not 
         obtained during the period , the latter can be    
         extended.                                         
                                                           
         Operational check the following:                  
                                                           
         1.  Machine Run (speed).                          
                                                           
         2.  Power Consumption.                            
                                                           
         3.  Oil Level in worm gear housing.               
                                                           
         4.  Observation of discharged liquids.            
                                                           
         5.  Temperature.                                  
                                                           
         6. Throughput.                                    
                                                           
         7. Sludge Tank.                                   
                                                           
         8. Pressure.                                      
                                                           
         9. Level in operating liquid tank.                
                                                           
         10.  Automatic control device (signal lamps).     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    273  5705-002-HR-M-V-KKK  DO Purifier M&I (200 HR)     
                                                           
         Perform the following inspections and maintenance 
         every                                             
         200 hours or weekly as appropriate.  Note:  The   
         time                                              
         intervals of maintenance relate to continuous     
         operation.                                        
         If the mentioned number of operating hours is not 
         obtained during the period , the latter can be    
         extended.                                         
                                                           
         1.  Check and if necessary replenish oil in the   
         worm gear                                         
         housing.                                          
                                                           
         2.  Check and trace any leaks.                    
                                                           
         3.  Check machinery operating speed.              
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    274  5705-003-HR-M-V-KKK  DO Purifier M&I (750 HR)     
                                                           
         Perform the following inspections and maintenance 
         every                                             
         750 hours or monthly as appropriate.  Note:  The  
         time                                              
         intervals of maintenance relate to continuous     
         operation.                                        
         If the mentioned number of operating hours is not 
         obtained during the period , the latter can be    
         extended.                                         
                                                           
         1.  Dismantle the bowl and thoroughly clean the   
         bowl                                              
         inset parts.  Clean and lubricate the lock rings  
         and oil                                           
         the bowl body nave bore.  Check seals.            
                                                           
         2.  Power Transmission - clean and oil the bowl   
         spindle                                           
         cone.                                             
                                                           
         3.  Control System - Check flow of operating      
         liquid.                                           
         Check sludge discharge interval of automatic      
         control                                           
         device.                                           
                                                           
         4.  Strainers and filters - Check and clean.      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    275  5705-004-HR-M-V-KKK  DO Purifier M&I (1500 HR)    
                                                           
         Perform the following inspections and maintenance 
         every                                             
         1500 hours or bi-monthly as appropriate.  Note:   
         The time                                          
         intervals of maintenance relate to continuous     
         operation.                                        
         If the mentioned number of operating hours is not 
         obtained during the period , the latter can be    
         extended.                                         
                                                           
         1.  Worm Gear Housing - Clean and change oil.     
                                                           
         2.  Bowl - Dismantle and clean sludge discharge   
         mechanism                                         
         of bowl.  Check springs, seals and sludge ports.  
         Check                                             
         for erosion.                                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    276  5705-005-HR-M-V-KKK  DO Purifier Overhaul (9000   
         HR)                                               
                                                           
         Perform the following thorough overhaul, cleaning 
         and                                               
         lubrication every 9000 hours or annually as       
         appropriate.                                      
         Note:  The time intervals of maintenance relate to
         continuous operation.  If the mentioned number of 
         operating hours is not obtained during the period 
         , the                                             
         latter can be extended.                           
                                                           
         1.  Bowl Check - Pressure in set of discs.  Lock  
         ring                                              
         joint.  Corrosion and other material attacks.     
                                                           
         2.  Power transmission - Dismantle bowl spindle,  
         clutch                                            
         coupling and work wheel shaft.  Check particularly
         ball                                              
         bearings and ear as well as top bearing springs   
         and                                               
         buffers.  Exchange friction pads.  Renew grease in
         nave.                                             
                                                           
         3.  Control system - Clean operating liquid tank  
         and                                               
         check pipes and valves.                           
                                                           
         4.  Height positions - Check and adjust.          
                                                           
         5.  Frame - Renew brake lining.  Touch up paint.  
         Check                                             
         elasticity of vibration dampers and mounting of   
         machine.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    277  5706-001-HR-M-V-KKK  FO Purifier M&I (24 HR)      
                                                           
         Perform the following inspections and maintenance 
         every                                             
         24 hours or daily as appropriate.  Note:  The time
         intervals of maintenance relate to continuous     
         operation.                                        
         If the mentioned number of operating hours is not 
         obtained during the period , the latter can be    
         extended.                                         
                                                           
         Operational check the following:                  
                                                           
         1.  Machine Run (speed).                          
                                                           
         2.  Power Consumption.                            
                                                           
         3.  Oil Level in worm gear housing.               
                                                           
         4.  Observation of discharged liquids.            
                                                           
         5.  Temperature.                                  
                                                           
         6. Throughput.                                    
                                                           
         7. Sludge Tank.                                   
                                                           
         8. Pressure.                                      
                                                           
         9. Level in operating liquid tank.                
                                                           
         10.  Automatic control device (signal lamps).     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    278  5706-002-HR-M-V-KKK  FO Purifier M&I (200 HR)     
                                                           
         Perform the following inspections and maintenance 
         every                                             
         200 hours or weekly as appropriate.  Note:  The   
         time                                              
         intervals of maintenance relate to continuous     
         operation.                                        
         If the mentioned number of operating hours is not 
         obtained during the period , the latter can be    
         extended.                                         
                                                           
         1.  Check and if necessary replenish oil in the   
         worm gear                                         
         housing.                                          
                                                           
         2.  Check and trace any leaks.                    
                                                           
         3.  Check machinery operating speed.              
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    279  5706-003-HR-M-V-KKK  FO Purifier M&I (750 HR)     
                                                           
         Perform the following inspections and maintenance 
         every                                             
         750 hours or monthly as appropriate.  Note:  The  
         time                                              
         intervals of maintenance relate to continuous     
         operation.                                        
         If the mentioned number of operating hours is not 
         obtained during the period , the latter can be    
         extended.                                         
                                                           
         1.  Dismantle the bowl and thoroughly clean the   
         bowl                                              
         inset parts.  Clean and lubricate the lock rings  
         and oil                                           
         the bowl body nave bore.  Check seals.            
                                                           
         2.  Power Transmission - clean and oil the bowl   
         spindle                                           
         cone.                                             
                                                           
         3.  Control System - Check flow of operating      
         liquid.                                           
         Check sludge discharge interval of automatic      
         control                                           
         device.                                           
                                                           
         4.  Strainers and filters - Check and clean.      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    280  5706-004-HR-M-V-KKK  FO Purifier M&I (1500 HR)    
                                                           
         Perform the following inspections and maintenance 
         every                                             
         1500 hours or bi-monthly as appropriate.  Note:   
         The time                                          
         intervals of maintenance relate to continuous     
         operation.                                        
         If the mentioned number of operating hours is not 
         obtained during the period , the latter can be    
         extended.                                         
                                                           
         1.  Worm Gear Housing - Clean and change oil.     
                                                           
         2.  Bowl - Dismantle and clean sludge discharge   
         mechanism                                         
         of bowl.  Check springs, seals and sludge ports.  
         Check                                             
         for erosion.                                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    281  5706-005-HR-M-V-KKK  FO Purifier Overhaul (9000   
         HR)                                               
                                                           
         Perform the following thorough overhaul, cleaning 
         and                                               
         lubrication every 9000 hours or annually as       
         appropriate.                                      
         Note:  The time intervals of maintenance relate to
         continuous operation.  If the mentioned number of 
         operating hours is not obtained during the period,
         the                                               
         latter can be extended.                           
                                                           
         1.  Bowl Check - Pressure in set of discs.  Lock  
         ring                                              
         joint.  Corrosion and other material attacks.     
                                                           
         2.  Power transmission - Dismantle bowl spindle,  
         clutch                                            
         coupling and work wheel shaft.  Check particularly
         ball                                              
         bearings and ear as well as top bearing springs   
         and                                               
         buffers.  Exchange friction pads.  Renew grease in
         nave.                                             
                                                           
         3.  Control system - Clean operating liquid tank  
         and                                               
         check pipes and valves.                           
                                                           
         4.  Height positions - Check and adjust.          
                                                           
         5.  Frame - Renew brake lining.  Touch up paint.  
         Check                                             
         elasticity of vibration dampers and mounting of   
         machine.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    282  5708-001-DY-M-V-KKK  Incinerator (Inspect Daily)  
                                                           
         During regular use of the incinerator, perform the
         following daily inspections and maintenance in    
         accordance                                        
         with manufacturer=s recommendations.              
                                                           
         1.  Check the level of fuel oil in the service    
         tank and                                          
         replenish if necessary                            
                                                           
         2.  Check and if necessary empty ash box.         
                                                           
         3.  Check that liquid waste tank heater and mix   
         are on.                                           
                                                           
         4.  Open ash slide and clean thoroughly with stiff
         brush.                                            
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    283  5708-002-M3-M-V-KKK  Incinerator                  
         (Inspect/Maintain)                                
                                                           
         During regular use of the incinerator, perform the
         following quarterly inspections and maintenance in
         accordance with manufacturer=s recommendations.   
                                                           
         1.  Check the sealing packing around the ash box  
         door and                                          
         ash slide for looseness or damage.  If the packing
         require renewal, cut or scrape away all traces of 
         the old                                           
         packing.  Clean the seal surfaces and fit new     
         packing                                           
         using an impact adhesive.                         
                                                           
         2.  Remove the sludge burner and clean it with a  
         stiff                                             
         brush.                                            
                                                           
         3.  Remove the inspection plates and clean the    
         wire                                              
         screen with a stiff brush.                        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    284  5708-003-M6-M-V-KKK  Incinerator                  
         (Inspect/Maintain)                                
                                                           
         During regular use of the incinerator, perform the
         following semi-annual inspections and maintenance 
         in                                                
         accordance with manufacturer=s recommendations.   
                                                           
         1.  Lubricate the rotary arm chair and check      
         tension.                                          
                                                           
         2.  Grease the bearing case using a grease nipple.
                                                           
         3.  Renew the reduction gear box lubricating oil. 
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    285  5708-004-Y1-M-V-KKK  Incinerator                  
         (Inspect/Maintain)                                
                                                           
         During regular use of the incinerator, perform the
         following annual inspections and maintenance in   
         accordance with manufacturer=s recommendations.   
                                                           
         1.  Check the interior of the combustion chamber  
         refractory and repair any damaged areas.  Local   
         damage                                            
         should be chipped back to at least one anchor and 
         a                                                 
         dovetail shape formed.  NOTE:  Open door and      
         insert                                            
         safety bar.  Switch main switch to AOFF@ before   
         entering.                                         
                                                           
         2.  Check the cone diverter for serviceability and
         scraper bars on rotary arm.  Renew if necessary.  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    286  5717-001-DY-M-V-KKK  Sterilizer - Fresh Water     
         (Inspect Daily)                                   
                                                           
         Inspect the fresh water UV sterilizer on a daily  
         basis.                                            
         Check for leaks and insure proper operation.      
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    287  5717-002-Y1-M-V-KKK  Sterilizer - FW (Replace     
         Lamps)                                            
                                                           
         Replace the lamps for the two (2) fresh water UV  
         sterilizers. Manufacturer recommends replacement  
         of lamps                                          
         annually, even if they still illuminate, because  
         the                                               
         light tends to loose its UV characteristics after 
         prolonged use.                                    
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    288  5805-001-M6-M-V-KKK  Distiller - LP Flash Type    
         (Maintain)                                        
                                                           
         Manufacturer:     Sasakura Engineering Co., Ltd.; 
                           Osaka, Japan                    
         Model:            AFG U No. 6 (N)                 
         Capacity:         35 tonnes/day                   
                                                           
         Note the following related MEI codes as           
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
               5812     Eductor                            
               5813     Salinity indicator-solenoid dump   
         valve                                             
               5814     Gauge board & instruments          
               5815     Integral piping and fittings       
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         ship=s main evaporator every six (6) months during
         reduced operating status of the vessel.           
                                                           
         1.  Fill the separator shell with water to        
         hydrostatically test the shell.                   
                                                           
         2.  Clean the salinity cell.  Test the salinity   
         indicator.                                        
                                                           
         3.  Test the ejector pump and air and brine       
         ejectors.                                         
                                                           
         4. Circulate cooling water through the condenser  
         and test                                          
         the flow meter.                                   
                                                           
         5.  Visually inspect all appurtenances, including 
         piping,                                           
         valves, fittings, thermometers, pressure gauges,  
         etc. for                                          
         deficiencies.  Repair all deficiencies in good    
         order.                                            
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    289  5805-002-HR-M-V-KKK  Distiller - LP Flash Type    
         (2000 HR)                                         
                                                           
         Manufacturer:     Sasakura Engineering Co., Ltd.; 
                           Osaka, Japan                    
         Model:            AFG U No. 6 (N)                 
         Capacity:         35 tonnes/day                   
                                                           
         Note the following related MEI codes as           
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
               5812     Eductor                            
               5813     Salinity indicator-solenoid dump   
         valve                                             
               5814     Gage board & instruments           
               5815     Integral piping and fittings       
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         ship=s main evaporator every three (3) months or  
         2000                                              
         hours (during normal continuous use).             
                                                           
         1.  Check the gland packing on the air-outlet     
         valves on                                         
         the condenser and heat exchanger for wear and     
         leakage.                                          
         Repair if necessary.                              
                                                           
         2.  Check the ejector pump bearing case for proper
         lubrication.  Add more grease if necessary.       
                                                           
         3.  Check the gland packing in the ejector pump   
         for wear                                          
         and leakage.  Repair if necessary.                
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    290  5805-003-HR-M-V-KKK  Distiller - LP Flash Type    
         (4000 HR)                                         
                                                           
         Manufacturer:  Sasakura Engineering Co., Ltd.;    
         Osaka,                                            
         Japan                                             
         Model:            AFG U No. 6 (N)                 
         Capacity:         35 tonnes/day                   
                                                           
         Note the following related MEI codes as           
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
               5812     Eductor                            
               5813     Salinity indicator-solenoid dump   
         valve                                             
               5814     Gage board & instruments           
               5815     Integral piping and fittings       
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         ship=s main evaporator every six (6) months or    
         4000 hours                                        
         (during normal continuous use).                   
                                                           
         1.  Check the tubes in the heat exchanger for     
         scale                                             
         formations.  If scale is formed, clean (descale)  
         according to the instruction manual.              
                                                           
         2.  Check the condenser tube sheets for damage and
         corrosion.  Repair as necessary.                  
                                                           
         3.  Check the condenser corrosion plate for fit   
         and                                               
         degree of wear.  Replace if necessary.            
                                                           
         4.  Inspect the water ejector (air and brine      
         ejector) for                                      
         wear and scale formations.  Clean the nozzle and  
         diffuser                                          
         as necessary.  Replace worn out nozzles.          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    291  5805-004-HR-M-V-KKK  Distiller - LP Flash Type    
         (8000 HR)                                         
                                                           
         Manufacturer:     Sasakura Engineering Co., Ltd.; 
                           Osaka, Japan                    
         Model:            AFG U No. 6 (N)                 
         Capacity:         35 tonnes/day                   
                                                           
         Note the following related MEI codes as           
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
               5812     Eductor                            
               5813     Salinity indicator-solenoid dump   
         valve                                             
               5814     Gage board & instruments           
               5815     Integral piping and fittings       
                                                           
         The following maintenance shall be performed on   
         the                                               
         ship=s main evaporator every twelve (12) months or
         8000                                              
         hours (during normal continuous use).             
                                                           
         1.  Pressure test the outside of the heat         
         exchanger tubes                                   
         in accordance with the instruction manual.        
                                                           
         2.  Inspect the coating inside the separator      
         shell.                                            
         Repair damaged coating in accordance with the     
         instruction                                       
         manual.                                           
                                                           
         3.  Inspect the deflector for damage and defects. 
         Repair                                            
         as necessary.                                     
                                                           
         4.  Remove the condenser covers and inspect the   
         tubes for                                         
         scale formations.  Clean tubes as necessary.      
                                                           
         5.  Inspect the tube ends for corrosion.          
                                                           
         6.  Clean the salinity meter.  Note:  During      
         normal                                            
         continuous operation, the salinity cell should be 
         cleaned                                           
         on a monthly basis.                               
                                                           
         7.  Open the non-return valves.  Clean valves free
         of                                                
         scale formations.  Check for freedom of movement  
         of the                                            
         valve flaps.                                      
                                                           
         8.  Remove and clean the strainers in front of the
         feed                                              
         water orifice.                                    
                                                           
         9.  Disassemble and clean the spring loaded valve.
                                                           
         10.  Clean the air-outlet valves on the condenser 
         and                                               
         heat exchanger.                                   
                                                           
         11.  Inspect the ejector pump impeller, casing    
         rings,                                            
         shaft and shaft sleeve for wear and corrosion.    
         Overhaul                                          
         pump as necessary.                                
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         12.  Adjust the indicators and alarm on the       
         control panel                                     
         in accordance with the instruction manual.        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    292  5901-001-M1-M-V-KKK  Ship's Service Refrigeration 
         System                                            
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes as  
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
         5905  Compressors - s/s                           
         5950  Diffusers/fans - electrical                 
         5955  Diffusers/fans - mechanical                 
         5965  Condensers - s/s                            
                                                           
         When the vessel=s refrigeration system is in      
         operation                                         
         during ROS, visually test and maintain the        
         refrigeration                                     
         system equipment on a monthly basis as follows:   
                                                           
         1.  Change over to idle unit.  Check compressor   
         sight                                             
         glass for proper oil level and quality prior to   
         change                                            
         over.  Replenish with new oil as required.        
                                                           
         2.  Drain oil in compressor, clean sump, replenish
         oil.                                              
                                                           
         3.  Inspect and change as needed all zincs in     
         condenser.                                        
         Inspect and clean condenser tubes as required.    
                                                           
         4.  Inspect and clean as needed all box diffuser  
         units.                                            
         Check that defrost tray drains are clear.         
                                                           
         5.  Inspect and maintain compressor and diffuser  
         fan                                               
         motors in accordance with                         
                                                           
         6301-001-M6-E-V-KK1/KK2       Electric Motors.    
                                                           
         6.  Inspect and maintain motor controllers in     
         accordance                                        
         with                                              
                                                           
         6401-001-M6-E-V-KK1/KK2       Electric Motor      
         Controllers.                                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    293  5903-001-M1-M-V-KKK  Air Conditioning System      
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes as  
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
         5915  Compressors - air cond                      
         5950  Diffusers/fans - electrical                 
         5955  Diffusers/fans - mechanical                 
         5975  Condensers - a/c                            
                                                           
         Visually test and maintain the air conditioning   
         system                                            
         and equipment on a monthly basis as follows:      
                                                           
         1.    Change over to idle unit.  Check compressor 
         sight                                             
               glass for proper oil level and quality prior
         to                                                
               change over.  Replenish oil as required.    
                                                           
         2.    Drain oil in compressor, clean sump,        
         replenish oil.                                    
               (Change oil after 2 months running time)    
                                                           
         3.    Inspect and change as needed all zincs in   
               condenser.  Inspect and clean condenser     
         tubes as                                          
               required.                                   
                                                           
         4.    Inspect air handler and clean intake        
         filters.                                          
                                                           
         5.    Inspect and clean as needed evaporator      
         coils.                                            
                                                           
         6.    Inspect and maintain compressor and fan     
         motors in                                         
               accordance with                             
                                                           
               6301-001-M6-E-V-KK1/KK2       Electric      
         Motors.                                           
                                                           
         7.    Inspect and maintain motor controllers in   
               accordance with                             
                                                           
                6401-001-M6-E-V-KK1/KK2      Electric Motor
         Controllers.                                      
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    294  6201-001-M6-E-V-KKK  Electric Power Distribution  
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, refer to related MEI codes 
         as                                                
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
                   6205   Ship service generator           
         switchboard                                       
                   6206   Instrumentation                  
                   6207   Main/emergency switchboard       
                   6208   Indicating lamps/panels          
                   6210   Emergency generator switchboard  
                   6211   Instrumentation                  
                   6215   Test panel                       
                   6216   Instrumentation                  
                   6220   Distribution panels              
                   6221   Shore connection box             
                   6225   Voltage regulators               
                   6230   Transformers                     
                   6231   Rectifiers                       
                                                           
         1.  Visually inspect all switchboards and         
         distribution                                      
         panels, including the shore connection box, for   
         damage                                            
         or defects.                                       
                                                           
         2.  When possible, manually exercise all circuit  
         breakers to insure proper operation.              
                                                           
         3.  When possible, clean all switchboards and     
         distribution panels free of dust, dirt and debris.
                                                           
         4.  Inspect all electrical connections and tighten
         all                                               
         loose connections.                                
                                                           
         5.  Measure and record insulation resistance      
         readings                                          
         of switchboard feeders and distribution feeders.  
                                                           
         6.  Verify that all labels on switchboards and    
         distribution panels are accurate.                 
                                                           
         7.  Test all ground indicators and insure that all
         circuits are free of grounds.  Insure proper      
         operation                                         
         of all ground indicator panels.                   
                                                           
         8.  Inspect all instrumentation for damage or     
         defects.                                          
                                                           
         9.  Relamp all indicator lights on all            
         switchboards,                                     
         distribution panels, controllers and consoles as  
         required.                                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    295  6235-001-W1-E-V-KKK  Batteries                    
                                                           
         1.  Check and maintain proper level of electrolyte
         in                                                
         cells.                                            
                                                           
         Note:  PROPER SAFETY GOGGLES SHALL BE WORN WHEN   
         CHECKING                                          
         AND TESTING BATTERY ELECTROLYTE                   
                                                           
         2.  Add distilled water as required.              
                                                           
         3.  Maintain terminals free of corrosion and coat 
         same                                              
         with protective coating.                          
                                                           
         4.  Note and record any discrepancies.            
                                                           
         The following battery systems to be dealt with:   
                                                           
         Emergency Service Batteries                       
         Radio Station Batteries                           
         Fire Detection System Batteries                   
         Forklift Batteries                                
         Street Sweeper Battery                            
         Scissors Lift Batteries                           
         Fire/Flood/Entry Protection Security System       
         Batteries                                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    296  6235-001-W1-E-V-KKK  Batteries                    
                                                           
         1.  Check and maintain proper level of electrolyte
         in                                                
         cells.                                            
                                                           
         Note:  PROPER SAFETY GOGGLES SHALL BE WORN WHEN   
         CHECKING                                          
         AND TESTING BATTERY ELECTROLYTE                   
                                                           
         2.  Add distilled water as required.              
                                                           
         3.  Maintain terminals free of corrosion and coat 
         same                                              
         with protective coating.                          
                                                           
         4.  Note and record any discrepancies.            
                                                           
         The following battery systems to be dealt with:   
                                                           
         Emergency Service Batteries                       
         Radio Station Batteries                           
         Fire Detection System Batteries                   
         Forklift Batteries                                
         Street Sweeper Battery                            
         Scissors Lift Batteries                           
         Fire/Flood/Entry Protection Security System       
         Batteries                                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    297  6235-001-W1-E-V-KKK  Batteries                    
                                                           
         1.  Check and maintain proper level of electrolyte
         in                                                
         cells.                                            
                                                           
         Note:  PROPER SAFETY GOGGLES SHALL BE WORN WHEN   
         CHECKING                                          
         AND TESTING BATTERY ELECTROLYTE                   
                                                           
         2.  Add distilled water as required.              
                                                           
         3.  Maintain terminals free of corrosion and coat 
         same                                              
         with protective coating.                          
                                                           
         4.  Note and record any discrepancies.            
                                                           
         The following battery systems to be dealt with:   
                                                           
         Emergency Service Batteries                       
         Radio Station Batteries                           
         Fire Detection System Batteries                   
         Forklift Batteries                                
         Street Sweeper Battery                            
         Scissors Lift Batteries                           
         Fire/Flood/Entry Protection Security System       
         Batteries                                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    298  6235-001-W1-E-V-KKK  Batteries                    
                                                           
         1.  Check and maintain proper level of electrolyte
         in                                                
         cells.                                            
                                                           
         Note:  PROPER SAFETY GOGGLES SHALL BE WORN WHEN   
         CHECKING                                          
         AND TESTING BATTERY ELECTROLYTE                   
                                                           
         2.  Add distilled water as required.              
                                                           
         3.  Maintain terminals free of corrosion and coat 
         same                                              
         with protective coating.                          
                                                           
         4.  Note and record any discrepancies.            
                                                           
         The following battery systems to be dealt with:   
                                                           
         Emergency Service Batteries                       
         Radio Station Batteries                           
         Fire Detection System Batteries                   
         Forklift Batteries                                
         Street Sweeper Battery                            
         Scissors Lift Batteries                           
         Fire/Flood/Entry Protection Security System       
         Batteries                                         
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    299  6236-001-W1-E-V-KKK  Battery Chargers             
                                                           
         During weekly battery inspection and testing,     
         inspect the                                       
         battery chargers and insure proper operation.     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    300  6236-001-W1-E-V-KKK  Battery Chargers             
                                                           
         During weekly battery inspection and testing,     
         inspect the                                       
         battery chargers and insure proper operation.     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    301  6236-001-W1-E-V-KKK  Battery Chargers             
                                                           
         During weekly battery inspection and testing,     
         inspect the                                       
         battery chargers and insure proper operation.     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    302  6236-001-W1-E-V-KKK  Battery Chargers             
                                                           
         During weekly battery inspection and testing,     
         inspect the                                       
         battery chargers and insure proper operation.     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    303  6301-001-AR-E-V-KKK  Electric Motors              
                                                           
                                                           
         For each electrical motor, carry out the following
         inspection and conduct appropriate maintenance and
         repairs.  Record results of the inspection,       
         maintenance                                       
         and repairs on the attached MOTOR CHECK OFF CHART.
                                                           
         After inspection and maintenance and repairs, test
         motors                                            
         in accordance with all other Phase IV procedures  
         where                                             
         required.  Run motors as necessary to ensure      
         proper                                            
         operation and ensure brakes (when fitted),        
         controls and                                      
         indicator lights function properly.               
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes     
         below as                                          
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
                   6302  Motor/brakes                      
                   6305   Pump motors                      
                   6310   Purifier motors                  
                   6312   Jacking gear motor               
                   6314   Power operation valve motors     
                   6335   Workshop equipment motors        
                   6340   Refrig compressor/ac motors      
                   6341   Air compressor motors            
                   6345   Fan and blower motors            
                   6350   Deck machinery motors            
                   6355   Cargo winch motors & brakes      
                   6359   Boat winch motors                
                   6360   Accom. ladder motors & brakes    
                   6364   Anchor windlass motor            
                   6365   Automatic mooring winch motors   
                   6366   Capstan motors                   
                   6368   Steering gear motors             
                   6369   Stabilizer motors                
                   6370   Elevator motors                  
                   6373   Dumbwaiter motors                
                   6374   Bow & stern thruster motors      
                   6379   Stern ramp winch motors          
                   6397   Miscellaneous small motors       
                                                           
         1.  Visually inspect motor casing.  Where fitted, 
         assure                                            
         that the vibration analysis blocks are still in   
         place.                                            
         Install new blocks as necessary to replace missing
         blocks.                                           
                                                           
         2.  Visually inspect foundation.  Note condition  
         of                                                
         coating and steel.  Report coating failure and    
         wasted                                            
         steel.                                            
                                                           
         3.  Visually inspect the external appearance of   
         the rotor                                         
         and stator.  If necessary, clean rotor and stator 
         free of                                           
         dirt and debris.  Note any visual defects.        
                                                           
                                                           
         4.  Inspect the cooling fan, where fitted.  If    
         necessary,                                        
         clean fan free of dirt and debris.                
                                                           
         5.  Check terminal box screws.  Repair missing,   
         defective                                         
         or stripped screws as appropriate.                
                                                           
         6.  Inspect terminal box gaskets and cable glands.
          Renew                                            
         gaskets and cable gland sealant as necessary.     
         Report                                            
         missing or broken gland nuts.                     
                                                           
         7.  Check tightness of all connections in the     
         terminal                                          
         box.  Tighten all loose connections.              
                                                           
         8.  Inspect condition of insulation on wires.  If 
         insulation resistance readings taken at controller
         (see                                              
         6401 ELECTRIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS) were suspect,    
         take                                              
         insulation resistance readings of the motor at    
         each phase                                        
         at the pot head.                                  
                                                           
         9.  Turn motor coupling by hand.                  
                                                           
         10.  Where fitted, check integrity of motor       
         heaters                                           
         (strip heaters, space heaters or lights).  Note:  
         Maintenance of motor winding heaters is covered in
         6401                                              
         ELECTRIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS.                       
                                                           
         11.  Inspect motor nameplate.  If a new nameplate 
         is                                                
         required to  replace a missing nameplate, look up 
         nameplate data in the manufacturer=s manual and   
         requisition a new nameplate for installation.     
                                                           
         12.  Is nameplate legible?  Clean nameplate if    
         necessary.                                        
         Record nameplate data on the motor inspection     
         form.  If                                         
         a new nameplate is needed to replace an illegible 
         nameplate, look up nameplate data in the          
         manufacturer=s                                    
         manual and requisition a new nameplate for        
         installation.                                     
                                                           
         13.  When applicable, insure presence of grease   
         nipples.                                          
         Replace nipples as necessary.  Apply grease as    
         required.                                         
         Note:  Do not over grease motors as the grease    
         could                                             
         ingress into and ground the windings.             
                                                           
         14.  Visually inspect coating of motor and        
         appurtenances.                                    
         Report coating deficiencies or failure.           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    304  6301-002-AR-E-V-KKK  Electric Motor Check Off List
                                                           
         VESSEL:     CAPE                                  
         LOCATION:                                         
                                                           
         MOTOR DESCRIPTION:                                
         Application:                                      
         Manufacturer:                                     
         Frame:                                            
         Type:                                             
         kW:                                               
         Speed (rpm):                                      
         Phase:                  3                         
         Cycles:                 60                        
         Volts/Amperes:                                    
         Serial No.:                                       
                                                           
         0 - Poor; requires further attention by the crew  
         (see                                              
         Remarks below)                                    
         1 - Poor; requires contract support (see Remarks  
         below)                                            
         2 - Requires parts for repair (see Remarks below) 
         3 - Deferable; needs improvement (see Remarks     
         below)                                            
         4 - Repaired during inspection (see Remarks below)
         5 - Satisfactory                                  
                                                           
         INSPECTION              0     1     2     3     4 
            5     N/A                                      
                                                           
         1.  Motor Casing                                  
                                                           
         2.  Foundation                                    
                                                           
         3.  Rotor/Stator                                  
             externally)                                   
                                                           
         4.  Cooling Fan                                   
                                                           
         5.  Terminal Box Screws                           
                                                           
         6.  Terminal Box Gaskets                          
             /Cable Glands                                 
                                                           
         7.  Connection Tightness                          
                                                           
         8.  Insulation of Wires                           
                                                           
         9.  Turn Motor Coupling                           
             by Hand                                       
                                                           
         10.   Heaters                                     
             (winding/space/strip)                         
                                                           
         11.   Nameplate                                   
                                                           
         12.   Nameplate Data                              
                                                           
         13.   Grease Nipples                              
                                                           
         14.   External Coating                            
                                                           
                                                           
         MEGGER TEST, INSULATION RESISTANCE                
               Phase A (Megaohms)                          
               Phase B (Megaohms)                          
               Phase C (Megaohms)                          
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         Remarks:                                          
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
         __________________________________________________
         _____                                             
                                                           
         Signature:___________________                     
         Title:__________________                          
                                                           
         Name:______________________________ Date:________ 
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    305  6401-001-AR-E-V-KKK  Electric Motor Controllers   
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, not related MEI codes below
         as                                                
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
                   6402   Group controls                   
                   6405   Pump motor controllers           
                   6410   Purifier motor controllers       
                   6412   Jacking gear motor controllers   
                   6414   Pwr oper valve mtr controllers   
                   6440   Refrig compressor mtr contrlrs   
                   6441   Air compressor mtr controllers   
                   6442   Air conditioning mtr cont.       
                   6445   Fan & blower motor controllers   
                   6447   Dehumidification                 
                   6450   Deck machinery mtr controllers   
                   6455   Cargo winch motor controllers    
                   6459   Boat winch motor controllers     
                   6460   Accomm ladder mtr controllers    
                   6464   Anchor windlass mtr controllrs   
                   6465   Auto mooring winch mtr contrlr   
                   6466   Capstan motor controllers        
                   6468   Steering gr mtr controllers      
                   6469   Stabilizer mtr controllers       
                   6470   Elevator motor controllers       
                   6473   Dumbwaiter motor controllers     
                   6474   Bow thruster motor controllers   
                   6475   Stern thruster                   
                   6490   Stores crane                     
                                                           
         For each controller, perform the following        
         preventative                                      
         maintenance.                                      
                                                           
         1. De-energize the controller.                    
                                                           
         2. Open the controller panel and inspect interior 
         for                                               
            burn damage, loose connections and cleanliness.
                                                           
         3. Verify tightness of all wiring and electrical  
            components.  Tighten loose connections.        
                                                           
         4. Vacuum out all loose debris and dust.  If      
         required,                                         
            clean dirty components with an evaporating     
         solvent.                                          
                                                           
         5. Relamp all indicator lights as required.       
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    306  6504-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Engine Order Telegraph System
                                                           
                                                           
         Energize the engine order telegraph system.       
         Station one                                       
         person in the engine control room and one person  
         in the                                            
         wheelhouse.  Test the engine order telegraph,     
         ordering                                          
         and acknowledging receipt of all engine speed     
         orders.                                           
                                                           
         Verify proper operation of the telegraph recorder 
         in the                                            
         wheelhouse.                                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    307  6505-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Sound Powered Telephone      
         System                                            
                                                           
                                                           
         1.  Visually inspect and test sound powered       
         telephone                                         
         systems.  Test each phone at all stations.        
                                                           
         2.  Ensure proper operation of selector switches, 
         magnets, wires, enunciators, indicator lights, and
         hand                                              
         cranks.                                           
                                                           
         3.  Confirm clear voice communications between all
         stations.                                         
                                                           
         4.  Note any deficiencies.                        
                                                           
         Emergency Circuit:                                
                                                           
         Wheelhouse                                        
         1.    Engine Control Room                         
         2.    Local Control Station Main Engine           
         3.    CO2 Room                                    
         4.    Safety Station                              
         5.    Stern Thruster Space                        
         6.    Bow Thruster                                
         7.    Emergency Gear                              
         8.    Traffic Control Room                        
         9.    Chief Engineer=s Day Room and Bedroom       
                                                           
         Navigation Circuit:                               
                                                           
         Wheelhouse                                        
         10.   Captain Day and Bedroom                     
                                                           
         Foc=sle                                           
                                                           
         Steering Gear Room                                
         1.    Stern Ramp Control Stand                    
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    308  6506-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Automatic Telephone System   
                                                           
                                                           
         Mfg:  JRC                                         
                                                           
         1.  Visually inspect and test entire dial         
         telephone                                         
         system to insure proper operation of the entire   
         system.                                           
                                                           
         2.  Confirm clear communication to and from all   
         stations:                                         
                                                           
               a.  Navigation Officer                      
               b.  Engine Officer                          
               c.  Recreation                              
               d.  Deck Crew                               
               e.  Engine Crew                             
               f.  Catering                                
               g.  Emergency Circuit (All Stations)        
                                                           
         3.  Note any deficiencies.                        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    309  6510-001-Y1-G-V-KKK  Voice Tubes                  
                                                           
                                                           
         Test the voice tube from the bridge steering stand
         to the                                            
         flying bridge magnetic compass stand.             
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    310  6511-001-M6-E-V-KKK  UHF - Cargo / Portable       
         Communications                                    
                                                           
                                                           
         Inventory and test operation of all UHF Handsets, 
         Motorola HT 1000.  Insure each unit has a         
         speaker/mic                                       
         and holster.                                      
                                                           
         Inventory and test all spare batteries and battery
         chargers for the handheld radios.                 
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    311  6521-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Rudder Angle Indicator System
                                                           
                                                           
         During steering gear test.  Inspect and check for 
         correctness of all rudder angle indicators.       
         Indicators                                        
         located in following locations:                   
                                                           
         Overhead, above steering stand (three-face).      
         Wheelhouse center forward console (panel mounted).
         Bridge wings, port and starboard.                 
         Steering gear platform.                           
                                                           
         Test the cut-out switches for the port and        
         starboard                                         
         repeaters on the bridge wings.                    
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    312  6551-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Engineers Signal / Alarm     
         System                                            
                                                           
                                                           
         In manned engine room status, activate the        
         engineers                                         
         alarm system.  Walk throughout the engine room and
         insure                                            
         that all sirens and rotating beacons are          
         functioning                                       
         properly.                                         
                                                           
         Switch to unmanned status and activate the alarm  
         system.                                           
         Insure that the alarm sounds in the wheelhouse.   
         Insure                                            
         that the alarm sounds by the pool.  Test each duty
         engineer receptacle in the staterooms on the first
         deck,                                             
         C/E and 1A/E staterooms and day rooms, officers=  
         dining                                            
         room and lounge, sport room and engineers= office.
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    313  6552-001-M1-E-V-KKK  General Alarm System         
                                                           
                                                           
         Test the general alarm system from all stations.  
         Walk                                              
         through all areas of the vessel to insure that all
         sirens are functional and audible.                
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    314  6578-001-M6-E-V-KKK  Remote Level Indicating      
         System                                            
                              Ballast and FO Tanks         
                                                           
                                                           
         Mfg.:  Yamatake-Honeywell Co., Ltd.               
                                                           
         Conduct the following preventive maintenance to   
         the                                               
         remote level indicator systems for the ballast and
         fuel                                              
         oil tanks.  Consult the manufacturer=s manual for 
         guidance.                                         
                                                           
         Tools and Equipment                               
                                                           
         Item                    Used to                   
                                                           
         Hand Syringe            Dust interior of          
         transmitting unit                                 
                                                           
         Soft bristle brush      Clean Diaphragms          
                                                           
         Solvent                 Clean diaphragms and end  
         covers                                            
                                 (pressure chambers)       
                                                           
                                                           
         Dashpot  (transmitting unit)                      
                                                           
               Check for excessive oil leakage.  Thin film 
         of oil                                            
               in damping area is permissible and does     
         affect                                            
               operation.                                  
                                                           
               All piping connections between meter and    
         primary                                           
               element.                                    
                                                           
               Inspect for leakage.  Tighten all loose     
               connections.                                
                                                           
               Interior of transmitting unit               
                                                           
               Clean out the interior of the instrument    
         case with                                         
               dry air.                                    
                                                           
               Clean and blow down all connecting piping,  
         meter                                             
               bodies and vent drain fittings.             
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    315  6601-001-M6-E-V-KKK  Exterior Communications      
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes as  
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
                   6602   Receivers                        
                   6603   Transmitters                     
                   6604   Transceivers                     
                   6605   Radio telegraph equipment        
                   6606   Antenna spares                   
                   6607   Jack/switching panels/plug       
                   6608   Digital frequency meter          
                   6610   Radio teletype equipment         
                   6615   Radiotelephone equipment         
                   6620   Lifeboat portable radio equip.   
                   6622   Modulator                        
                   6623   Freq. shift diversity convert.   
                   6625   Auto alarm                       
                   6626   Auto keyers                      
                   6630   Satellite communications         
                   6635   Power supply                     
                   6640   Amplifiers/filters/exciters      
                                                           
         NOTE:  All radio emissions shall be conducted by  
         an                                                
         operator suitably licensed for the equipment being
         tested, serviced or operated in accordance with   
         the                                               
         rules and regulations of the Federal              
         Communications                                    
         Commission (FCC).                                 
                                                           
         A radio operator shall visually inspect and test  
         all of                                            
         the ship=s radio equipment.  All test activities  
         shall                                             
         be recorded in the ship=s log.                    
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    316  6701-001-M6-E-V-KKK  Navigation Equipment         
                                                           
                                                           
         Inventory and test all navigation equipment in    
         accordance                                        
         with 33 CFR 164.25 for getting underway.          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    317  6705-001-W2-E-V-KKK  Radars and Associated        
         Antennas                                          
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes     
         below as                                          
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
               6780     Collision avoidance system         
                                                           
         Insure no personnel are on radar mast before      
         powering up                                       
         antennae=s                                        
                                                           
         Power up gyro compasses as per                    
         6715-001-W2-E-V-KK1/KK2.                          
                                                           
         Power up both Raytheon M34 ARPA=s.                
                                                           
         Run both units through self test.                 
                                                           
         Switch both units to stand-by and wait 5 minutes. 
                                                           
         Switch both units to Transmit.                    
                                                           
         Check both masts for proper movement.             
                                                           
         Enable various functions of each unit and compare 
         against                                           
         the other.  Change scales of each unit and        
         compare.                                          
         Switch antennae=s between units and compare.      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    318  6705-001-W2-E-V-KKK  Radars and Associated        
         Antennas                                          
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes     
         below as                                          
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
               6780     Collision avoidance system         
                                                           
         Insure no personnel are on radar mast before      
         powering up                                       
         antennae=s                                        
                                                           
         Power up gyro compasses as per                    
         6715-001-W2-E-V-KK1/KK2.                          
                                                           
         Power up both Raytheon M34 ARPA=s.                
                                                           
         Run both units through self test.                 
                                                           
         Switch both units to stand-by and wait 5 minutes. 
                                                           
         Switch both units to Transmit.                    
                                                           
         Check both masts for proper movement.             
                                                           
         Enable various functions of each unit and compare 
         against                                           
         the other.  Change scales of each unit and        
         compare.                                          
         Switch antennae=s between units and compare.      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    319  6708-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Echo Sounder Equipment       
                                                           
                                                           
         Power up the Simrad En .                          
                                                           
         Check depth under keel from chart or manual       
         observation.                                      
                                                           
         Compare digital readouts of Simrad 1C and Simrad  
         1S                                                
         Switch scales and compare readouts.               
                                                           
         Switch transponders from bow to stern.            
                                                           
         Power up recorder and compare with Simrad 1C and  
         Simrad                                            
         1S readings.                                      
                                                           
         Check and replace as necessary all lights and     
         graph                                             
         paper.  Insure adequate supply on hand for        
         replacement.                                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    320  6714-001-Y1-E-V-KKK  Gyro Pilot System            
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes     
         below as                                          
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
               6740     Elec. steering-gyro pilot sys.     
                                                           
         During sea trials in open seaway and with regards 
         to                                                
         traffic situation,                                
                                                           
         Insure rudder command, course setting, and        
         parameter                                         
         settings are correct.  Turn Sperry ADG 6000 system
         motor                                             
         switch to auto.                                   
                                                           
         Set course and maintain for one hour.  Note and   
         indicate                                          
         such on course recorder.                          
                                                           
         Change course 10 degrees or more using Auto pilot 
         course                                            
         order dial.  Check movement of rudder and insure  
         rudder                                            
         limit and turn rate parameter settings are adhered
         to.                                               
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    321  6715-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Gyro Compass System          
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes     
         below as                                          
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
               6716     Master gyro compass                
                                                           
         Power up both gyro compass motors and wait at     
         least four                                        
         (4) hours.                                        
                                                           
         Switch on each gyro compass.                      
                                                           
         Check heading against chart or aziumuth and each  
         other                                             
         for correctness.                                  
                                                           
         Check for proper operation of the gyro compass    
         repeaters                                         
         on the port and starboard bridge wings.  Refer to 
         6718-                                             
         001-M1-E-V-KK1/KK2.                               
                                                           
         Note:  During sea trials, take azimuths hourly to 
         check                                             
         error.                                            
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    322  6717-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Course Recorder              
                                                           
                                                           
         During inspection of steering gear, power up      
         course                                            
         recorder and insure rudder positions are recorded.
                                                           
         Check and replace as necessary all lights and     
         graph.                                            
         Insure adequate supply on hand for replacement.   
                                                           
         Note:  During sea trials, check course recorder   
         hourly                                            
         to insure courses and rudder positions are adhered
         to.                                               
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    323  6718-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Gyro Repeaters               
                                                           
                                                           
         During Gyro compass system inspection, check all  
         gyro                                              
         repeaters for synchronization.                    
                                                           
         Repeaters are in following locations:             
                                                           
         Bridge wings Port and Starboard                   
         Steering Stand                                    
         Forward console of pilot house                    
         Steering Gear Room                                
         Chart table.                                      
                                                           
         Note:  During sea trials, check repeaters for     
         follow up.                                        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    324  6725-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Magnetic Compass             
                                                           
                                                           
         During Gyro compass inspection check magnetic     
         compass for                                       
         change.                                           
                                                           
         Note:  During sea trials take azimuths hourly and 
         establish deviation card. Check magnetic compass  
         repeater                                          
         for correctness.                                  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    325  6730-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Radio Direction Finder       
                                                           
                                                           
         Power up Plath Angulas Radio Direction Finder.    
                                                           
         From Radio Navigational Aids, select acceptable   
         beacon                                            
         and tune finder into corresponding frequency.     
         Check bearing against charted bearing and enter   
         into                                              
         log.                                              
                                                           
         Note:  During sea trials, select beacon that can  
         be                                                
         visually observed.  Swing ship and construct      
         bearing                                           
         card for FCC certification.                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    326  6735-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Loran/Navsat                 
                                                           
                                                           
         Power up Trimble NT 2000 GPS and Furuno GPS       
         Navigator GP                                      
         500.                                              
                                                           
         Compare position displayed against other unit and 
         with                                              
         chart location.                                   
                                                           
         Operate various sailing functions and check       
         against                                           
         alternate methods.                                
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    327  6745-001-Y1-E-V-KKK  Doppler Speed Log            
                                                           
                                                           
         During sea trials check hourly SAGEM speed log    
         read out                                          
         and compare with alternate methods.               
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    328  6750-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Weather Printer              
                                                           
                                                           
         Power up Radio Holland Navtex 2 and select print  
         status.                                           
         Monitor for one hour to insure reception of       
         information                                       
         and then secure.                                  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    329  6751-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Radio Receiver               
                                                           
                                                           
         GMDSS Station                                     
                                                           
         Power up all receivers and terminals for          
         operation.                                        
                                                           
         The Radio Officer shall test for transmission     
         annually                                          
         during sea trials.                                
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    330  6755-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Whistle Control              
                                                           
                                                           
         Insure no one is working aloft.                   
                                                           
         Test forward whistle from stations as follows:    
                                                           
         Port bridge wing mooring station.                 
         Starboard  bridge wing mooring station.           
         Pilot house forward center console.               
                                                           
         Notify engineers to give you air to after whistle 
         and                                               
         operate using manual pull in pilot house overhead.
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    331  6757-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Fog Bell/Gong System         
                                                           
                                                           
         Fog whistle:                                      
                                                           
         Power up  Tyfon fog timer and operate on forward  
         whistle                                           
         for 60, 90, 120 second duration in auto mode.     
         Repeat on after whistle.                          
         Activate in Hand mode and secure.                 
                                                           
         Bell/gong system:                                 
                                                           
         Power up JRC recorded bell and gong player in Gyro
         room.                                             
         Power up main unit on bridge.                     
         Operate in anchor position and audibly check fore 
         and                                               
         aft.                                              
         Repeat in aground position.                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    332  6770-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Window Wipers                
                                                           
                                                           
         Power up three wiper/heater units located on      
         bridge.                                           
                                                           
         Insure adequate supply of blades for replacement  
         on hand.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    333  6775-001-M1-G-V-KKK  Portable Navigation Equipment
                                                           
                                                           
         Conduct inventory and maintain adequate supply of 
         navigational tools onboard for activation.        
                                                           
         Dividers                                          
         Triangles                                         
         Parallel rule                                     
         calculator                                        
         correction template                               
         etc.                                              
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    334  6784-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Load Calculator / Indicator  
                                                           
                                                           
         Power up loadmax and run through self test.       
                                                           
         Boot up load program designed for vessels and run 
         through                                           
         self test.                                        
                                                           
         Enter weights and measurements of dockside        
         condition and                                     
         compare visual drafts with calculated drafts.     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    335  6790-001-M1-H-V-KKK  Clinometer / Inclimometer    
                                                           
                                                           
         Power up clinometers in traffic control room and  
         check                                             
         for correctness.                                  
                                                           
         Visually check drafts and compare with clinometer.
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    336  6801-001-W1-E-V-KKK  Lighting                     
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes     
         below as                                          
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
                   6810   Exterior lighting                
                   6811   House lighting                   
                   6812   Signal lighting                  
                   6813   Navigation lighting              
                   6814   Searchlights                     
                   6830   Interior lighting                
                   6832   Machinery space lighting         
                   6833   Cargo space lighting             
                   6834   Refrigeration space lighting     
                   6840   Light dimmers                    
                                                           
         1.  Individually activate each lighting circuit,  
         observing ground detection system.                
                                                           
         2.  Locate and repair all grounded fixtures and   
         circuits.                                         
                                                           
         3.  Visually inspect all main and emergency       
         lights,                                           
         renewing all spent bulbs, ballasts, starters and  
         lamp                                              
         holders as required.                              
                                                           
         4.  Confirm satisfactory condition and proper     
         installation of all globes, diffusers and guards. 
                                                           
         5.  Confirm that all Emergency lights are so      
         indicated                                         
         with a red >E=.                                   
                                                           
         6.  Verify or correct all circuit labeling.       
                                                           
         7.  Leave circuits energized or Aas found@ as     
         applicable.                                       
                                                           
         8.  Note and record any uncorrected deficiencies. 
                                                           
         End of Record                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    337  6801-001-W1-E-V-KKK  Lighting                     
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes     
         below as                                          
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
                   6810   Exterior lighting                
                   6811   House lighting                   
                   6812   Signal lighting                  
                   6813   Navigation lighting              
                   6814   Searchlights                     
                   6830   Interior lighting                
                   6832   Machinery space lighting         
                   6833   Cargo space lighting             
                   6834   Refrigeration space lighting     
                   6840   Light dimmers                    
                                                           
         1.  Individually activate each lighting circuit,  
         observing ground detection system.                
                                                           
         2.  Locate and repair all grounded fixtures and   
         circuits.                                         
                                                           
         3.  Visually inspect all main and emergency       
         lights,                                           
         renewing all spent bulbs, ballasts, starters and  
         lamp                                              
         holders as required.                              
                                                           
         4.  Confirm satisfactory condition and proper     
         installation of all globes, diffusers and guards. 
                                                           
         5.  Confirm that all Emergency lights are so      
         indicated                                         
         with a red >E=.                                   
                                                           
         6.  Verify or correct all circuit labeling.       
                                                           
         7.  Leave circuits energized or Aas found@ as     
         applicable.                                       
                                                           
         8.  Note and record any uncorrected deficiencies. 
                                                           
         End of Record                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    338  6801-001-W1-E-V-KKK  Lighting                     
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes     
         below as                                          
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
                   6810   Exterior lighting                
                   6811   House lighting                   
                   6812   Signal lighting                  
                   6813   Navigation lighting              
                   6814   Searchlights                     
                   6830   Interior lighting                
                   6832   Machinery space lighting         
                   6833   Cargo space lighting             
                   6834   Refrigeration space lighting     
                   6840   Light dimmers                    
                                                           
         1.  Individually activate each lighting circuit,  
         observing ground detection system.                
                                                           
         2.  Locate and repair all grounded fixtures and   
         circuits.                                         
                                                           
         3.  Visually inspect all main and emergency       
         lights,                                           
         renewing all spent bulbs, ballasts, starters and  
         lamp                                              
         holders as required.                              
                                                           
         4.  Confirm satisfactory condition and proper     
         installation of all globes, diffusers and guards. 
                                                           
         5.  Confirm that all Emergency lights are so      
         indicated                                         
         with a red >E=.                                   
                                                           
         6.  Verify or correct all circuit labeling.       
                                                           
         7.  Leave circuits energized or Aas found@ as     
         applicable.                                       
                                                           
         8.  Note and record any uncorrected deficiencies. 
                                                           
         End of Record                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    339  6801-001-W1-E-V-KKK  Lighting                     
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes     
         below as                                          
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
                   6810   Exterior lighting                
                   6811   House lighting                   
                   6812   Signal lighting                  
                   6813   Navigation lighting              
                   6814   Searchlights                     
                   6830   Interior lighting                
                   6832   Machinery space lighting         
                   6833   Cargo space lighting             
                   6834   Refrigeration space lighting     
                   6840   Light dimmers                    
                                                           
         1.  Individually activate each lighting circuit,  
         observing ground detection system.                
                                                           
         2.  Locate and repair all grounded fixtures and   
         circuits.                                         
                                                           
         3.  Visually inspect all main and emergency       
         lights,                                           
         renewing all spent bulbs, ballasts, starters and  
         lamp                                              
         holders as required.                              
                                                           
         4.  Confirm satisfactory condition and proper     
         installation of all globes, diffusers and guards. 
                                                           
         5.  Confirm that all Emergency lights are so      
         indicated                                         
         with a red >E=.                                   
                                                           
         6.  Verify or correct all circuit labeling.       
                                                           
         7.  Leave circuits energized or Aas found@ as     
         applicable.                                       
                                                           
         8.  Note and record any uncorrected deficiencies. 
                                                           
         End of Record                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    340  6812-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Signal Lighting              
                                                           
                                                           
         Power up maneuvering light on forward console of  
         bridge.                                           
         Check Port, Starboard, Astern, and Emergency      
         modes.                                            
                                                           
         Power up morse signal light port side forward     
         console of                                        
         bridge.  Check light for illumination.            
                                                           
         Relamp all console indicator lights and exterior  
         signal                                            
         lights as required.                               
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    341  6813-001-W2-E-V-KKK  Navigation Lighting          
                                                           
                                                           
         Power up normal navigation lighting and visually  
         inspect                                           
         all running lights.  Turn each light off          
         individually and                                  
         listen for failure buzzer.                        
                                                           
         Power up emergency navigation lighting and        
         visually                                          
         inspect all running lights.  Turn each light off  
         individually and listen for failure buzzer.       
                                                           
         Power up navigational lights on main mast and     
         visually                                          
         inspect.                                          
                                                           
         Power up Not Under Command Lights and visually    
         inspect.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    342  6813-001-W2-E-V-KKK  Navigation Lighting          
                                                           
                                                           
         Power up normal navigation lighting and visually  
         inspect                                           
         all running lights.  Turn each light off          
         individually and                                  
         listen for failure buzzer.                        
                                                           
         Power up emergency navigation lighting and        
         visually                                          
         inspect all running lights.  Turn each light off  
         individually and listen for failure buzzer.       
                                                           
         Power up navigational lights on main mast and     
         visually                                          
         inspect.                                          
                                                           
         Power up Not Under Command Lights and visually    
         inspect.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    343  6814-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Searchlights                 
                                                           
                                                           
         Check hand held signal light for operation.       
                                                           
         Insure adequate supply of lamps on hand for       
         replacement.                                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    344  6840-001-M1-E-V-KKK  Light Dimmers                
                                                           
                                                           
         Check all dimmer switches on bridge consoles for  
         operation.                                        
                                                           
         Insure adequate supply of bulbs on hand for       
         replacement.                                      
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    345  8102-001-M6-H-V-KKK  Fire Doors / Closures /      
         Dampers                                           
                                                           
                                                           
         Exercise all fire dampers throughout the vessel,  
         including dampers and closures for miscellaneous  
         spaces                                            
         and dampers for cargo hold ventilation fans.      
         Refer to                                          
         the attached list of dampers for quantities and   
         locations.  In addition to the dampers on the     
         attached                                          
         list, include the new galley dampers and HVAC     
         dampers in                                        
         the accommodations.                               
                                                           
         Insure freedom of movement of damper handles,     
         hinges and                                        
         closures as applicable.                           
                                                           
         For weather tight and watertight dampers with     
         gaskets,                                          
         inspect the gaskets for signs of damage or        
         deterioration.                                    
         Replace damaged or deteriorated gaskets with new. 
         Chalk                                             
         test gaskets to insure proper sealing.            
                                                           
         Liberally apply anti-seize compound to all        
         mechanical                                        
         parts including hinges and securing dogs.         
         Exercise dogs                                     
         to insure freedom of movement.                    
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    346  8105-001-M6-H-V-KKK  Fire Extinguishers           
                                                           
                                                           
         Once during each Phase IV cycle, all portable and 
         semi-                                             
         portable fire extinguishers throughout the vessel,
         including spares, shall be inventoried and        
         inspected.                                        
         This shall include all portable dry chemical and  
         CO2                                               
         extinguishers as well as the four (4)             
         semi-portable foam                                
         extinguishers and one (1) semi-portable dry       
         chemical                                          
         extinguisher.                                     
                                                           
         Refer to the attached fire extinguisher inventory 
         list                                              
         for guidance with the inventory and inspection.   
                                                           
         Ascertain that all numbered extinguishers are     
         located at                                        
         their correct numbered locations.  Both the       
         extinguisher                                      
         and the location shall be stenciled or otherwise  
         labeled                                           
         with the proper extinguisher number in accordance 
         with                                              
         the fire plan.                                    
                                                           
         Visually inspect each fire extinguisher for       
         defects and                                       
         check the gauges to insure that all extinguishers 
         are                                               
         fully charged.                                    
                                                           
         Annually, the fire extinguisher inspections shall 
         be                                                
         conducted by a recognized fire protection service 
         facility for the USCG mid-period or COI           
         inspection.                                       
         All portable fire extinguishers shall be          
         inspected,                                        
         weighed, powder fluffed.  Extinguishers shall be  
         left                                              
         tagged and sealed and ready for immediate use.    
                                                           
         Inspection reports shall be provided by the fire  
         protection service facility to the vessel for     
         files.                                            
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    347  8106-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Fire Detection               
                                                           
                                                           
         Annually, the Pyrotronics fire detection system   
         shall be                                          
         inspected and tested by a recognized fire         
         protection                                        
         service facility.                                 
                                                           
         Verify that there are no trouble zones or general 
         trouble                                           
         lights.                                           
                                                           
         Test the system to the satisfaction of the USCG   
         for the                                           
         vessel=s annual mid-period or COI inspection.     
                                                           
         The service facility shall provide an inspection  
         report                                            
         for the vessel=s files.                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    348  8115-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  CO2 Room Equipment           
                                                           
                                                           
         Annually, the main and two (2) independent CO2    
         systems                                           
         shall be inspected and tested by a recognized fire
         protection service facility.                      
                                                           
         The main system contains five hundred three (503) 
         100#                                              
         bottles; the emergency generator room independent 
         CO2                                               
         system contains three (3) 100# bottles; and the   
         paint                                             
         locker independent CO2 system contains two (2)    
         100#                                              
         bottles.  All bottles shall be weighed and serial 
         numbers                                           
         shall be recorded.                                
                                                           
         A function test of the main CO2 system shall be   
         performed                                         
         in the presence of the USCG.  All bottles shall be
         disconnected from the manifolds prior to testing. 
         All                                               
         remote pulls for the engine room and cargo holds  
         shall be                                          
         tested.  Using test bottles, all stop valves,     
         control                                           
         valves, sirens, time delays, pressure switches and
         discharge heads shall be tested in each zone      
         location                                          
         (engine room, upper tween deck, lower tween deck  
         and tank                                          
         top hold).  Insure that all ventilation shutdowns 
         work                                              
         satisfactorily.  After testing is completed to the
         satisfaction of the USCG, the system shall be     
         re-armed,                                         
         sealed, tagged and left ready for use.            
                                                           
         A function test of the emergency generator room   
         CO2                                               
         system shall be performed in the presence of the  
         USCG.                                             
         All bottles shall be disconnected from the        
         discharge                                         
         piping prior to testing.  Test the pull controls. 
         Using                                             
         a test bottle, test the siren, time delay,        
         pressure                                          
         switch and discharge heads.  Insure that the      
         engine air                                        
         intake dampers close and the engine trips.  After 
         testing, the system shall be re-armed, sealed,    
         tagged and                                        
         left ready for use.                               
                                                           
         A function test of the paint locker CO2 system    
         shall be                                          
         performed in the presence of the USCG.  Both      
         bottles                                           
         shall be disconnected from the discharge piping   
         prior to                                          
         testing.  Test the pull controls.  Using a test   
         bottle,                                           
         test the time delay, siren and discharge heads.   
         After                                             
         testing, the system shall be re-armed, sealed,    
         tagged and                                        
         left ready for use.                               
                                                           
         Inspection reports and bottle weight reports shall
         be                                                
         submitted by the service facility for the vessel=s
         files.                                            
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    349  8205-001-M6-H-V-KKK  Lifeboats                    
                                                           
                                                           
         For each lifeboat, accomplish the following       
         maintenance                                       
         and inspection procedures.  Refer to the attached 
         LIFEBOAT MAINTENANCE & INSPECTION check lists.    
                                                           
         Inspect the general appearance of the boat.       
                                                           
         As a minimum, check the tiller and rudder, hull   
         rivets,                                           
         thwarts, engine compartment, flemming gear, boat  
         markings, side compartments, side compartments,   
         boat                                              
         cover and drains.                                 
                                                           
         Insure that engine operating instructions are     
         posted.                                           
                                                           
         Note and record date of change of fuel and engine 
         oil.                                              
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    350  8206-001-W2-H-V-KKK  Lifeboat Davits              
                                                           
                                                           
         For each lifeboat davit, accomplish the following 
         maintenance and testing procedures.  Refer to the 
         attached LIFEBOAT DAVIT INSPECTION & TESTING check
         lists.                                            
                                                           
         Insure that operation and lubrication instructions
         are                                               
         posted on or adjacent to the davit.               
                                                           
         Grease all points as required.                    
                                                           
         Check the gear oil level in each davit winch gear 
         case                                              
         and refill or change as necessary.  When oil is   
         changed,                                          
         the gear case shall be thoroughly cleaned with    
         lint free                                         
         rags.                                             
                                                           
         Inspect all rigging for wear, deterioration or    
         defects.                                          
                                                           
         Release the gripes and lower the boat             
         approximately                                     
         twelve inches (12@) past the limit switches.      
                                                           
         Check all sheaves and drums for freedom of        
         movement.                                         
                                                           
         Inspect the fall wires for signs of weakness or   
         damage.                                           
         Wires shall be replaced if there are any signs of 
         weakness or damage.  Note:  Fall wires shall be   
         end-for-                                          
         ended every 2-1/2 years and shall be replaced     
         every 5                                           
         years in accordance with USCG regulations.        
                                                           
         Energize the winch and raise the boat.  Test each 
         limit                                             
         switch while raising the boat.                    
                                                           
         After testing, stow the boat and secure the       
         gripes.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    351  8206-001-W2-H-V-KKK  Lifeboat Davits              
                                                           
                                                           
         For each lifeboat davit, accomplish the following 
         maintenance and testing procedures.  Refer to the 
         attached LIFEBOAT DAVIT INSPECTION & TESTING check
         lists.                                            
                                                           
         Insure that operation and lubrication instructions
         are                                               
         posted on or adjacent to the davit.               
                                                           
         Grease all points as required.                    
                                                           
         Check the gear oil level in each davit winch gear 
         case                                              
         and refill or change as necessary.  When oil is   
         changed,                                          
         the gear case shall be thoroughly cleaned with    
         lint free                                         
         rags.                                             
                                                           
         Inspect all rigging for wear, deterioration or    
         defects.                                          
                                                           
         Release the gripes and lower the boat             
         approximately                                     
         twelve inches (12@) past the limit switches.      
                                                           
         Check all sheaves and drums for freedom of        
         movement.                                         
                                                           
         Inspect the fall wires for signs of weakness or   
         damage.                                           
         Wires shall be replaced if there are any signs of 
         weakness or damage.  Note:  Fall wires shall be   
         end-for-                                          
         ended every 2-1/2 years and shall be replaced     
         every 5                                           
         years in accordance with USCG regulations.        
                                                           
         Energize the winch and raise the boat.  Test each 
         limit                                             
         switch while raising the boat.                    
                                                           
         After testing, stow the boat and secure the       
         gripes.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    352  8206-003-M6-H-V-KKK  Liferaft Davits              
                                                           
                                                           
         Test the operation of the port and starboard      
         liferaft                                          
         davits.                                           
                                                           
         Prior to testing, grease all points as required.  
                                                           
         Inspect the release hook for damage or defects.   
                                                           
         Attach a weight to the hook  and lift the weight  
         by                                                
         cranking the winch.  Lower the weight and test the
         brake                                             
         by pulling the brake cable.                       
                                                           
         Position the weight just slightly off the deck and
         test                                              
         the release hook by pulling the release cable.    
                                                           
         During testing, insure freedom of movement of all 
         sheaves                                           
         and drums.                                        
                                                           
         Inspect wires for any weak or damaged areas.  Weak
         or                                                
         damaged wires shall be changed.                   
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    353  8210-001-M6-H-V-KKK  Life Ring Buoys              
                              Lifebuoys/Rings/Jackets      
         Liferings                                         
                                                           
                                                           
         Once during each Phase IV cycle, all life rings   
         shall be                                          
         inventoried and inspected.  One of the semi-annual
         inspections shall be accomplished with a USCG     
         inspector                                         
         for the mid-period or COI inspection.             
                                                           
         Insure that all life rings are mounted in their   
         correct                                           
         locations in accordance with the fire control     
         plan.                                             
                                                           
         Inspect each life ring for damage.  Damaged rings 
         shall                                             
         be replaced.  Insure that all rings are properly  
         stenciled with the vessel=s name and hailing port.
                                                           
         Insure that all rings are fitted with             
         retro-reflective                                  
         tape.                                             
                                                           
         For life rings with painters, inspect the         
         condition of                                      
         the painters.                                     
                                                           
         For life rings with lights, insure that the       
         batteries are                                     
         not expired.                                      
                                                           
         For life rings with smoke, insure that the smoke  
         canisters are not expired.                        
                                                           
         Temporarily remove the rings from the quick       
         release racks                                     
         on the bridge wings and test the quick releases.  
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    354  8210-002-M6-H-V-KKK  Lifejackets - PFDs           
                                                           
                                                           
         Once during each Phase IV cycle, all lifejackets  
         shall                                             
         be inventoried and inspected.  One of the         
         semi-annual                                       
         inspections shall be accomplished with a USCG     
         inspector                                         
         for the mid-period or COI inspection.             
                                                           
         Insure that there are forty (40) lifejackets for  
         crew and                                          
         riders, as well as additional lifejackets on the  
         bow and                                           
         in the wheelhouse and engine room in accordance   
         USCG                                              
         regulations.                                      
                                                           
         Inspect each lifejacket for signs of deterioration
         or                                                
         damage.  Deteriorated or damaged jackets shall be 
         replaced.                                         
                                                           
         Insure that all jackets are properly stenciled    
         with the                                          
         vessel=s name and hailing port.                   
                                                           
         Insure that all jackets are fitted with approved  
         whistles                                          
         and lights.  Check that the light batteries are   
         not                                               
         expired.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    355  8211-001-M6-H-V-KKK  Self-Contained Breathing     
         Apparatus                                         
                                                           
         Once during each Phase IV cycle, all SCBA units   
         shall be                                          
         inventoried and inspected.  One of the semi-annual
         inspections shall be accomplished by a recognized 
         service                                           
         facility with a USCG inspector for the mid-period 
         or COI                                            
         inspection.                                       
                                                           
         Insure that there is one (1) SCBA in each         
         emergency gear                                    
         locker and two (2) SCBA each in the refrigeration 
         machinery room and air conditioning machinery room
         in                                                
         accordance with the fire control plan.            
                                                           
         Inspect each SCBA and ascertain that all          
         accessories and                                   
         spare bottles are present.                        
                                                           
         During the inspection by the recognized service   
         facility,                                         
         the bottles shall be inspected, weighed, sealed,  
         tagged                                            
         and certified.                                    
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    356  8215-001-Y1-H-V-KKK  Liferafts                    
                                                           
                                                           
         Once per year, the four (4) twenty-five person    
         liferafts                                         
         and one (1) six-person raft shall be removed from 
         the                                               
         vessel and sent to a recognized service facility  
         for                                               
         inspection, inventory of gear, presentation to a  
         USCG                                              
         inspector and certification for the mid period or 
         COI                                               
         inspection.                                       
                                                           
         All dated items, including batteries and  beacon  
         batteries shall be replaced.                      
                                                           
         Insure that the hydrostatic release is current.   
         If                                                
         expired, it shall be replaced.                    
                                                           
         Insure that launching instructions and liferaft   
         number                                            
         and capacity placards are posted adjacent to all  
         liferafts.                                        
                                                           
         Inspection documents and certificates shall be    
         provided                                          
         by the service facility to the the vessel for     
         files.                                            
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    357  8220-001-M6-H-V-KKK  Lifeboat Equipment           
                                                           
         Once per Phase IV cycle, all of the equipment in  
         the port                                          
         and starboard lifeboats shall be inspected and    
         inventoried.  One of the semi-annual inspections  
         shall                                             
         be accomplished with a USCG inspector for the     
         mid-period                                        
         or COI inspection.  Refer to the attached LIFEBOAT
         EQUIPMENT INVENTORY.                              
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    358  8230-001-M6-H-V-KKK  Survival/Exposure Suits      
                                                           
                                                           
         Once during each Phase IV cycle, all exposure     
         suits shall                                       
         be inventoried and inspected.  One of the         
         semi-annual                                       
         inspections shall be accomplished with a USCG     
         inspector                                         
         for the mid-period or COI inspection.             
                                                           
         Insure that there are forty (40) exposure suits   
         for crew                                          
         and riders, as well as additional suits on the bow
         and in                                            
         the wheelhouse and engine room in accordance USCG 
         regulations.                                      
                                                           
         Inspect each exposure suit for signs of           
         deterioration or                                  
         damage.  Deteriorated or damaged jackets shall be 
         replaced.                                         
                                                           
         Insure that all jackets are properly stenciled    
         with the                                          
         vessel=s name and hailing port.                   
                                                           
         Insure that all of the suits are fitted with      
         approved                                          
         whistles and lights.  Check that the light        
         batteries are                                     
         not expired.  Also, check that all suits have     
         donning                                           
         instructions and wax for the zippers.             
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    359  8501-001-M1-M-V-KKK  Workshop Equipment           
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes as  
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
                   8501   Workshop equipment               
                   8505   Lathes                           
                   8506   Lathe attachments                
                   8520   Drill presses                    
                   8525   Grinders                         
                   8530   Welding equipment                
                   8560   Engine test stand                
                   8580   High pressure cleaning equip.    
                                                           
         Visually inspect all workshop equipment for damage
         or                                                
         defects.  Test run all equipment to insure proper 
         operation.                                        
                                                           
         Lubricate all shop equipment as required for      
         preservation                                      
         and operation.                                    
                                                           
         All workshop spaces shall be left in a clean      
         condition                                         
         and all workshop equipment and tools shall be     
         neatly                                            
         stowed.                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    360  8701-001-AR-M-V-KKK  System Instruments (Gauges)  
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, note related MEI codes as  
         applicable:                                       
                                                           
         8702  Main Gauge Board                            
         8705  System Indicating Instruments               
         8706  Thermometers / Pressure Gauges              
         8710  System Recording Instruments                
                                                           
         Visually inspect system instrumentation including 
         pressure gauges, thermometers, electrical         
         instrumentation, tank level indicators and all    
         special                                           
         instrumentation throughout the engine room and all
         other                                             
         machinery or control spaces through the vessel.   
         Report                                            
         any deficiencies.                                 
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    361  9501-001-Y1-M-V-KKK  Automation Safety Test       
                                                           
                                                           
         Test and inspect all vital machinery automation   
         systems                                           
         in accordance with the vessel=s APeriodic Safety  
         Test                                              
         Procedure@ as required by 46 CFR Sections 61.     
                                                           
         Test procedures in the Periodic Safety Test       
         Procedure are                                     
         provided in accordance with 46 CFR Sections       
         61.40-1,                                          
         61.40-6, 61.40-10 and applicable sections of Part 
         62 -                                              
         Vital System Automation.                          
                                                           
         All tests, except those items which are           
         specifically                                      
         agreed with the OCMI to be impractical, must be   
         witnessed                                         
         by a U.S. Coast Guard inspector.                  
                                                           
         A photocopy of the test procedure should be used  
         as a                                              
         record of each test cycle.  When the tests are    
         completed,                                        
         the test procedure copy should be signed by the   
         Chief                                             
         Engineer and the attending U.S. Coast Guard       
         inspector and                                     
         kept on board the vessel.                         
                                                           
         All tests should be directed by persons thoroughly
         familiar with the operation and maintenance of the
         ship=s                                            
         machinery systems, safety equipment and related   
         alarm                                             
         function.                                         
                                                           
         System and equipment operating and maintenance    
         manuals                                           
         should be reviewed prior to conducting any of the 
         Periodic Safety Tests.                            
                                                           
         General Safety Precautions:                       
                                                           
         Always be aware of the possible hazards to        
         personnel and                                     
         equipment.                                        
                                                           
         Make certain that no dangerous conditions will    
         result                                            
         from the performance of these tests.              
                                                           
         Properly notify ship=s crew that these tests will 
         be                                                
         carried out.  Make proper notification of test    
         completion.                                       
                                                           
         Provide adequate communications among test team   
         members.                                          
                                                           
         Properly instruct test team members of their      
         responsibilities and performance requirements.    
                                                           
         Assure that test results are properly recorded in 
         the                                               
         Engineer=s Log.                                   
                                                           
         Systems should be reset to normal operating and/or
         ready                                             
         conditions following completion of tests.         
                                                           
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    362  9601-001-DY-M-V-KKK  MSD (Inspect Daily)          
                                                           
                                                           
         1.  Check the air compressor pressure gauge.      
         Reading                                           
         should be between 0.2 and 0.7 kg/sq cm.  IF the   
         pressure                                          
         is too low, check the compressor filter assembly  
         and                                               
         piping for leakage.  IF the pressure is too high, 
         check                                             
         the air diffuser and filter and clean as required.
                                                           
         2.  Check the sludge return line to insure that   
         the                                               
         activated sludge is being returned.  If not, check
         the                                               
         air supply line for clogs or leaks and repair as  
         necessary.                                        
                                                           
         3.  Check the chlorinator for level of            
         chlorination                                      
         tablets.  The tube shall be filled with tablets at
         least                                             
         up to one-fourth height from the bottom.  If not, 
         remove                                            
         the top cover and fill the tube full.             
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    363  9601-002-W1-M-V-KKK  MSD (Inspect/Maintain)       
                                                           
                                                           
         Check the residual chlorine content of the treated
         water.                                            
         The residual chlorine content must be between 2   
         ppm and                                           
         5 ppm.  If the residual chloring content exceeds 5
         ppm,                                              
         use only one tube.  If the residual chlorine      
         content is                                        
         below 2 ppm, use two tubes.                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    364  9601-002-W1-M-V-KKK  MSD (Inspect/Maintain)       
                                                           
                                                           
         Check the residual chlorine content of the treated
         water.                                            
         The residual chlorine content must be between 2   
         ppm and                                           
         5 ppm.  If the residual chloring content exceeds 5
         ppm,                                              
         use only one tube.  If the residual chlorine      
         content is                                        
         below 2 ppm, use two tubes.                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    365  9601-002-W1-M-V-KKK  MSD (Inspect/Maintain)       
                                                           
                                                           
         Check the residual chlorine content of the treated
         water.                                            
         The residual chlorine content must be between 2   
         ppm and                                           
         5 ppm.  If the residual chloring content exceeds 5
         ppm,                                              
         use only one tube.  If the residual chlorine      
         content is                                        
         below 2 ppm, use two tubes.                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    366  9601-002-W1-M-V-KKK  MSD (Inspect/Maintain)       
                                                           
                                                           
         Check the residual chlorine content of the treated
         water.                                            
         The residual chlorine content must be between 2   
         ppm and                                           
         5 ppm.  If the residual chloring content exceeds 5
         ppm,                                              
         use only one tube.  If the residual chlorine      
         content is                                        
         below 2 ppm, use two tubes.                       
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    367  9601-003-M1-M-V-KKK  MSD (Inspect/Maintain)       
                                                           
                                                           
         1.  Replace the compressor in use with the        
         stand-by                                          
         compressor.  Repair the compressor just taken out 
         of                                                
         service as necessary.                             
                                                           
         Note:  When the air compressor outlet pressure    
         exceeds                                           
         the limited figures (0.7 kg/sq cm), check the air 
         diffuser regardless of the checking period.       
         Replace the                                       
         diffuser.                                         
                                                           
         2.  Check the chlorinator to insure that the tube 
         inside                                            
         is not clogged.  If necessary, remove the         
         chlorinator and                                   
         clean it.                                         
                                                           
         Note:  The cleaning period of the chlorinator     
         depends on                                        
         the conditions of use.  When the ship is underway 
         and                                               
         outside of restricted territory and the           
         chlorinator is                                    
         not in use, clean the chlorinator after removing  
         the                                               
         tablets.                                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    368  9601-004-M3-M-V-KKK  MSD (Inspect/Maintain)       
                                                           
                                                           
         1.  Stop the flow of soil to the plant for about  
         half an                                           
         hour.  Then pump out through the discharge pump   
         about 75%                                         
         of the mixed solution in the aeration compartment 
         to rid                                            
         the unit of excess sludge.                        
                                                           
         Note:  This operation is limited to unrestricted  
         territory.                                        
                                                           
         2.  Check the interior screen of the aeration     
         compartment                                       
         for excessive sludge.  If soiled or clogged, clean
         with                                              
         fresh water or pure sea water.                    
                                                           
         3.  Check the inside of the clarification         
         compartment for                                   
         excess sludge.  If soiled or clogged, clean with  
         fresh                                             
         water or pure sea water.                          
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    369  9601-005-M6-M-V-KKK  MSD (Inspect/Maintain)       
                                                           
                                                           
         Check the filter cartridge of the aeration        
         compressor.                                       
         If soiled, renew the cartridge.                   
                                                           
         Note:  Cleaning the cartridge with a toluene      
         solvent will                                      
         serve as an emergency remedy.                     
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
                                                           
    370  9601-006-Y1-M-V-KKK  MSD (Inspect/Maintain)       
                                                           
                                                           
         For tracking purposes, not the following related  
         MEI                                               
         codes as applicable:                              
                                                           
               9602          Float switches                
                                                           
         1.  Discharge the soil from the tank and clean the
         inside                                            
         of the tank with fresh water or clean sea water.  
         After                                             
         cleaning, inspect the interior of the tank and all
         accessories for defects.                          
                                                           
         Note:  The manufacturer recommends touch up       
         coating                                           
         inside the tank every three years.  Coating       
         condition                                         
         should be inspected and noted for the record      
         during each                                       
         annual inspection.                                
                                                           
         2.  While tank is opened for inspection, hand-test
         all                                               
         float switches to insure proper and satisfactory  
         operation.                                        
                                                           
         END OF RECORD                                     
                                                           
         !!!                                               
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           

. set ALTE off